i

MZM CEGIS

[Pick the date]

GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

MINISTRY OF POWER, ENERGY & MINERAL RESOURCES

POWER DIVISION

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB)

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Re-Powering of Ghorashal Existing 3rd Unit With Gas Based Combined Cycle Capacity of 400 MW ± 5% at Site Conditions on Turnkey Basis at Ghorashal, Narsingdi District, Under

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB)

June, 2014 Dhaka

Submitted by:

GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

MINISTRY OF POWER, ENERGY & MINERAL

RESOURCES POWER DIVISION

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB)

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Re-Powering of Ghorashal Existing 3rd Unit with Gas Based Combined Cycle Capacity of 400 MW ± 5% at Site Conditions on Turnkey Basis at Ghorashal, Narsingdi District, Under

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB)

June, 2014 Dhaka

Submitted by:

i

Acknowledgement

The Center for Environmental and Geographic Information Services (CEGIS), a Public Trust under the Ministry of Water Resources, is greatly indebted to Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) for awarding the contract of consultancy on “Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Re-powering of Ghorashal existing 3rd Unit with Gas based combined cycle capacity of 400 MW ± 5% at Site conditions on turnkey basis at Ghorashal, Narsingdi District” to CEGIS.

CEGIS greatly acknowledges the wide support of Mr. Abduhu Ruhullah, Chairman, BPDB to be a partner for developing the electricity sector. It appreciates the support and instruction of Mr. Md. Abu Taher, Member In-Charge (P&D). CEGIS is thankful to Mr. Jalal Uddin Ahmed Choudhury, Member (Generation) and Mr. Tamal Chakravorty Member (Company Affairs), BPDB for their direction and guidance. It greatly acknowledges the wide support of Mr. Salauddin Al Mamun, Project Director and Executive Engineer, BPDB. CEGIS appreciates the support and instruction of Mr. Khaled Mahmood, Director, Design and Inspection-1 and Mr. Md. Shahidur Rahman Khan, Executive Engineer, Directorate of Programme.

CEGIS is also thankful to Mr. Akhtarul Islam, Chief Engineer, Ghorashal Power Station, BPDB for his kind support, help and guidance to the multidisciplinary team members during the site visit.

Upazila, Union Chairmen and other people’s representative of the project areas deserve special appreciation for their continuous help, suggestions and support to the study team while carrying out the study.

Last but not the least, CEGIS appreciates and acknowledges the concerns and perceptions of the local people about the project and their active participation during field survey.

ii

iii

Table of Contents

Acknowledgement ...................................................................................................................... i Table of Contents ...................................................................................................................... iii List of Figures ........................................................................................................................... xi List of Tables ............................................................................................................................ xii List of Maps ............................................................................................................................. xiv List of Photo ............................................................................................................................. xv Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................... xvii Executive Summary ................................................................................................................ xix Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Background ............................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Location of the Proposed Site ................................................................................. 2 1.3 Socio-Economic Features around the Project Site .................................................. 6 1.4 Purpose of the Study .............................................................................................. 6 1.5 Need of the Project ................................................................................................. 7 1.6 Importance of the Project ....................................................................................... 8 1.7 Brief Description ..................................................................................................... 8 1.8 Scope of the EIA Study .......................................................................................... 9 1.9 Study Limitations .................................................................................................. 10 1.10 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 10 1.11 Assumptions ......................................................................................................... 12

1.11.1 Study area boundary ............................................................................................. 12 1.11.2 Study period ......................................................................................................... 12

1.12 EIA Team ............................................................................................................. 14 1.13 Report Format ...................................................................................................... 16

Chapter 2 Legislative, Regulation and Policy Consideration................................................ 19 2.1 Applicable Policies and Legal Provision ............................................................... 20 2.2 National Environmental Legal Provisions in Connection with Setup, Operation & Maintenance ....................................................................................................................... 23

2.2.1 Procedure to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate ..................................... 24 2.2.2 Effluent discharge ................................................................................................. 27 2.2.3 Stack height .......................................................................................................... 28 2.2.4 Site location .......................................................................................................... 29

2.3 Compliance under the National Laws ................................................................... 29 2.3.1 The Forest Act, 1927 &Amendment Act 2000 ....................................................... 29 2.3.2 The Penal Code, 1860 .......................................................................................... 30 2.3.3 The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (1982) ........... 30 2.3.4 The Protection and Conservation of Fish Act, 1950 .............................................. 30 2.3.5 The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 ......................................................... 31 2.3.6 The Environment Court Act, 2000 ......................................................................... 31 2.3.7 The Fatal Accidents Act, 1855 .............................................................................. 31 2.3.8 The Bangladesh Petroleum Act, 1974 ................................................................... 31

2.4 Policy Guidance ................................................................................................... 33 2.4.1 Power System Master Plan, 2010 ......................................................................... 34 2.4.2 National Environment Management Action Plan 1995 .......................................... 34 2.4.3 The National Forest Policy (1994) ......................................................................... 34 2.4.4 The National Energy Policy (1995) ........................................................................ 35 2.4.5 The National Water Policy (1999) ......................................................................... 35

2.5 International Legal Obligations ............................................................................. 43 2.5.1 Rio Declaration ..................................................................................................... 44 2.5.2 Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) ............................................................. 44

Table of Contents

iv

2.5.3 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat, Ramsar (1971) ........................................................................................ 44

2.6 Development Agency’s Health and Safety Guidelines .......................................... 45 2.6.1 Financer’s Global Environment and Social Guidelines for Project Finance ........... 45 2.6.2 Social Safeguard Policy of ADB ............................................................................ 46 2.6.3 Environmental Assessment (EA) Process of World Bank ...................................... 47

Chapter 3 Project Description ................................................................................................. 49 3.1 Project Background and Proponent ...................................................................... 49 3.2 Project Concept .................................................................................................... 49 3.3 Purpose of the Plant ............................................................................................. 50 3.4 Project Location.................................................................................................... 50 3.5 Topographical Information .................................................................................... 51 3.6 Access Way ......................................................................................................... 52 3.7 Site Establishment ................................................................................................ 52 3.8 Project Layout ...................................................................................................... 53

3.8.1 Plant Components of the Layout Plan ................................................................... 53 3.9 Project Overview .................................................................................................. 54

3.9.1 Land requirement and acquisition ......................................................................... 56 3.10 Project Activities ................................................................................................... 56

3.10.1 List of main project activities ................................................................................. 56 3.10.2 Project specification, standard and quantification .................................................. 57

3.11 Project Implementation Schedule ......................................................................... 58 3.12 Fuel Requirement ................................................................................................. 59 3.13 Design Condition .................................................................................................. 59 3.14 Resources and Utilities Demand .......................................................................... 61 3.15 Process Description of Individual Project Components ......................................... 61

3.15.1 Power Generation ................................................................................................. 61 3.15.2 Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) ............................................................ 61 3.15.3 Deaerator .............................................................................................................. 61 3.15.4 Turbine and Auxiliaries ......................................................................................... 62 3.15.5 Exhaust System and Stack ................................................................................... 62 3.15.6 Cooling system ..................................................................................................... 62

3.16 Water Consumption .............................................................................................. 63 3.16.1 Source of water ..................................................................................................... 63 3.16.2 Water system and management ........................................................................... 63 3.16.3 Manpower status of the plant ................................................................................ 63 3.16.4 Septic tank size & sludge handling ........................................................................ 63 3.16.5 Waste Management .............................................................................................. 65

3.17 Water Treatment System ...................................................................................... 65 3.18 Miscellaneous Water System ............................................................................... 65 3.19 Civil Structure and Urban Facilities ....................................................................... 66

3.19.1 Power evacuation ................................................................................................. 66 3.19.2 Start-up power requirement .................................................................................. 66 3.19.3 Auxiliary power supply scheme ............................................................................. 66

3.20 Central Control and Monitoring ............................................................................. 66 3.21 Project Design and Construction .......................................................................... 67

3.21.1 Detail design of the project .................................................................................... 67 3.21.2 Construction ......................................................................................................... 68

3.22 Pollution Mitigation Measures ............................................................................... 68 3.22.1 Air pollution control system ................................................................................... 68 3.22.2 Noise control/reduction ......................................................................................... 68 3.22.3 Intent of water reuse ............................................................................................. 68 3.22.4 Effluent treatment plant ......................................................................................... 69 3.22.5 Thermal pollution control ....................................................................................... 69

Table of Contents

v

3.22.6 Waste management .............................................................................................. 69 3.22.7 Water intake structure ........................................................................................... 69

3.23 Afforestation and Greenbelt Development ............................................................ 69 3.24 Rehabilitation and Resettlement ........................................................................... 69 3.25 Post Operation Monitoring Program ..................................................................... 69 3.26 Alternative Evaluation for Site Selection ............................................................... 70

Chapter 4 Detail Description of Land Cover........................................................................... 71 4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 71 4.2 Description of Satellite Image ............................................................................... 71

4.2.1 Basic information .................................................................................................. 71 4.3 Process of analysis .............................................................................................. 73 4.4 Land cover/use of the study area ......................................................................... 75 4.5 Land cover of the project area .............................................................................. 75 4.6 Comparison of land use ........................................................................................ 75

Chapter 5 Environmental and Social Baseline Condition ..................................................... 79 5.1 Physical Environment ........................................................................................... 79

5.1.1 Climate and Meteorology ...................................................................................... 79 5.1.2 Landscape and Topography ................................................................................. 84 5.1.3 Geological map showing geological units, fault zone, other natural features ......... 86 5.1.4 Air Quality ............................................................................................................. 90 5.1.5 Acoustic Environment ........................................................................................... 94 5.1.6 Vibration ............................................................................................................... 95 5.1.7 Seismicity ............................................................................................................. 95

5.2 Water Resources .................................................................................................. 98 5.2.1 Surface water system ........................................................................................... 98 5.2.2 River hydrology ................................................................................................... 101 5.2.3 Sediment quality ................................................................................................. 103 5.2.4 Historical importance .......................................................................................... 103 5.2.5 Economic importance ......................................................................................... 104 5.2.6 Groundwater system ........................................................................................... 104 5.2.7 Water quality ....................................................................................................... 109 5.2.8 Water use ........................................................................................................... 112

5.3 Transportation System ....................................................................................... 112 5.3.1 Air communication system .................................................................................. 113 5.3.2 Railway communication ...................................................................................... 113 5.3.3 Water ways ......................................................................................................... 113

5.4 Land Resources ................................................................................................. 115 5.4.1 Agro-ecological regions ...................................................................................... 115 5.4.2 Current practice on acquired land ....................................................................... 116

5.5 Agricultural Resources ....................................................................................... 116 5.5.1 Agro-ecological regions ...................................................................................... 116 5.5.2 Current practice on acquired land ....................................................................... 119 5.5.3 Soil and soil quality ............................................................................................. 119 5.5.4 Land type ............................................................................................................ 119 5.5.5 Land use ............................................................................................................. 120

5.6 Agriculture resources ......................................................................................... 121 5.6.1 Farming practices ............................................................................................... 121 5.6.2 Constraints for crop production ........................................................................... 121 5.6.3 Cropping pattern and intensity ............................................................................ 121 5.6.4 Cropped area ...................................................................................................... 122 5.6.5 Crop production and damage .............................................................................. 122 5.6.6 Agriculture input .................................................................................................. 123 5.6.7 Irrigated area by crop .......................................................................................... 124

5.7 Livestock and Poultry ......................................................................................... 125

Table of Contents

vi

5.7.1 Feed and fodder shortage ................................................................................... 126 5.7.2 Livestock/poultry health ...................................................................................... 126

5.8 Fisheries resources ............................................................................................ 126 5.8.1 Fish habitat ......................................................................................................... 127 5.8.2 Climatic factors and fisheries .............................................................................. 130 5.8.3 Fish production ................................................................................................... 130 5.8.4 Fisheries Diversity - Species composition and biodiversity .................................. 131 5.8.5 Fishing tools ....................................................................................................... 132 5.8.6 Fish migration ..................................................................................................... 132 5.8.7 Fish habitat degradation ..................................................................................... 132 5.8.8 Fishermen status and effort ................................................................................ 132

5.9 Ecological resources .......................................................................................... 133 5.9.1 The Bio-ecological Zone ..................................................................................... 133 5.9.2 Ecosystems ........................................................................................................ 134 5.9.3 Terrestrial Ecosystem ......................................................................................... 134 5.9.4 Aquatic ecosystem .............................................................................................. 139 5.9.5 Overview of the direct impact area (plant site) .................................................... 140

5.10 Socio-Economic Condition ................................................................................. 141 5.10.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 141 5.10.2 Demographic profile and ethnic composition ....................................................... 142 5.10.3 Settlements and housing .................................................................................... 143 5.10.4 Employment opportunity ..................................................................................... 147 5.10.5 Occupational pattern ........................................................................................... 147 5.10.6 Land ownership .................................................................................................. 148 5.10.7 Education ............................................................................................................ 148 5.10.8 Land price of the study area ................................................................................ 149 5.10.9 Availability of labor and wage rate ....................................................................... 149 5.10.10 Population migration ........................................................................................... 150 5.10.11 Household income and expenditure .................................................................... 150 5.10.12 Self-assessed poverty status .............................................................................. 151

5.11 Quality of Life Indicator ....................................................................................... 151 5.11.1 Electricity ............................................................................................................ 151 5.11.2 Sources of drinking water ................................................................................... 152 5.11.3 Sanitation ............................................................................................................ 152 5.11.4 Solid waste ......................................................................................................... 153

5.12 Diseases and health services ............................................................................. 153 5.12.1 Social Safety Nets and Poverty Reduction Measures ......................................... 153 5.12.2 Social conflicts .................................................................................................... 154 5.12.3 Gender concern .................................................................................................. 154

Chapter 6 Important Environmental and Social Component .............................................. 157 6.1 Physical environment ......................................................................................... 157

6.1.1 Landscape and scenic beauty ............................................................................. 157 6.1.2 Heat radiation ..................................................................................................... 157 6.1.3 Air quality ............................................................................................................ 157 6.1.4 Noise .................................................................................................................. 157 6.1.5 Solid waste ......................................................................................................... 158 6.1.6 Waste water ........................................................................................................ 158

6.2 Water resources ................................................................................................. 158 6.2.1 Surface water quality .......................................................................................... 158 6.2.2 Ground water level and quality ............................................................................ 158 6.2.3 Transportation system ........................................................................................ 158 6.2.4 Water availability ................................................................................................. 158

6.3 Land resources .................................................................................................. 159 6.3.1 Land use ............................................................................................................. 159

Table of Contents

vii

6.3.2 Soil quality .......................................................................................................... 159 6.4 Agriculture .......................................................................................................... 159

6.4.1 Crop damage ...................................................................................................... 159 6.5 Livestock ............................................................................................................ 159

6.5.1 Fodder and disease ............................................................................................ 159 6.6 Fisheries ............................................................................................................ 159

6.6.1 Fish habitat quality .............................................................................................. 159 6.6.2 Fish migration ..................................................................................................... 159 6.6.3 Fish species composition .................................................................................... 160 6.6.4 Fish productivity .................................................................................................. 160

6.7 Ecology .............................................................................................................. 160 6.7.1 Vegetation .......................................................................................................... 160 6.7.2 Wildlife habitat .................................................................................................... 160 6.7.3 Aquatic habitat .................................................................................................... 160

6.8 Socio-Economic Condition ................................................................................. 160 6.8.1 Industrialization ................................................................................................... 160 6.8.2 Employment opportunity ..................................................................................... 160 6.8.3 Health risk ........................................................................................................... 161 6.8.4 Poverty ............................................................................................................... 161

Chapter 7 Environmental and Social Impact ........................................................................ 163 7.1 Identification of Impacts ...................................................................................... 163 7.2 Impacts during pre-construction and construction stages ................................... 163

7.2.1 Landscape and Scenic Beauty ............................................................................ 163 7.2.2 Heat Radiation .................................................................................................... 163 7.2.3 Air Quality ........................................................................................................... 163 7.2.4 Acoustic Environment/Noise ............................................................................... 164 7.2.5 Waste Generation and Disposal.......................................................................... 164 7.2.6 Water Bodies and Water Resources ................................................................... 164 7.2.7 Effluent from workers colony ............................................................................... 165 7.2.8 Transportation system and traffic movement....................................................... 165 7.2.9 Imapct on Land Resources ................................................................................. 165 7.2.9.1 Impact of soil erosion .......................................................................................... 165 7.2.9.2 Impact on soil quality .......................................................................................... 165 7.2.10 Impact on Agriculture Resources ........................................................................ 166 7.2.11 Impact on Livestock Resources .......................................................................... 166 7.2.12 Impact on Fisheries Resources ........................................................................... 166 7.2.13 Impacts on ecological resources/ecosystem ....................................................... 167 7.2.14 Impacts on Socio-economic Condition ................................................................ 167

7.3 Impacts during operation stage .......................................................................... 168 7.3.1 Heat radiation ..................................................................................................... 168 7.3.2 Air quality ............................................................................................................ 168 7.3.3 Impact on Ambient Noise and Vibration .............................................................. 174 7.3.4 Solid waste disposal ........................................................................................... 176 7.3.5 Impacts on water bodies and water resources .................................................... 176 7.3.6 Impact on Land Resource ................................................................................... 177 7.3.7 Impacts on agricultural resources ....................................................................... 177 7.3.8 Impacts on livestock resources ........................................................................... 177 7.3.9 Impacts on Fisheries Resources ......................................................................... 177 7.3.10 Impacts on Ecological Resources/Ecosystem ..................................................... 178 7.3.11 Impacts on Socio-economic Resources .............................................................. 179 7.3.12 Cumulative impact .............................................................................................. 180

Chapter 8 Impact Evaluation ................................................................................................. 183 Chapter 9 Mitigation of Impacts ............................................................................................ 191 Chapter 10 Hazard and Risk Assessment ............................................................................ 215

Table of Contents

viii

10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................ 215 10.2 Hazard assessment process .............................................................................. 215 10.3 Hazard categorization and potential hazard points ............................................. 215

10.3.1 Plant construction and operation ......................................................................... 215 10.4 Hazard assessment and consequence analysis ................................................. 216

10.4.1 Occupational hazard assessment ....................................................................... 223 Chapter 11 Environmental Management Plan ...................................................................... 225

11.1 Environmental Management Plan ....................................................................... 225 11.2 EMP during Pre-construction Phase ................................................................... 225

11.2.1 Skilled Manpower Development Plan .................................................................. 225 11.2.2 Existing Boiler Decommissioning plan................................................................. 226 11.2.3 Site development plan ........................................................................................ 226

11.3 EMP during Construction Phase ......................................................................... 226 11.3.1 Management of construction site ........................................................................ 226 11.3.2 Management of construction waste ..................................................................... 226 11.3.3 Air quality management ...................................................................................... 227 11.3.4 Noise management ............................................................................................. 227 11.3.5 Water management ............................................................................................ 227 11.3.6 Priority for affected and local people in project employment ................................ 227 11.3.7 Occupational health and safety ........................................................................... 227 11.3.8 Labor recruitment plan ........................................................................................ 227 11.3.9 Community liaison .............................................................................................. 228

11.4 EMP during Operation Phase ............................................................................. 228 11.4.1 Air pollution management ................................................................................... 228 11.4.2 Waste water management .................................................................................. 228 11.4.3 Noise management ............................................................................................. 228 11.4.4 Solid waste management .................................................................................... 228 11.4.5 Water resources management ............................................................................ 229 11.4.6 Waste water management plan .......................................................................... 229 11.4.7 Rain water harvesting plan .................................................................................. 229 11.4.8 Housekeeping ..................................................................................................... 229 11.4.9 Greenbelt development ....................................................................................... 229 11.4.10 Dust suppression system .................................................................................... 229 11.4.11 Fisheries management plan ................................................................................ 229 11.4.12 Ecosystem management plan ............................................................................. 230 11.4.13 Employment generation plan .............................................................................. 231 11.4.14 Rural electrification plan ...................................................................................... 231

11.5 Hazard and Risk Management Plan ................................................................... 231 11.5.1 Safety and emergency plan ................................................................................ 231 11.5.2 Emergency response plan .................................................................................. 232 11.5.3 Safety training ..................................................................................................... 233 11.5.4 Documenting and reporting ................................................................................. 233 11.5.5 Environmental safety management team ............................................................ 234 11.5.6 Hazardous and toxic material management plant ............................................... 234

11.6 Standard Operational Principle ........................................................................... 235 11.7 EMP Cost ........................................................................................................... 235

Chapter 12 Environmental Monitoring Plan ......................................................................... 247 12.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan ........................................................................... 247 12.2 Vibration Monitoring ........................................................................................... 250 12.3 Compliance Monitoring ....................................................................................... 252 12.4 Implementation of EMP and Environmental Monitoring Plan .............................. 252

Chapter 13 Stakeholder Consultation ................................................................................... 255 13.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................ 255 13.2 Objectives of stakeholder consultation ............................................................... 255

Table of Contents

ix

13.3 Approaches of public consultation meeting ......................................................... 255 13.4 Identification of stakeholders .............................................................................. 256 13.5 Primary stakeholders .......................................................................................... 256 13.6 Secondary stakeholders ..................................................................................... 256 13.7 Approach and methodology of consultation ........................................................ 256 13.8 Public consultation meetings/FGDs .................................................................... 257

13.8.1 Consultation Process .......................................................................................... 257 13.8.2 Consultation participants ..................................................................................... 257

13.9 Issues discussed ................................................................................................ 258 13.10 Community concerns and suggested solutions ................................................... 259 13.11 Participants list of FGDs ..................................................................................... 260 13.12 Findings ............................................................................................................. 260

13.12.1 Chief Engineer, Ghorashal Power Plant, Narsingdi ............................................. 260 13.12.2 Executive Engineer, Ghorashal Power Plant, Narsingdi ...................................... 260 13.12.3 Interaction with BPDB officials ............................................................................ 260 13.12.4 Informal consultation meeting ............................................................................. 261

13.13 People’s Perceptions .......................................................................................... 261 13.13.1 Feedback of the participants ............................................................................... 261

13.14 Issues discussed, problems and suggested measures ....................................... 261 Chapter 14 Conclusion and Recommendation .................................................................... 265

14.1 Conclusion ......................................................................................................... 265 14.2 Recommendations ............................................................................................. 266

References ............................................................................................................................. 269 Appendix I Approved Terms of Reference for EIA Study ......................................................... i Appendix II Matching of EIA Report Terms of Reference (Tor) with DoE Approved ToR ... vii Appendix- III Approach and Methodology ............................................................................... xi Appendix IV Schedule 2 to 11 of ECR, 1997 and Amendment 2005 .................................. xxiii Appendix V Mauza map and Topo Sheet of the proposed Ghorashal CCPP project ..... xxxix Appendix VI No Objection Certificate for Land ...................................................................... xli Appendix VII Study Area Biodiversity .................................................................................. xliii Appendix VIII Questionnaires and Checklists ..................................................................... xlvii Appendix IX Photo Album .................................................................................................... lxvii Appendix X Terms of Reference of BPDB for EIA Study..................................................... lxxi Appendix XI Catalogues of Major Equipments from Manufacturer .................................. lxxxi Appendix XII Machine Specification ................................................................................... xcvii Appendix XIII ETP, Lube Oil and Oil Separator ..................................................................... ciii

Table of Contents

x

Table of Contents

xi

List of Figures

Figure 1-1: Electricity generation in 2013 .................................................................................... 1 Figure 1-2: Establishments around the Ghorashal Power plant area ........................................... 6 Figure 1-3: Power demand forecast for different scenarios ......................................................... 7 Figure 1-4: Process followed in the EIA study ........................................................................... 10 Figure 2-1: Process of obtaining site and environmental clearance certificate from DoE ........... 26 Figure 2-2: Steps for obtaining environmental clearance after obtaining site clearance............. 27 Figure 3-1: Location of proposed plant showed in image .......................................................... 50 Figure 3-2: Topographic map of the proposed site .................................................................... 52 Figure 3-3: Preliminary layout plan for proposed re-powering of 3rd unit power plant ................. 53 Figure 3-4: Typical flow diagram of a gas besd CCPP .............................................................. 55 Figure 3-5: Flow diagram of water management for the proposed power plant ......................... 64 Figure 5-1: Historical maximum of maximum and minimum of minimum temperature records

(1953-2011) ....................................................................................................................... 81 Figure 5-2: Monthly variation of relative humidity (1982-2011) .................................................. 81 Figure 5-3: Historical maximum, minimum and average rainfall (1979-2008) ............................ 82 Figure 5-4: Monthly maximum and average evaporation (2001-2011) ....................................... 82 Figure 5-5: Wind rose diagram in different months .................................................................... 83 Figure 5-6: Sunshine hour condition of the study area .............................................................. 84 Figure 5-7: Air Quality Sampling Locaiotns ............................................................................... 92 Figure 5-8: Water level of Shitalakshya River at Lakhpur station ............................................. 101 Figure 5-9: Water level of Shitalakshya River at Demra station ............................................... 102 Figure 5-10: Seasonal discharge of Shitalakshya River at Demra station................................ 103 Figure 5-11: Annual Discharge of Shitalakshya River at Demra station ................................... 103 Figure 5-12: Geological log record at Upazila Parishad Complex, Palash, Ghorashal ............. 106 Figure 5-13: Fish habitats distribution by administrative boundary .......................................... 127 Figure 5-14: Percentage of fish habitat area in the study area ................................................ 128 Figure 5-15: Housing status of the study area ......................................................................... 144 Figure 5-16: Employment status in percentage ....................................................................... 147 Figure 5-17: Population (aged 7 years and above) by field of activity and sex ........................ 147 Figure 5-18: Distribution of land ownership in the study area .................................................. 148 Figure 5-19: Distribution of land ownership in the study area .................................................. 151 Figure 7-1: 1 hour NOx concentration at different locations from the power plant chimney ..... 173 Figure 7-2: Level of noise (dBA)vs distance around the power plant ....................................... 175 Figure 12-1: Locations of surface and ground water quality monitoring sites ........................... 251 Figure 12-2: Locations of air quality and noise level monitoring sites ...................................... 251 Figure 12-3: Organogram of proposed environment and safety directorate ............................. 253

Table of Contents

xii

List of Tables

Table 1-1: Aerial distances of different features from the proposed project location .................... 2 Table 1-2: Summary of the power generation increase plan........................................................ 8 Table 1-3: Team composition .................................................................................................... 14 Table 2-1: National legal provisions and standards applicable to the proposed power plant

for ensuring environmental protection ................................................................................ 20 Table 2-2: Standard for gaseous emission from gas based power plant as in ECR, 1997 and

amendment 2005 .............................................................................................................. 27 Table 2-3: Summary of the relevant polices .............................................................................. 36 Table 3-1: Major components of the layout plan ........................................................................ 53 Table 3-2: Basic plant information ............................................................................................. 55 Table 3-3: Project schedule....................................................................................................... 59 Table 3-4: Gas analysis report .................................................................................................. 59 Table 4-1: Details of satellite images used for Ghorashal land use mapping ............................. 71 Table 4-2: Information on spectral bands of Landsat satellite image ......................................... 71 Table 4-3: Land cover classification of the study area ............................................................... 75 Table 5-1: Description of air quality analysis ............................................................................. 90 Table 5-2: Ambient air quality analysis result ............................................................................ 91 Table 5-3: Ambient air quality analysis ...................................................................................... 92 Table 5-4: Major sources of air pollution.................................................................................... 93 Table 5-5: Noise level at different locations ............................................................................... 94 Table 5-6: Significant noise sources .......................................................................................... 95 Table 5-7: Seismic attributes over the years ............................................................................. 96 Table 5-8: River profile of the Shitalakshya River ...................................................................... 98 Table 5-9: Tidal effect of Shitalakshya River at Lakhpur station .............................................. 101 Table 5-10: Chart of tidal effect of the Shitalakshya River at Demra station ............................ 102 Table 5-11: Surface Water Quality (limited parameters) of the nearby Khal and Shitalakshya

river ................................................................................................................................. 109 Table 5-12: Previous surface water quality of the Shitalakshya River ...................................... 110 Table 5-13: Measured quality of the power plant intake and discharge water .......................... 110 Table 5-14: Ground water quality (limited parameters) nearby the project site ........................ 111 Table 5-15: Measured ground water quality at Ghorashal Power Plant Complex .................... 111 Table 5-16: Physico-chemical properties of soils of Old Brahmaputra Floodplain .................... 118 Table 5-17: Physico-chemical properties of soils of Middle Meghna River Floodplain ............. 118 Table 5-18: Some physic-chemical properties of soils of Madhupur Tract ............................... 119 Table 5-19: Detailed distribution of land type in the study area ............................................... 119 Table 5-20: Land use of both project and study area .............................................................. 120 Table 5-21: Cropping pattern of the study area ....................................................................... 122 Table 5-22: Crop production and damage of study area .......................................................... 122 Table 5-23: Seed and Labor used in the study area ............................................................... 123 Table 5-24: Fertilizer and Pesticides used in the study area.................................................... 124 Table 5-25: Irrigation area by crop .......................................................................................... 125 Table 5-26: Number of livestock and poultry in the study area ................................................ 125 Table 5-27: Analysis of fish habitat area of the study area ...................................................... 127 Table 5-28: Fish production assessment ................................................................................. 130 Table 5-29: Major homestead tree species and their canopy coverage ................................... 136

Table of Contents

xiii

Table 5-30: Endangered and threatened wild life species dwell inside the study area ............. 139 Table 5-31: Tree species within the project area ..................................................................... 141 Table 5-32: Administrative units in study area ......................................................................... 142 Table 5-33: Population distribution of the study area by union and Mauza .............................. 142 Table 5-34: Percentage of population (above 7years of old by literacy and sex ...................... 148 Table 5-35: Land price of the study area ................................................................................. 149 Table 5-36: Availability of labor and wage rate ........................................................................ 149 Table 5-37: Migration status in the study area ......................................................................... 150 Table 5-38: Distribution of Income and Expenditure by Ranges .............................................. 150 Table 5-39: Distributions of general households by electricity facility……………………………152 Table 5-40: Distribution of general households by drinking water facility………………............152 Table 5-41: Distributions of general households by toilet facility .............................................. 152 Table 5-42: Common diseases in the scheme/scheme area ................................................... 153 Table 5-43: Households served by different social safety nets programs ................................ 154 Table 5-44: NGOs and their programs in study area ............................................................... 154 Table 7-1: Fuel (Natural gas) analysis ..................................................................................... 168 Table 7-2: Parameters for using in simulation model ............................................................... 169 Table 7-3: Predicted average highest ground level concentration of NOx at 2.7 Km distance . 173 Table 7-4: Trace element in compressor wash water .............................................................. 176 Table 8-1: Impact evaluation ................................................................................................... 184 Table 9-1: Mitigation measures ............................................................................................... 192 Table 10-1: Potential hazard points possessed in proposed gas based thermal power plant .. 216 Table 10-2: Hazard assessment for the proposed power plant construction and operation ..... 217 Table 10-3: Occupational hazard and safety analysis ............................................................. 223 Table 11-1: Safety and emergency plan .................................................................................. 232 Table 11-2: Present the training schedule that should be adopted for safety ........................... 233 Table 11-3: EMP Cost ............................................................................................................. 236 Table 12-1: Monitoring Plan .................................................................................................... 247 Table 13-1: Location of stakeholder consultation meetings ..................................................... 257 Table 13-2: Participant details ................................................................................................ 258 Table 13-3: Community concerns and suggested solutions.................................................... 259 Table 13-4: List of local people consulted during the field visit ................................................ 260

Table of Contents

xiv

List of Maps

Map 1-1: Location of the proposed site ....................................................................................... 4 Map 1-2: Distances of communication system from proposed site .............................................. 5 Map 1-3: Study area boundary .................................................................................................. 13 Map 4-1: Satellite image map of the study area ........................................................................ 72 Map 4-2: Land type of the study area ........................................................................................ 74 Map 4-3: Land use of the study area (Broader View) ................................................................ 76 Map 4-4: Land use of the study area (Closer View) ................................................................... 77 Map 5-1: Circle showing the climatic zone of Bangladesh ......................................................... 80 Map 5-2: Digital Elevation Model of the project area ................................................................. 85 Map 5-3: Geological map of Bangladesh................................................................................... 87 Map 5-4: Generalized tectonic map of Bangladesh ................................................................... 88 Map 5-5: Physiographic map of Bangladesh ............................................................................. 89 Map 5-6: Earthquake zone of Bangladesh ................................................................................ 97 Map 5-7: Water resources/river system of the study area ....................................................... 100 Map 5-8: Ground Water Zoning Map ....................................................................................... 107 Map 5-9: Mean annual potential recharge of ground water ..................................................... 108 Map 5-10: Road, railway and water ways networks of the study area ..................................... 114 Map 5-11: Agro-ecological Zones of the study area ................................................................ 117 Map 5-12: Fish habitat map of the study area ......................................................................... 129 Map 5-13: Bio-ecological zones of the study area ................................................................... 135 Map 5-14: Settlement pattern of the study area....................................................................... 145 Map 5-15: Distances of growth center and rural bazaar from the site ...................................... 146

Table of Contents

xv

List of Photo

Photo 5-1: Ghorashal repowering Power Plant area ................................................................. 86 Photo 5-2: Village road communication system ....................................................................... 112 Photo 5-3: Water way beside the proposed plant site ............................................................. 112 Photo 5-4: Fallow land in the study area ................................................................................. 123 Photo 5-5:Seedbed preparation .............................................................................................. 123 Photo 5-6: Cow is tied up in “Bathan” ...................................................................................... 125 Photo 5-7: Ducks are moving around ...................................................................................... 125 Photo 5-8: Riverine fish habitat ............................................................................................... 128 Photo 5-9: Floodplain fish habitat ............................................................................................ 128 Photo 5-10: Culture fish habitat ............................................................................................... 130 Photo 5-11: Fish species composition of catches .................................................................... 131 Photo 5-12: Different types of terrestrial ecosystem habitat and vegetation ............................ 137 Photo 5-13: Wood land vegetation in the area ........................................................................ 138 Photo 5-14: Major aquatic habitat inside the study area .......................................................... 140 Photo 5-15: Vegetation of proposed plant site ......................................................................... 141 Photo 5-16: Housing status in the study area .......................................................................... 144 Photo 5-17: Education institutions in the study area ................................................................ 149 Photo 13-1: Stakeholder consultation in and around the project area ...................................... 257 Photo 13-2: Consultation with local people regarding Ghorashal gas based CCPP ................ 258

Table of Contents

xvi

xvii

Abbreviations and Acronyms

ADB Asian Development Bank AEZ Agro-ecological Zone AIS Air Insulated System ASB Asiatic Society of Bangladesh BACT Best Available Control Technology BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics BCAS Bangladesh Center for Advanced Studies BIWTA Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority BMD Bangladesh Meteorological Department BPDB Bangladesh Power Development Board BWDB Bangladesh Water Development Board CAS Catch Assessment Survey CCPP Combined Cycle Power Plant CEGIS Center for Environmental and Geographic Information Services CITES Convention on International Trade of Endangered Species COx Oxides of Carbon DAE Department of Agricultural Extension DEM Digital Elevation Model DFO District Fisheries Office DGPS Differential Global Positioning System DO Dissolved Oxygen DoE Department of Environment DoF Department of Fisheries DPHE Department of Public Health Engineering DPP Development of Project Proforma DTW Deep Tube Well EA Environmental Assessment ECA Environment Conservation Act /Ecological Critical Area ECC Environmental clearance certificate ECR Environment Conservation Rules EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIMP Environmental Impact Mitigation Plan EMP Environmental Management Plan FAO Food and Agricultural Organization FD Forest Department FES Fishing Effort Survey FGD Focus Group Discussion FHS Fishermen Household Survey FMS Fish Market Survey FMnS Fish Migration Survey FPS Fish Pond Survey FRSS Fishery Resources Survey System GDP Gross Domestic Product GIS Gas Insulated System GO Government Organization GoB Government of Bangladesh GSB Geological Survey of Bangladesh GTG Gas Turbine Generator HMS Hatchling Migration Survey HRSG Heat Recovering Steam Generator

Abbreviations and Acronyms

xviii

HP High Pressure HSBC Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation HTW Hand Tube Well HYV High Yielding Variety IEE Initial Environmental Examination IESCs Important Environmental and Social Components IFS Indicator Fish Survey IP Intermediate Pressure ISC Important Social Component IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature KII Key Informants Interview KV Kilo Volt KWh Kilo Watt hour LGI Local Government Institute LP Low Pressure MEAs Multilateral Environmental Agreements MMCFD Million Cubic Feet per Day MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest MoPEMR Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources MW Mega Watt NCA Net Cultivable Area NCS National Conservation Strategy NEMAP National Environment Management Action Plan NEP National Environmental Policy NGO Non-Government Organization NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NTP Normal Temperature and Pressure (00C and 1 atom) NWRD National Water Resources Database OD Operation Directive OP Operational Policy PAP Project Affected Person PCM Public Consultation Meeting PRA Participatory Rural Appraisal PSMP Power System Master Plan RRA Rapid Rural Appraisal RS Remote Sensing SCC Site Clearance Certificate SOx Oxides of Sulfur SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SRDI Soil Resources Development Institute STG Steam Turbine Generator TDS Total Dissolved Solid ToR Terms of Reference UNCED United Nations Conference on Environment and Development UNDP United Nations Development Programme UFO Upazila Fisheries Office WARPO Water Resources Planning Organization WTB Wildlife Trust of Bangladesh WWT Waste Water Treatment

xix

Executive Summary

Background

The government of Bangladesh has adopted the Millennium Development Goal and sustainable power supply is a major precondition for the socio-economic development of Bangladesh. At present, only 60% population of Bangladesh has access to electricity and electricity demand growth is about 12% per annum with an installed generation capacity of more than 10,000 MW.

To this end the government has formulated a Power System Master Plan 2010 (PSPM 2010). Based on the recommendation of PSMP, Bangladesh power development board (BPDP) has taken a number of steps to increase the power generation and one of such steps is to enhance the power generation by consuming little more fuel (gas) by re-powering the existing old Steam power plants to combined cycle power plants. The proposed project is the re-powering of existing 210 MW 3rd unit to 400MW±5% CCPP by installing one Gas Turbine unit, one heat recovery steam generator (HRSG), retrofitting the existing steam turbine and their auxiliaries and ancillaries in the configuration of 1:1:1 at Ghorashal, Palash, Narsingdi.

The proposed construction site is about 17 acres (6.88 hac.) of BPDB’s fallow land on the Northern side and adjacent to the existing unit # 3 within the boundary of the existing Ghorashal power plant. The site is located at around 23°58′52.9″ N latitude and 90°38′13.5″ E longitude on the Eastern bank of the river Shitalakshya and on the northern side of “Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road”. Administratively the site is located at Palash Mauza of Ghorashal Municipality under Palash Upazila of Narsingdi district.

Natural gas for the proposed power plant will be supplied from the existing allotment of Petrobangla to the Ghorashal Power Plant through the existing regulating and metering station (RMS) of Units 3&4.

Surface water from the Shitalakshya River and coagulated water of the existing plant after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used for condenser cooling, production of de-mineralize water for HRSG make up, potable water, service water and make up water for cooling tower. Generated Power of gas turbine will be evacuated through the proposed 230KV GIS switchyard and generated power of steam turbine will be evacuated through bay no.6 of the existing 230 KV AIS switchyard. The plant will be designed in such a way, which will ensure minimum environmental pollution and maintain all standards of World Bank, ADB and especially MoEF, Bangladesh (ECA 1995, ECR 1997, etc).

In compliance with the environmental legislation in Bangladesh, BPDB has entrusted CEGIS for conducting the IEE and EIA studies for re-powering project of existing 210MW 3rd unit to 400±5% MW CCPP at Ghorashal, Palash, Narsingdi with the aim of obtaining Site Clearance and Environmental approval/Clearance Certificates from DoE. The IEE report has been submitted to BPDB for their comments, if any.

Since the proposed power plant is a re-powering of 3rd Unit and is located on the same platform within the same boundary, site clearance certificate for this site is not required from DoE. DoE has suggested the proponent to seek waiver for site clearance certificate through an application appended with ToR. On this ground, DoE will issue the approved ToR for this project for conducting EIA study.

Executive Summary

xx

This draft final EIA report has been prepared on the basis of approved ToR of similar other projects of BPDB. However, upon receipt of approved ToR from DoE for this project the EIA report will be finalized and will be submitted to BPDB for presenting to DoE for Environmental Clearance Certificate.

Evaluation of alternative sites

The site for the proposed project and 230kV GIS are earmarked by BPDB, hence study for alternative site selection is considered redundant.

Project brief

The proposed project is re-powering of existing 210 MW steam power plant (3rd unit of Ghorashal power station) to 400MW±5% gas based combined cycle power plant (CCPP) by installing one horizontal, natural circulation, triple pressure reheat type HRSG, one heavy duty industrial Gas turbine (GT) equipped with lean-premix dry low NOx combustion system with flue gas diverter damper and bypass stack for simple cycle operation and coupled to its air cooled generator and one retrofitted triple pressure reheat steam turbine (ST) of existing 3rd unit coupled to its hydrogen and water cooled generator duly renovated and refurbished.

The exhaust hot gas of 260MW GT will pass through the HRSG and main stack to the atmosphere. The HRSG in turn will generate HP, IP and LP steam that will be directed to the steam turbine which will in turn generate 156MW of power making plant output to 416.3MW (Combined cycle). The condensed steam in the condenser will be pumped by condensate extraction pumps to the HRSG Deaerator. The Deaerated water will be pumped to the HRSG drums by Feed water Pumps.

At present, there are two 55MW and four 210MW gas turbine units in Ghorashal power station. Each 210MW units consume 48 MMCFD gas. Petrobangla’s allotment of gas for these units is 185 MMCFD. The proposed re-powered plant will consume little more gas and that could be about 56MMCFD. Since over the year one unit of Ghorashal power plant remains out of service due to overhauling or other maintenance work, the existing allotted gas can be considered enough for the operation of the plant.

Environmental and social baseline condition

The proposed site of 17 acres of BPDB’s fallow land covered with grasses, bushes and hard wood trees on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit and is inside the existing power plant’s boundary wall. The noteworthy aspects of the physical environment include semi-urban setting with a number of industrial units, dominant agriculture practice, flat topography with some low lying areas (depression/beel), vast floodplain, non-pronounced terrace (Chala) and baids intermittently, drainage channels and rivers exposed to riverine flood at some parts of the study area.

The proposed project site is accessible from the Dhaka-Sylhet National Highway N2 Road, through different Feeder Road Type-A like Ghorashal-Basantapur Road and Panchdona-Ghorashal raod. The site is accessible from Dhaka through railway communication network up to Ghorashal then on “Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road” up to the site. The site is also accessible using navigation transport through Shitalakshya River. The area is moderate densely populated with agriculture farming as major source of living, followed by labor selling to different industries including power plant, fishing in Shitalakshya River, and living abroad for remittance, etc.

Executive Summary

xxi

Important environmental and social components Potentially affected components have been identified during pre-construction, construction and post construction/operation stages. Each of the affected or potentially affected components of physical environment, water resources, transportation system, land resources, agriculture and fisheries, ecology and socio-economic have been rationally identified which are very much related with the gas based combined cycle power plant. Impacts on air quality During pre-construction and construction activities, minor increase of Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) in the local air within the close proximity of the construction yard of the project area may be noticed due to sourcing of fugitive particulate matter from different construction activities and vehicle movements on earthen roads.

During operation, effect of SOx is negligible as sulpher content in gas is negligible. NOx level will be maintained at <25ppmv which is less than the DoE standard 40 ppmV due to the built in dry low NOx burner in combustion chamber.

Plantation in rows in and around the power plant will take care of CO2 and 50 meter high stack shall disperse the flue gas over a wider area that will diminish the effect of thermal plume. A detail discussion on environmental and social impacts may be seen in Chapter-7. Impacts on acoustic environment The plant in general will produce noise and will have cumulative effects with the noise of other existing plants on the acoustic environment. So, installation of low noise producing machinery, sound proof hoods, silencers at different levels, plantation in rows in and around the project area and the boundary wall will act as noise barrier. Limited noise would therefore be felt outside the project boundary. All the potential sources of noise during pre-construction, construction and operation stages have been identified and discussed Chapter 7. Impact on physical environment due to waste Two types of waste may be created from the proposed plant at its different stages of implementation. These are: (i) solid waste and (ii) liquid waste. During construction phase, different kinds of construction solid waste like construction rubbish, kitchen waste, human waste etc. from labor colony and liquid waste like household waste water, construction material wash water, oil, grease etc. may be generated from construction activities and shall be managed properly to prevent any impact on surrounding environmental quality. During operation, solid waste include gas filter, diaphragm, cotton waste, kitchen waste etc. and liquid waste like HRSG blow down water, service water, domestic waste water etc. may be the major types of waste and as such proper EMP has been suggested. Impacts on water resources No thermal plume shall be discharged into the surface water exceeding at best 30C from the ambient water temperature. The discharge water with higher temperature may be cooled in two way approach like development of long open channel and mixing cooler water from the nearby river on the other side. The project also adopts integrated water management system (use of coagulated water); hence no waste water shall be discharged directly into the surface water without treatment and satisfying the standard of ECR 1997 (amendment 2005). The waste water may include wash off from Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) blow down, and domestic waste water. The water management plan has been designed with reuse and recycling option, central effluent treatment and final disposal to the Shitalakshya River.

Executive Summary

xxii

Impacts on land and agricultural resources

The selected site is fallow land and is situated in the premise of the existing Ghorashal power plant and is owned by the BPDB. Allocated land for the construction of the proposed power plant is about 17 acres (about 6.88 ha). As the proposed location is a fallow land, it does not have any direct impact on agriculture. During operation phase, there will be hardly any impact on surrounding agricultural lands if the suggested waste disposal measure is obeyed properly. The plant shall be operating with automated monitoring system and central controlling system to prevent any accidental event.

Impact on fisheries

No fisheries activity is carried out in the selected project area and thus no direct impact of the proposed project on fisheries. Transportation of machinery with navigation transport may create minor disturbances to fishery in couple of ways like disposing of wastes in river and spillage of oil, grease, bilge water etc. No significant impact on fisheries may result from the plant operation. Screen should be installed in the mouth of intake channel for inhibiting fish to be entered into the pumping area. Different mitigation measures have been suggested at different stages of the project implementation.

Impact on ecological resources/ecosystem

The existing grasses, bushes and hard wood trees of the site will be partially cleared during land development and as such vegetation coverage will be reduced to some extent. The dependent fauna may be shifted to other places. Transportation of machinery may generate noise that may disturb the wildlife. But these are limited to day time activity only.

Impact on socio-economy

The proposed plant site belongs to BPDB and hence no acquisition and resettlement related issues are concerned for this project. Re-powering of existing unit-3 will enhance the power generation and hence shall trigger regional development, creation of employment opportunity and small business, and thereafter improve livelihood. This will also create infrastructural improvement, rural electrification and industrial development. These developments might reduce the poverty of the region through generation of employment opportunity in different sectors and other income generating activities.

Impact evaluation

Potential impacts of the proposed power plant and their modes of impacts are identified in multiple aspects for taking appropriate control measures. After taking the inbuilt pollution abatement measures, those impacts have been categorized into different classes like minor, moderate, significant etc. These have been presented more in detail in chapter-8 of this report.

Mitigation measures for Impacts

Mitigation of negative impacts and enhancing the positive impacts are the prime intent of this study. Installation of dry low NOx burners in combustion chamber, plantation of trees, boundary wall, providing noise proof hoods for rotating machinery, pumps etc. and personnel protective equipments for workers is the main mitigations for the major environmental impacts like NOx, CO2, noise etc. A detail presentation is available in Chapter-9. Potential impacts of the proposed power plant have been identified at every steps of the development, the mode of impacts have been detailed out to understand its significance towards the adjacent homestead forests, village grove ecosystems, land resources and

Executive Summary

xxiii

agriculture, fisheries resources, socio-economic, ambient environment, landscape and water resources. Aftermath, this study suggests necessary mitigation measures to the project with the objective of limiting negative impacts in compliance with ECA 1995 and enhancement measures for enhancing ecological and societal benefit.

Hazard and risk assessment

Hazard and risk assessment is important for any industry. The proposed re-powering of existing unit will not generate anything new. The existing hazard and risk related to unit-3 and their mitigations shall remain the same. To mitigate these risks, necessary specific measures have been identified and presented in this report. The risk includes: accident in rotating machines, fire; explosion; fall from higher elevation; electrocution; intoxication; spreading of contagious diseases. Hazard and risk management plan has been prepared to limit the risks of any accidental hazards.

Environmental management plan

As per the scope of EIA study, a detail Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed that shall be duly implemented during project construction and operation phase in order to minimize the negative impacts. The management plan has been categorized into in-built and proposed management processes and have been described elaborately in the report

The in-built environmental management plan Air quality management plan Noise management plan Waste management plan Waste water management plan Hazard and Risk management plan Health and safety management plan

Additional environmental management plan Water resources management plan Land and agriculture management plan Fisheries management plan Ecosystem management plan Afforestation plan Socio-economy management plan

These plans suggest mitigation, enhancement, contingency, and compensation measures for pre-construction, during construction and post construction/operation stage of the project. The EMP has been evaluated through analyzing the impact with and without EMP implementation. It has been found that EMP will mitigate most of the negative impacts and enhance the benefits of the major positive impacts. Responsible authorities like BPDB, EPC contractor and local administration have been identified separately for carrying out environmental management plan properly.

Environmental monitoring plan

Successful implementation of the EMP depends on regular monitoring with the selective bodies at specific locations where baseline data were collected. The automatic built-in

Executive Summary

xxiv

monitoring devices regularly update every potential source of hazards and the project personnel will timely submit the performance report particularly the level of emissions compliance to ECR, 1997 (amendment, 2005). Therefore, an individual environmental monitoring team has been proposed with the concurrence of the health and safety guideline of DoE. Environmental quality and safety department for monitoring the EMP implementation during construction and operation phase of the project. A number of potential locations have been identified outside of the power plant for measuring the ambient pollution level . The potential pollutants of air, water and acoustic environment will be identified through the real time automatic pollution monitoring devices during construction, operation of the power plant. The environmental monitoring officer should monitor the EMP implementation and submit report quarterly to the concerned department. The monitoring cost has been incorporated during estimation of EMP cost. Additionally, another yearly monitoring report with quarterly monitoring data should be submitted to the DoE.

Stakeholder consultation and outcomes

Depending on data a series of effective methods: FGD, RRA, KII, interviews were applied during stakeholder consultation to harness the stakeholders opinions, comments and suggestion towards the proposed project. The stakeholders consulted were from three tiers: Representative of the civil society, Local Government Authorities and Government Departments etc. The local people have come to know about the project through the print media, TV and Radio news, and local politicians. Most of the people are supportive towards the project considering the potential regional development even they may be exposed to some sorts of risks from air and noise pollution. The indirectly affected people are conversant about the economical benefits and livelihood improvement from the project. Employment opportunity for the local people at different phases of implementation of the proposed plant might resolve the public concerns and would make them cooperative towards the project. The major findings of the EIA along with the project planning information were disclosed at the local level through a Public Disclosure Meeting.

Conclusion

Apart from some negative effects, the proposed project will bring a number of benefits in the local as well as in national level. The project will create some permanent job opportunities for skilled people during operation phase and a number of short term jobs for unskilled and skilled people during pre-construction and construction phases. This additional 206 MW electricity will not only reduce the load shedding but will also improve the sustainability of power, boost industrialization and ease irrigation for agriculture. In short the project will improve the present socio-economic condition and the life style of people. Proper monitoring and implementation of the EMP would be the key to the success of development. So, an effective monitoring team should be formed with members from the professional, people’s representative, Government organization etc.

Recommendations

Engaging local labor and recruitment of local people based on skill, qualification and experience on priority basis should be in-corporate in company’s policy and should be strictly followed during pre-construction, construction and operation of the plant.

Top preference should be given to the local employee for any “on the job training” inside or outside the plant.

An integrated drainage network should be planned for maintaining the runoff of the area;

Executive Summary

xxv

Findings and suggestion of EIA study in project planning, design and operation should be considered and implemented with strong monitoring;

Safety measures for all potential hazard and risk, associated with the proposed power plant should be adopted and implemented;

Discharge of untreated effluent in the open environment should be completely prohibited.

An independent monitoring team should be formed with professionals to ensure the implementation of Environmental Management Plan, Hazard and Safety Management Plan, Environment, Health and Safety Management etc. A quarterly report should be sent to all authorities including local DoE.

Justification for obtaining Environmental Clearance

Generation of electricity is the national demand.

Mitigation measures suggested in the EMP will maintain the pollution level (if any) below DoE and World Bank standard.

Total electricity generation capacity is 365 MW of this plant falls under environment friendly category and 30% of this electricity would be generated using exhaust gas. So, no fuel would be required for this generation.

Executive Summary

xxvi

1

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Background

Electricity is considered as the key to all development and a measure of a country’s economy now a day. Sustainable power supply is a major precondition for the socio-economic development of Bangladesh. At present, about 60% (Including off-Grid Renewable) population of Bangladesh has access to electricity and per capita Electricity generation is only 292 KWh (Including captive. FY 2012). The Government has therefore given top priority to the development of power sector and has formulated the Power system Master Plan (PSMP) 2010. To this end, the government has set the goal of providing electricity to all citizens by 2021. Present Electricity demand growth is 12% per annum and present installed generation capacity is more than 10,000 MW including 3,731 MW from private sector. Maximum demand supply gap is about 1,500 MW during irrigation season. Power demand is expected to be 13,000 MW in 2017 and 34,000 MW in 2030. Based on the recommendation of PSMP, BPDB has planned to increase the power generation in an accelerated manner. At present most of the power plants in Bangladesh are natural gas based. Considering country’s limited gas reserve, BPDB has planned to generate fuel free power by converting the existing simple cycle gas plants to combined cycle plants or with little fuel by re-powering the existing old steam power plants. The proposed project of re-powering of existing 210MW 3rd unit of Ghorashal Power Plant to 416.3 MW CCPP is one of such efforts. Figure 1-1 shows the electricity generation status in 2013.

Source: BPDB, 2010

Figure 1-1: Electricity generation in 2013

250030003500400045005000550060006500

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

Novem

ber

Decem

ber

MW

Month

Comparison of Monthly Average Peak Generation

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Introduction

2

1.2 Location of the Proposed Site

The proposed project is the re-powering of existing 3rd unit of 210MW Ghorashal steam power plant to a 400MW±5% combined cycle plant by installing one Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG), one Gas Turbine (GT) of 260.3MW capacity and re-furbishing the existing 210MW steam turbine (ST). The proposed site for construction of Gas Turbine unit, Heat recovery steam generator unit with their auxiliaries, ancillaries and switchyard is about 17 acres of BPDB’s fallow land covered with grass and bushes on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit within the same boundary of the power plant. The site is located at around 23°58′52.9″ N latitude and 90°38′13.5″ E longitude on the eastern bank of the river Shitalakshya and on the western side of Palash-Issakhali Road.

Administratively, the site is located at Palash Mauza of Ghorashal Municipality under Palash Upazila of Narsingdi district (Map 1-1). The site is located 4.2 km northeast of the Municipality, 4 km northeast of the railway bridge and 3.7 km northeast of the Palash Upazila Headquarters (Map 1-2). The site is aerially 36 km northeast of Dhaka Zero Point. Access to the proposed power plant can be done in three ways, such as by road, railway and river transport. Table 1-1 shows the aerial distances of surrounding important locations and structures from the proposed project site (Stack location of the plant)

The site is surrounded by Ghorashal Fertilizer Factory on the north, the Shitalakshya River on the west, Unit-4, 5,6 within the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex and Agreeko Quick Rental and Max Power Rental Power Plant on the east and administrative buildings of the complex and Jute mills on the south.

Table 1-1: Aerial distances of different features from the proposed project location

Sl. No. Points of Interest

Aerial Distance (km)

1 Ghorashal Municipality 4.2 2 Palash Upazila HQ 3.7 3 Jinardi Union HQ 6.6 4 Bahadursadi Union HQ 2.7 5 Jamalpur Union HQ 2.5 6 Moktarpur Union HQ 3.1 7 Char Sindur Union HQ 4.2 8 Gazaria Union HQ 7.2 9 Panchdona Union HQ 7.8

10 Panchdona Road Morr 10.0 11 Railway line 4.6 12 Zero point at Dhaka 36.0 13 Shahjalal International Airport 28.0

Source: Imagery and NWRD using GIS tool

The proposed project falls under the Red category of industrial classification made under the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997. In compliance with these rules BPDB has entrusted CEGIS for conducting the IEE and EIA studies of re-powering of 210MW 3rd unit of Ghorashal power plant to 400MW ± 5% CCPP with the aim of obtaining Site Clearance and Environmental Clearance Certificates from DoE under a contract signed on 31st July, 2013 between BPDB and CEGIS.

Introduction

3

The IEE report has been submitted to BPDB for presenting it to DoE. The project proponent has obtained exemption of site clearance certificate from DoE as the proposed project site is of the same level and within the same boundary of the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex. At the same time DoE has provided approved ToR for completing EIA study (Appendix I).

The EIA report includes elaboration of proposed project activities, environmental and socio-economic baseline condition, stakeholder consultations, hazard and risks associated with the plant, prediction of potential environmental and socio-economic impacts, impact evaluation, and development of an environmental management plan along with monitoring plan. The site was found suitable for construction of the plant due to availability of surface water, existence of facilities required for a power plant, availability of own land, no directly affected people etc. Selection of alternative site through multi-criteria analysis was therefore considered unnecessary.

Introduction

4

Map 1-1: Location of the proposed site

Introduction

5

Map 1-2: Distances of communication system from proposed site

Introduction

6

1.3 Socio-Economic Features around the Project Site

The proposed ear marked site of the Ghorashal Re-powering Power Plant is at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash Upazila of Narsingdi district. The aerial distance of the Plant site is about 0.25 km from the Palash-Issakhali Feeder Road Type A, about 10.5 km from the district headquarters and about 36 km from Dhaka Zero Point. The passive impact zone has been considered as 10 km radius area from the Stack point. Following Figure 1-2 showing the establishments and settlements around the study area are presented on image as below:

Figure 1-2: Establishments around the Ghorashal Power plant area

The establishments around the proposed area are stated below (all the distances are calculated as aerial distance from Ghorashal power plant area):

1. Pran factory is 1.81 km away on the southwest from the site. 2. Janata Jute mill is 1.17 km away on the southwest from the site. 3. Ghorashal 108 MW Rental power plant is 1.16 km away on the southeast from the

site. 4. Palash Urea Fertilizer factory is 0.86 km away on the north from the site. 5. Palash Bus Stand and Palash Upazila Heath Complex respectively are 0.93 km and

2.37 km away on the east side of thesite. 6. Palash Jam-e-Mosque is 1.34 km away on the northeast from the site. 7. Desh Bandhu Sugar mill is 3.0 km away on the north from the site. and 8. There are six units of steam turbine gas based power plant along with two rental

plants within the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex.

1.4 Purpose of the Study

As a step towards the augmentation of power generation in Bangladesh, BPDB has planned to re-power the existing 3rd unit of Ghorashal Power Station from 210 MW steam power plant to 416.30 MW combined cycle power plant.

Settlement

Settlement

Settlement

Settlement

Introduction

7

Since the proposed project falls under the Red category of industrial classification made under the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR) of 1995, 1997 and amended in 2005, it has become mandatory for the project proponent to obtain Site Clearance and Environment Clearance Certificates from DoE for which IEE and EIA studies and submission of corresponding reports are must.

The IEE report is prepared and submitted to BPDB for necessary action. The EIA report is prepared on the basis of DoE’s approved ToR by following approach and methodology described in Appendix III. The contents of the report have been matched with the ToR approved by DoE (Appendix II). The overall objective of this study of the proposed re-powering project is to obtain the Environmental Clearance Certificate from DoE. The specific objectives are:

� Identification of national and international legal environmental requirements;

� Establishment of environmental and socio-economic baseline condition of the study area;

� Prediction and evaluation of potential environmental and socio-economic impacts;

� Assessment of occupational risks and hazards;

� Identification of mitigation and abatement measures; and

� Development of Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

1.5 Need of the Project

At present total installed electricity generation capacity is more than 10000MW generate 6,000 MW to 6,400 MW on an average. Against this generation, the daily average demand at the generation end is about 7,000 MW (with DSM) while electricity demand growth is 12% per annum. The demand of power is rising with the economic development of the country. The Ministry of Power Energy and Mineral Resources (MoPEMR) has forecast power demand growth in line with the desired economic growth of the country under Power System Master Plan (PSMP, 2010). As per the forecast, with government policy scenario the power demand will reach 13,000 MW in 2017 and 34,000MW by 2030. The PSMP also forecasts the demand as per different GDP growth rate. Figure 1-3 shows power demand forecasts of PSMP, 2010 up to 2030.

Source: PSMP, 2010

Figure 1-3: Power demand forecast for different scenarios

Introduction

8

The present electricity crisis is hindering the national economic development by discouraging the local and foreign investment, disturbing the national industrial production and dropping the quality of living standard (Mozumder and Marathe, 2007). To mitigate the prevailing crisis of electricity demand as well as to achieve the desired economic development of the country, the BPDB/GoB has adopted a power generation enhancement plan up to 2016 in line with the PSMP, 2010. The proposed Ghorashal repowering of 400MW±5% gas based CCPP would supplement in implementing such plan. The summary of the plan is shown in the Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Summary of the power generation increase plan

Year Type

2012 (MW)

2013 (MW)

2014 (MW)

2015 (MW)

2016 (MW)

Total (MW)

Public 632 1,467 1,660 1,410 750 5,919 Private 1,354 1,372 1,637 772 1,600 6,735 Power Import

-- 500 -- -- -- 500

Total 1,986 3,339 3,297 2,182 2,350 13,154

Source: BPDB

1.6 Importance of the Project

The proposed power plant is expected to add 416.3 MW electricity to the national grid of the country which will improve the present electricity generation significantly and will trigger the national economic development. It will encourage industrial development and the development of associated facilities including communication, education, employment opportunity, etc. As such construction of the proposed plant will ultimately play an important role in poverty reduction and in the development of social safety net. Moreover, this gas based power plant will thereby play an important role in maintaining the widely concerned environment through producing less pollutant than electricity generation by other types of fuel.

1.7 Brief Description

The proposed re-powering project is a gas fired CCPP with the capacity of 416.3 MW having one (1) Gas Turbine unit, one (1) Heat Recovery Steam Generator and one (1) Retrofitted Steam Turbine unit in the configuration of 1:1:1. The natural gas for the proposed power plant will be supplied from the existing allotment of Petrobangla to the Ghorashal Power Plant through the existing RMS of units 3&4.

Surface water from the Shitalakshya River and existing plant’s coagulated water after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used for condenser cooling, other cooling system like ST generator auxiliaries, GT generator auxiliaries, gas boosters, production of dematerialized water for HRSG make up, OTC system makeup, potable water, service water and make up water for cooling tower. Deep tube well water will be used as a backup source of potable water. The plant will be designed in such a way which will ensure minimum environmental pollution and will maintain all standards of World Bank, ADB, HSBC and DoE, Bangladesh (ECA 1995, ECR 1997 and amendment, 2005 etc.). The project description is detailed out in Chapter 3.

Introduction

9

1.8 Scope of the EIA Study

The scope of the study considering the Terms of Reference (ToR) includes identification of statutory requirements, identification of potential environmental and socio-economic impacts and delineation of EMP. Detailed scopes of this study area are as follows:

1. Data collection � Project planning information � Land acquisition plan (Not required) � Physical, geological and land use information of the project area � Hydrological and morphological data of the Shitalakshya River � Ecological survey; and � Socioeconomic data.

2. Investigation and survey � Topographic survey; � Water quality data collection and analysis; � Meteorological, air quality and noise level investigation; � Soil investigation; and � Occupational risk and hazard analysis.

3. Environmental policy and legal requirement analysis: both Statutory, World Bank and ADB

� For emission control; � For handling and disposal of generated waste; � For abstraction of water from the surface and ground water; � For health and safety; � Identification of specific national policy and legal requirements applicable for

this project; and � Identification of obligatory requirements and specific international policies of

HSBC, ADB and World Bank including health and safety guidelines. 4. Establishment of the environmental and social baseline condition in respect of the

followings: � Physical; � Biological; and � Socio-economic condition.

5. Public consultations and disclosure 6. Identification of Important Environmental and Social Components (IESCs) 7. Impact assessment

a. Identification of potential environmental impacts; b. Identification of potential socio-economic impacts; and c. Evaluation of identified impacts.

8. Identification of suitable control measures for emissions a. Control measures for NOx, CO2 b. Exhaust stack requirements

9. Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) along with Monitoring Plan. 10. Preparation of the EIA report on the basis of DoE approved ToR for obtaining

Environmental Clearance from the DoE.

Introduction

10

1.9 Study Limitations

Inadequacy of required information in Feasibility Report for accomplishing EIA study is found as one of the major limitations. The other major limitation of this study was unavailability of historical air quality data in and around the study area. However, attempts were made to overcome these limitations.

1.10 Methodology

The EIA of the proposed re-powering of existing Ghorashal 3rd unit Gas based power plant to be constructed at Ghorashal, Palash, Narsingdi has been conducted following the EIA Guidelines for Industries of Flood Plan Coordination Organization (FPCO), 1992 and updated by Water Resources Planning Organization (WARPO), 2002 in accordance with the requirement of the Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 under the Environment Conservation Act 1995 approved by the DoE. The ToR approved by DoE has been duly followed during carrying out the EIA study. EIA process involves identification of the key impacts on natural and social environment and evaluation of the significant impacts along with recommendation of measures as well as listing of unresolved environmental issues. The EIA includes collection of baseline information, indentification of important environmental and social components through scoping session, setting up of spatial and temporal boundaries for assessing impacts, impact assessment and evaluation and suggestion of mitigation measures providing an environmental management plan. Flow diagram of the process followed in conducting the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study of the project is presented in Figure 1-4.

Environmental and SocioeconomicBaseline Preparation

Project Design and Description

Selection of IESCs through Scoping

Identification of Significant Issues to beImpacted through Bounding

Major Field Investigation

Impact Prediction and PossibleComputation

Impact Evaluation

Peop

le’s

Par

ticip

atio

n

Feed

back

sto

Impr

ove

Proj

ectD

esig

n

Environment Management Plan

Preparation of EIA Report

Figure 1-4: Process followed in the EIA study

Introduction

11

Initial step of an EIA is the collection of primary and secondary data. Reviews of available literature from various sources, interviews of local stakeholders and site visits are the steps to collect baseline information for the project (Area considered for the project: 17 acres as per Tender Document but for the construction of plant the area is 8.97 acres as per Topographic Survey) as well as for the study area (Area account for 10 km radius from the stack position). Important environmental and social components (IESCs) are indicated through scoping session based on the physical investigation, local stakeholder’s opinion, and specification of power plant. Setting up of boundaries is an important step and the elements used for the scoping were geographical boundary, time horizon for alternative actions, affected groups, etc. The scoping covered all the phases of project implementation.

A number of methods have been used to conduct impact assessment for EIA study. In this study, Ad-hoc, Checklist and Matrix methods have been used to identify impacts of the proposed power plant to be constructed at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash, Narsingdi. Impacts caused due to the construction of the plant are evaluated following the Delphi Method. Mitigation measures of the identified significant impacts have been suggested and a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been proposed for the EIA study. The unresolved critical issues and resolution of issues have been discussed in the EMP.

The EIA report of the re-powering of existing 3rd unit Ghorashal gas based power plant at the above location has been prepared based on the findings from the IEE report, field observation and consultation with local people. This study was initiated with collection of environmental and socio-economic data from secondary sources. The primary data and public opinions have been collected from the project site and the study area. However, most of the data, which have been used for outlining baseline condition, have been collected from secondary sources. Remotely sensed satellite images have been procured, processed, ground truthed and interpreted for enrichment of EIA study of this plant.

The baseline has covered a detail description of the physical environment, water resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, eco-systems and socio-economic condition including identification of problems in respect of the resources.

Field visits were carried out in the project site as well as in the whole study area. The main objectives of these visits were observation, assessment and professional justification. These have been conducted to identify the Important Environmental and Social Components (IESCs) through a scoping process including scoping sessions with the stakeholders. The visits also aimed for public consultation and disclosures as suggested in the EIA guidelines of DoE. Important parameters such as soil criteria, surface and ground water quality, noise, air quality etc. of the baseline situations have been generated from long term data collected from different organizations like: Soil Resources Development Institute (SRDI), Bangladesh Water Development Board (BWDB), Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority (BIWTA), Department of Fisheries (DoF), Department of Public Health and Engineering (DPHE), Upazila Offices of different agencies, Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD) and Department of Environment (DoE). Most of the social and economic data have been generated from BBS censuses. Moreover, CEGIS has its own database for different resource sectors, which also helped in conducting EIA study.

Data from secondary as well as primary sources on physical environment, water resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, eco-systems and socio-economic condition have been collected for assessing environmental and social impact of the proposed project and establishing an environmental management plan. Resource based parameters or criteria on

Introduction

12

which data have been defined including the sources of data and the methodology of data collection are presented in Appendix III.

1.11 Assumptions

The study has been carried out considering some assumptions on project information and design. These are:

1. Site establishment would require surface dressing and may be minor earth filling of the small pot holes. As the cutting earth is more than the filling earth so additional filling earth would not require from outside the site.

2. For condenser cooling water can be drawn from the Shitalakshya River for open channel system. Water required for other purposes can be met from the coagulated water of the existing plants.

3. There are three options for carrying machinery and ancillary equipments to the project site. These are: (i) existing access road, (ii) railway and (iii) river transport. The feeder road from the Highway may be needed to upgrade as such suitable for carrying heavy machinery. LGED may help in this regard.

4. Gas would be used as fuel for the proposed power plant and would be supplied from the present allotment of Petrobagnla through the Titas Gas Transmission and Distribution Company Limited (TGTDCL) from the RMS of Unit 3 & 4.

The land will be developed at the same level of existing platform of the power plant. In this case, dressing and minor earth filling of the small pot holes is enough.

1.11.1 Study area boundary

The selected site for the construction of Ghorashal re-powering 416.3 MW Gas based CCPP is at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash Upazila, Narsingdi district (Map 1-3). The proposed site is on the northern side and just beside the existing 3rd unit and to the north of the “Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road” and on the left bank of the Shitalakshya River. For establishing environmental baseline condition and for the assessment of impacts associated with the interventions, an area of 10 km radius from the stack location of the plant has been considered based on nature of the proposed project and the ToR approved by DoE.

1.11.2 Study period

The study period provided for EIA is six months. The major field investigations were carried out in July 2013. The Draft Final EIA report has been prepared based on the similar ToR of gas based other power plant blending with ToR provided by BPDB and will be submitted to BPDB on 6th February, 2014 for their comments and suggestions. As the site is within the boundary of the existing power plant BPDB may apply to DoE seeking waiver of Site Clearance Certificate and approval of appended ToR in this report. On the basis of approved ToR of the DoE and comments and suggestions from the BPDB, the EIA report will be finalized.

Introduction

13

Map 1-3: Study area boundary

Introduction

14

1.12 EIA Team

CEGIS has formed a multidisciplinary team of professionals having experiences of conducting Initial Environmental Examination as well as Environmental and Social Impact Assessment of large scale industrial and infrastructural development projects. Table 1-3 presents the names with the positions of the professional.

Table 1-3: Team composition

Sl. No.

Name of Professional Area of Expertise

Position Assigned

1 Md. Waji Ullah Environmental Assessments, Water Resources Assessments, Planning, Water Quality Assessment

Environmental Expert/Team Leader

2 Md. Sarfaraz Wahed Environmental Assessments, Water Resources Assessments, Planning, Water Quality Assessment

Water Resources Specialist

3 Md. Fazlul Haque Power Plant Planning, Implementation, Operation and Supervision

Electrical Engineer

4 Dr. Maminul Haque Sarker

River Morphology Morphologist

5 Jalal Ahmed Choudhury Electrical Engineer Power plant process and Electrical maintenance Engineer

6 Md. Abdur Razaque Sardar

Power Plant Planning, Implementation, Operation and Supervision

Mechanical Engineer

7 Ashoke Kumar Das Ecological Resources Assessment and Management, Environmental Assessments

Ecologist

8 Md. Ashraful Alom Fisheries Resources Assessment and Management, Environmental Assessments

Fisheries Specialist

9 Mujibul Huq Environmental Assessments, Environmental Management, Natural Resources Management

Soil and Agriculture Specialist

10 Dr. Dilruba Ahmed Socio-economic Assessments, Environmental Assessments, Health and Safety Assessment

Socio Economist

11 Ms. Halima Neyamat Environmental Acts, Rules, and Regulation

Environmental Law Specialist

12 Malik Fida A Khan Geotechnical Analysis and Output Preparation, Geotechnical Survey Specialist

Geotechnical Engineer

13 Syed Ahsanul Haque Topographical Survey Specialist Survey Engineer 14 Mohammad Shahidul Remote Sensing Image RS specialist

Introduction

15

Sl. No.

Name of Professional Area of Expertise

Position Assigned

Islam Interpreter, Geo-referencing Specialist

15 Pia Afreena K Huq Mapping Specialist using GIS Software, GPS Specialist

GIS specialist

16 Md. Habibur Rahman Mapping and Design Layout Specialist

Auto Cad Specialist

17 Md. Shibly Sadik Environmental Assessments (IEE, EIA, ESHIA, etc), Environmental Auditing and Inspection, Air Quality Assessment, Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling

Jr. Environmental Specialist

18 A T M Shamsul Alam Checklist preparation, Field Survey and Data Collection for Environmental Assessments

Jr. Socio-economist

19 Farjana Jasmine Electrical Engineering Jr. Engineer 20 Md. Rashedul Alam Field Survey and Data Collection

for Environmental Assessments Field Researcher

1 Md. Shifuddin Mahmud Field Survey and Data Collection for Environmental Assessments

Field Researcher

In addition to the above mentioned professionals some more professionals listed below were also engaged in this study to complete it within the stipulated time.

Sl. No.

Name of the Professional Area of Expertise Position Designation

1 Mohammed Mukteruzzaman

Fisheries Data Analysis, Fisheries Resources Assessment and Management, Environmental Assessments, Report Compilation

Fisheries Specialist and Project Leader

2 Kazi Kamrull Hassan Water Resources Report Reviewer

Senior Water Resources Planner

3 K B Sajjadur Rasheed, PhD

Review of the Final IEE and EIA Report

Environmental Specialist

4 Md. Maqbul-E-Elahi Fuel Analyst, Fuel Quality Control Expert

Energy Expert

5 Dr. Anil Chandra Aich Agriculture and Soil Data Analyst Agriculture Expert 6 Mohammed Zahid

Hasan Dhali Agriculture data collection, analysis and report drafting

Agriculture Specialist

7 Md. Amanat Ullah Ecological Data Analyst, Resources Assessment and Management and report review

Ecologist

8 Uzzal Kumar Saha Ecological Data Collection and Analyst, Report Drafting

Jr. Ecologist

Introduction

16

Sl. No.

Name of the Professional Area of Expertise Position Designation

9 Faisal Ahmed Checklist Interpreter, Field Survey Specialist, Report Drafting

Sociologist

10 Pronob Kumar Halder Water, Air Quality, Noise Analyst Junior Environmentalist

11 Sabbir Ahmed Geotechnical Survey Specialist Junior Geotechnical Engineer

12 Hasan Imam Towfique GIS Mapping Specialist GIS Analyst

1.13 Report Format

The report fulfills the requirements of EIA study under ECR, 1997 (Amendment, 2005) and has been prepared in accordance with the ToR. The report contains 14 chapters and these are narrated below:

Chapter 1 describes the introduction containing background, brief description and objectives of the EIA study, needs of the project, importance of the project, scope of the study, methodology, limitations, and list of the members of EIA study team.

Chapter 2 is on policy, legal and administrative framework describing the relevant policy and legal frameworks for the EIA process.

Chapter 3 covers detailed project description of the proposed power plant comprising of project activities, project plan, design, specification, quantification etc. project schedule, resources and utilities demand and map and survey information.

Chapter 4 describes all the existing resource classes along with area along with coverages and the basic information of the image data to be used for the land use maps.

Chapter 5 describes the environmental and social baseline condition with detail on physical environment, water resources, environmental quality, land resources, agricultural resources, fisheries resources, ecological resources and socio-economic condition.

Chapter 6 is on the important environmental and social components of the physical environment, water resources, land and agriculture, fisheries, ecological resources and socio-economic condition.

Chapter 7 presents all the predicted impacts of the project during pre-construction, construction and post-construction phases and evaluates all the predicted impacts as per DoE suggested methodology.

Chapter 8 evaluated all the identified impacts.

Chapter 9 identifies mitigation measures and responsible organizations for taking action.

Chapter 10 outlines all possible hazards and risks associated with the proposed combined cycle thermal power plant, and also suggests safety requirements.

Chapter 11 describes the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) with mitigation measures for minimizing the effect of the negative impacts and enhancement measures for increasing the benefits of the positive impacts.

Chapter 12 describes the Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Introduction

17

Chapter 13 comprises public consultations and disclosures conducted at different sites of the study area.

Chapter 14 is the concluding chapter of the EIA report with conclusion and recommendations.

A list of all references is cited in the report.

In addition, Approved ToR, Approach and Methodology, Environmental Standards, a Photo Album, Biodiversity Species list, Catalogues of Major Equipments, Machine Specification, ETP, Lube Oil Handling, etc. are attached in Appendices.

19

Chapter 2 Legislative, Regulation and Policy Consideration

The Government of Bangladesh proposed to establish re-powering of existing 3rd unit of 210MW Ghorashal steam power plant to a 400MW±5% combined cycle plant at Palash, Ghorashal, Palash, Narsingdi which is expected to curtail the national generation shortfall apart from expediting the industrialization process. According to the Environment Conservation Act, 1995, no industrial unit or project will be established or undertaken without obtaining Site Clearance Certificate (SCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) from the Department of Environment. As such, for constructing this proposed CCPP the concerned authority required to conduct Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) as it is obligatory under the law of Bangladesh.

Along with the environmental assessment, relevant legal provisions, policies, strategies and institutional issues of planned projects/industries are very important for any project proponent or developer before they actually execute a program or plan. The proponent has to be well aware of these requirements and comply with the provisions as applicable and necessary. Before initiating any development project, it is hence required to obtain environmental clearance from the Department of Environment. The activities of the proposed CCPP project of Bangladesh Government fall under the ‘red’ category according to the Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules; 1997 and therefore need to conduct IEE and EIA studies to obtain site/location and environmental clearance respectively from the Department of Environment. Moreover, the financer has its own legal obligation “Equator Principles (EPs) - global environment and social guidelines for project finance” which has also been reviewed.

In respect of legal obligations and policy guidelines under the EIA study of the repowering of 3rd unit gas based CCPP in the proposed site the following activities have been carried out:

Under EIA study the following activities have been carried out:

� Identification of the national legal obligations in relation to the interventions which will be reviewed under the EIA study of the proposed re-powering of 3rd unit gas based combined cycle power plant;

� Review of the national legislative provisions and policy guidelines on environmental sectors;

� Identification of the international legal obligations and relevant provisions of multilateral environmental agreements related to the proposed project interventions;

� Investigation of the national and international legal provisions on gas and power plant development sector; and

� Identification of the standard guidelines at regional and international level in connection with the CCPP setup.

National laws, by-laws and official resolutions relevant to repowering of gas based CCPP, operation and maintenance and associate activities have been identified under this study. Under the national legal framework the proposed intervention need to comply with the

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

20

environmental legislations of the country and need to fulfill the requirements to obtain required permissions to implement these activities.

The site is a fallow land and in the premise of existing power plant hence Site/Location Clearance Certificate from DoE is not required. But the ToR should be clearly written with the proposed site is in within the boundary of the existing power plant. In the EIA report, the provisions of laws and policies presented in the IEE have been further updated and reconciled with the Department of Environment’s expectation, Power Development Board’s comments on IEE report, requirements of the feasibility study team, local people’s perception and expert opinions of the local Government Authority and ToR approved by the DoE.

2.1 Applicable Policies and Legal Provision

All legal provisions relevant to environmental protection applicable to the planning, construction and operation were identified under the scope of the EIA. Table 2-1 below summarizes all relevant legal provisions applicable for the proposed project:

Table 2-1: National legal provisions and standards applicable to the proposed power plant for ensuring environmental protection

Act/Rule/Law/ Ordinance

Responsible Agency-

Ministry/Authority Key Features-Potential

Applicability Bangladesh Energy Regulatory Commission Act, 2003

Ministry of Power Governance of power generation and management system � Power System Master Plan,

2006 � Power System Master Plan,

2010

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) and Ministry of Energy and Power (MoEP) National Energy Policy

� Petroleum Act, 1934 Bangladesh Agency of Petroleum Exploration (BAPEX)/ Petrobangla

Gas exploration and quality management

� Fatal Accidents Act, 1855 � Imports and Exports (Control)

Act, 1950 � Public Safety Ordinance,

1953 � Fire prevention and

Extinguish Act, 2003

Health Department/Ministry of Labor and Manpower/Ministry of Home Affairs

Health and Safety

The Public Procurement Regulations, 2003 and Revisions thereafter

Procurement in Bangladesh

The Environment Conservation Act, 1995 and subsequent amendments in 2000 and 2002

Department of Environment, Ministry of Environment and Forest

� Declaration of Ecologically Critical Areas;

� Obtaining Environmental Clearance Certificate;

� Regulation with respect to vehicles emitting smoke

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

21

Act/Rule/Law/ Ordinance

Responsible Agency-

Ministry/Authority Key Features-Potential

Applicability harmful for the environment;

� Regulation of development activities from environmental perspective;

� Promulgation of standards for quality of air, water, noise, and soils for different areas and for different purposes;

� Promulgation of acceptable limits for discharging and emitting waste;

� Formulation of environmental guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental pollution, conservation and improvement of environment.

Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 and subsequent amendments in 2002 and 2003

Department of Environment, Ministry of Environment and Forest

� Declaration of Ecologically Critical Area;

� Requirement of Environmental Clearance Certificate for various categories of projects;

� Requirement for IEE/EIA according to the appropriate category of the project;

� Renewal of the environmental clearance certificate within 30 days after the expiry;

� Provides standards for quality of air, water & sound and acceptable limits for emission/discharges from vehicles and other sources.

Environment Court Act, 2000 and subsequent amendments 2002

Judiciary and Ministry of Environment & Forest

GoB has given highest priority to environment pollution and passed Environment Court Act, 2000‘ for completing environment related legal proceedings effectively

The Vehicle Act, 1927; The Motor Vehicles Ordinance, 1983;The Bengal Motor Vehicle Rules, 1940

Bangladesh Road Transport Authority (BRTA)

Exhaust emission; Vehicular air and noise; Road safety

The Fire Services Ordinance 1959

The Fire Services Ordinance 1959

The Fire Services Ordinance 1959

Water Supply and Sanitation Act, 1996

Ministry of Local Government, Rural

Management and Control of water supply and sanitation in

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

22

Act/Rule/Law/ Ordinance

Responsible Agency-

Ministry/Authority Key Features-Potential

Applicability Development and

Cooperatives urban areas

The Ground Water Management Ordinance 1985

Upazila Parishad

Management of ground water resources; Tube well shall not be installed in any place without the license granted by Upazila Parishad

The Forest Act, 1927 and subsequent amendments in 1982 and 1989

Ministry of Environment and Forest

Reserve Forests; Protective Forests; Village Forests

The Private Forests Ordinance Act, 1959

Regional Forest Officer, Forest Department

Conservation of private forests and for the afforestation on wastelands

Bangladesh Wild Life (Preservation) Act, 2012

Ministry of Environment and Forest Bangladesh Wild Life Advisory Board

Preservation of Wildlife Sanctuaries, parks, reserves

The Protection and Conservation of Fish Act 1950 and subsequent amendments in 1982

Ministry of Fishery

Protection and Conservation of fish in Government owned water bodies

Natural Water Bodies Protection Act 2000

Rajdhani Unnayan Kartipakkha/Town Development Authority/ Municipalities

According to this Act, the character of water bodies i.e. rivers, canals, tanks, or floodplains identified as water bodies in the master plans or in the master plans formulated under the laws establishing municipalities in division and district towns shall not be changed without approval of concerned ministry.

The Embankment and Drainage Act 1952

Ministry of Water Resources and FCD

An Act to consolidate the laws relating to embankment and drainage and to make better provision for the construction, maintenance, management, removal and control of embankments and water courses for the better drainage of lands and for their protection from floods, erosion and other damage by water.

Antiquities Act 1968

Ministry of Cultural Affairs

Governs preservation of the national cultural heritage, protects and controls ancient monuments, regulates antiquities as well as the

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

23

Act/Rule/Law/ Ordinance

Responsible Agency-

Ministry/Authority Key Features-Potential

Applicability maintenance, conservation and restoration of protected sites and monuments, controls planning, exploration and excavation of archaeological sites.

The Building Construction Act 1952 and subsequent amendments

Ministry of Works

An Act to provide for the prevention of haphazard construction of building and excavation of tanks which are likely to interfere with the planning of certain areas in Bangladesh

� The Land Acquisition Act, 1894

� The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982 and subsequent amendments in 1994, 1995 and 2004

Revenue Department

Current GoB Act & guidelines, relating to Acquisition of land

� The Factories Act, 1965 � Bangladesh Labor Law 2006

Ministry of Labor

This Act pertains to the occupational rights and safety of factory workers and the provision of a comfortable work environment and reasonable working conditions.

Bangladesh Constitution Article 11: Democracy and Human Rights

Protection of human rights

2.2 National Environmental Legal Provisions in Connection with Setup, Operation & Maintenance

National laws, by-laws and official resolutions relevant to gas based CCPP installation, operation and maintenance and associated activities have been identified under this study. Under the national legal framework the proposed intervention needs to comply with the environmental legislations of the country and need to fulfill the requirements of DoE to obtain permission for implementing the activities.

The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act of 1995 (ECA, 1995) is the key legislation in relation to environment protection in Bangladesh. This Act has been promulgated for environment conservation, standards, development, pollution control and abatement. It has repealed the Environment Pollution Control Ordinance of 1977. The Act has been subsequently amended in 2000, 2002, 2007 and latest amendments done in the year 2010. The main objectives of the Act are:

� Conservation and improvement of the environment; and

� Control and mitigation of pollution of the environment.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

24

The main strategies of the Act can be summarized as:

� Declaration of ecologically critical areas and restriction on the operations and processes, which can or cannot be carried/initiated in the ecologically critical areas;

� Regulations in respect of vehicles emitting smoke harmful for the environment;

� Environmental clearance;

� Regulation of the industries and other development activities’ discharge permits;

� Promulgation of standards for quality of air, water, noise and soil for different areas for different purposes;

� Promulgation of a standard limit for discharging and emitting waste; and

� Formulation and declaration of environmental guidelines.

According to the law before setting up any new project/interventions by the Government/non government agencies/public, the proponents are required to obtain respective clearance from the Department of Environment. Under the Environment Conservation Rules 1997 and amendment, 2005, the project promoter must obtain Environmental Clearance from the Director General of Department of Environment. An appeal procedure does exist for those promoters who fail to obtain clearance. Failure to comply with any part of this Act may result in punishment to a maximum of 3 years imprisonment or a maximum fine of Tk. 300,000 or both. The Department of Environment (DoE) executes the Act under the leadership of the Director General (DG).

Under the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 the first set of rules promulgated is the Environment Conservation Rules, 1997. The Rules have provided categorization of industries/projects, hence identified types of environmental assessments needed against respective categories of industries/projects.

Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act (Amendment 2000)

This amendment of the Act focuses on: (1) ascertaining responsibility for compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems, (2) increased provision of punitive measures both for fines and imprisonment and (3) fixing authority on cognizance of offences.

Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act (Amendment 2002)

This amendment of the Act elaborates on: (1) restriction on polluting automobiles, (2) restriction on the sale and production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags, (3) assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions, (4) break up of punitive measures and (5) authority to try environmental cases.

The Environmental Rules are not explicit for various oil and gas exploration interventions. Rather, this is covered under the broader heading of “exploration, extraction and distribution of mineral resources” under the ‘Red’ category projects.

So far the Rule has been updated three times - February and August 2002 and April 2003.

2.2.1 Procedure to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate

According to the Section 12 of the Environment Conservation Act 1995 no industrial unit or project will be established or undertaken without obtaining, in the manner prescribed by the

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

25

Environment Conservation Rules 1997, an Environmental Clearance Certificate from the Director General. Therefore, every development projects/industries which are specified under the Schedule-1 of the Environment Conservation Rules 1997 and amendment 2005 require obtaining site and environmental clearance from the Department of Environment. According to the Rule 7 (1) of the Environment Conservation Rules 1997; for the purpose of issuance of Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC), every industrial units or projects, in consideration of their site and impact on the environment and will be classified into the four categories and they are:

Class A: Green

Class B: Orange-A

Class C: Orange-B

Class D: Red

The projects/industries are included under this four categories as specified above have been described in Schedule-1 of the Environment Conservation Rules 1997.The proposed re-powering of 3rd unit gas based CCPP of the Government of Bangladesh falls under the Class-D i.e. the ‘Red Category’. For projects under this category, it is mandatory to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) including Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and where necessary develop a Resettlement Plan for getting environmental clearance from the Department of Environment. The Rules provide the application procedure for obtaining site and environmental clearance and the application procedure of Red category.

The DoE has issued application procedure for obtaining site/environmental clearance. The following Figure 2-1 shows the application procedure of all four categories:

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

26

APPLICATION TO DoE

GREEN

The application should enclose:

i. General information;

ii. Description of raw materials & finished products

iii. An NOC

The application should enclose:

i. General information;

ii. Description of raw materials & finished products

iii. An NOC

iv. Process flow diagram, layout plan, effluent disposal system etc

The application should enclose: i. Feasibility Study Report (for

proposed industry/project); ii. Initial Environmental

Examination (IEE) (for proposed industry/project);

iii. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Report (for existing industry/project;

iv. An NOC v. Pollution vi. Outline or relocation plan; etc.

The application should enclose: i. Feasibility Study Report (for

proposed industry/project); ii. Initial Environmental

Examination (IEE) (for proposed industry/project);

or Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) (on the basis of the ToR)

iii. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Report (for existing industry/project;

iv. An NOC v. Pollution plan; vi. Outline or relocation plan; etc.

Obtaining Environmental Clearance

Obtaining Site Clearance

Such a clearance will be subject to renewal after each

three-year periodApplying for Environmental

Clearance

Obtaining Environmental Clearance

Such a clearance will be subject to renewal after each

one-year period

Obtaining Site Clearance

Applying for Environmental Clearance

Obtaining Environmental Clearance

Such a clearance will be subject to renewal after each

one-year period

Applying for Environmental Clearance

Obtaining Environmental Clearance

Such a clearance will be subject to renewal after each

one-year period

ORANGE A ORANGE B RED

Obtaining Site Clearance

Figure 2-1: Process of obtaining site and environmental clearance certificate from DoE

According to the Sub-Rule 7(6)(d) of Environment Conservation Rules 1997, the Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) is required to pursue the following steps (Figure 2-2) to obtain the environmental clearance from Department of Environment to install such gas based CCPP:

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

27

Steps Activities 1 Report on the feasibility of the project

2

EIA report prepared on the basis of terms of reference previously approved by the DoE, along with the Layout Plan (showing location of Effluent Treatment Plant), Process Flow Diagram, design and time schedule of the Effluent Treatment Plant of the unit or project,

3 No objection certificate of the local authority:

4 Emergency plan relating adverse environmental impact and plan for mitigation of the effect of pollution;

5 Outline of relocation, rehabilitation plan (if applicable);

6 Other necessary information (where applicable); Figure 2-2: Steps for obtaining environmental clearance after obtaining site clearance

BPDB needs to apply for environmental clearance to the Director General, Department of Environment in FORM 3 specified under the Environment Conservation Rules 1997. The respective authority after receiving an application in relation to an industrial unit or project of Red Category, the EIA report along with the time schedule and ETP design will decide and reply within sixty working days, be approved or the application shall be rejected mentioning appropriate reasons; ( under clause (d) of sub-rule (9)).

2.2.2 Effluent discharge

The proposed project might emit different types of gaseous pollutants, noise, liquid and solid waste to the surrounding environment. Schedule 2 to 11 of the Environment Conservation Rule (ECR), 1997 has been established to regulate uncontrolled emission. This Rule has further amended in 2005 with more articulation in effluent standard. Both of the Rules are attached here with the report in Appendix IV. The specific standards that must be obliged in installing the proposed project are given in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2: Standard for gaseous emission from gas based power plant as in ECR, 1997 and amendment 2005

Components/ Parameters

Standard as in ECR, 1997

Remarks (As pe Amendment, 2005)

Standard to be maintained for Air Emission SPM 150 mg/Nm3 200 μg/Nm3 (2005) in 8 hours SO2 80 μg /Nm3 (Yearly) No specific regulation is defined in ECR,

1997 for coal fired power plant. Ambient air quality standard should be rewritten as per 2005 (80μg/Nm3)11 might be applied. Besides, World Bank Standard is 0.2 TPD for each MW for first 1,000 MW and plus 0.10 TPD for each additional MW and the concentration should not to exceed 2,000

1 The unit is corrected from ECR, 1997 (Amended 2005). In ECR, it has been written as microgram per cusec meter which is not correct as there is no unit like cusec meter. However, the correction has

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

28

Components/ Parameters

Standard as in ECR, 1997

Remarks (As pe Amendment, 2005)

μg /Nm3. Sulfuric acid mist 50 μg/Nm3 Standards in general NO2 40 ppm for gas based

power plant Ambient standard for NO2 i.e., 100 μg /Nm3

might be applied for proposed power plant. World Bank sets concentration standards 150 μg /Nm3 for NO2 emission from power plant

CO, CO2 CO- 2000 μg/Nm3 CO-10 mg/m3 (9 ppm) in 8 hours. However, in response to climate change issues and Bangladesh position on international platform, the plant should choose less carbon emitting technology.

Standard for liquid waste Sewerage waste Schedule 9 of the Rule

states the details of the standards for sewerage waste.

The Schedule is attached in Appendix III

Cooling water discharge

No specific standard for cooling water. However, standard for project waste to be discharged in Inland surface water (Schedule 10 of the Rule) might be applied.

Temperature standard defined in the Schedule is 400C during Summer and 450C during winter. It should be lower and it must be equal to ambient water temperature considering ecology of the river. EIA suggests temperature should be maximum 20C above the ambient water temperature.

Other liquid waste As stated in Schedule 9 of the Rule

The Schedule is attached in Appendix III

Noise as stated in Schedule 4 Day time noise level

75 dBa Standard for industrial area shall be applied in case of the Ghorashal site of the project.

Night time noise level

70 dBa

Source: Environment Conservation Rule, 1997 and Amendment, 2005

The National Water Policy 1999 states that the standards of effluent disposal into common water courses will be set by Water Resource Planning Organization (WARPO) in consultation with DoE. The Power Development Board is required to consider this matter and inform the concerned authority setting standard of the waste water which will be disposed into the nearby water sources.

2.2.3 Stack height

The stack height of STPP is not less than 50 m (Ref. Tender Document, BPDB). Under the Manual of Aerodrome Standard, 2005 of Civil Aviation of Bangladesh, height of any structure within seven (7) nautical miles is restricted up to 500 ft. The proposed site is located around 15 nautical miles from the Shahjalal International Airport, Dhaka. Therefore, “No Objection Certificate (NOC)” is not required for the proposed power plant from the Civil Aviation Authority of Bangladesh.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

29

2.2.4 Site location

As per the Rule, no industry shall be constructed within the 10 km radius area of the forest. Though the Madhupur Sal Tract area, one of the bio-ecological zones falls under 10 km radius of the study area but there is no significant coverage of such forest. So, the proponent is to take care of whatever forest (Social forest and homestead forest) is there by obliging the Rules for protecting forests but is not liable to take permission from Forest Office.

2.3 Compliance under the National Laws

2.3.1 The Forest Act, 1927 &Amendment Act 2000

The10 km radius study area of the proposed gas based power plant project covers the portions of the Madhupur Sal Tract at Gazipur area. For this reason, this EIA study considers review of forest related laws and by-laws of the country to identify possible conflicts among the proposed project interventions and rule of law. The Forest Act, 1927 is the first and omnibus law of the land on forestry. It provides for reserving forests over which the Government has an acquired property right. The proposed interventions of Bangladesh Power Development Board comply with this piece of legislation.

According to the Act, the Government (Forest Department) can prohibit certain activities in the declared Reserved Forest/Forest area such as any intervention kindles, keeps or carries any fire; trespasses or pastures cattle, or permits cattle to trespass; causes any damage by negligence in felling any tree or cutting or dragging any timber; etc. “26. Acts prohibited in such forests. - (1) Any person who, in a reserved forest- (a) Kindles, keeps or carries any fire except at such seasons as the Forest-Officer may notify in this behalf; (b) Trespasses or pastures cattle, or permits cattle to trespass; (c) causes any damage by negligence in felling any tree or cutting or dragging any timber; (d) quarries stone, burns lime or charcoal, or collects, subjects to any manufacturing process, or removes any forest produce other than timber; or who enters a reserved forest with firearms without prior permission from the Divisional Forest Officer concerned, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to six months and shall also be liable to fine which may extend to two thousand taka, in addition to such compensation for damage done to the forest as the convicting Court may direct to be paid.”

The Supplementary Rules of 1959 empowered the concerned governmental bodies to restrict totally and for a specified period, the shooting, hunting or catching of various birds, animals and reptiles in the controlled and vested forests. The Private Forest Ordinance of 1959 provides for the conservation of private forests and for the forestation, in certain cases, of wastelands in Bangladesh.

The proposed intervention should not carry out any such activities that may cause damage or adversely impact on the natural resources including wildlife of the Sal forest. Also the proposed plant will be fueled by gas and it is a combined cycle plant so the emission of flue gas from the 260 MW unit will be used for producing further 156 MW electricity. So, the remnant gaseous emission may not be harmful for the forest located distally.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

30

2.3.2 The Penal Code, 1860

The Penal Code of 1860 has some valid provisions related to pollution management, environment protection and protection of health and safety. Chapter XIV of the Penal Code provides offences affective public health, safety, convenience, decency and morals: Section 277: Falling Water or Public Spring or Reservoir; Section 278: Making Atmosphere Noxious to Health; Section 284: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Poisonous Substance; Section 285: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Fire or Combustible Matter; and Section 286: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Explosive Substance.

According to the Section 277, whoever voluntarily corrupts or fouls the water of any public spring or reservoir, so as to render it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used will be punished under the law.

According to the Section 278 whoever voluntarily vitiates the atmosphere in any place so as to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling or carrying on business in the neighborhood or passing along a public way will get punishment.

2.3.3 The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (1982)

This Ordinance has replaced the Land Acquisition Act of 1894 and the East Bengal (Emergency) Requisition of Property Act of 1948. The Ordinance governs acquisition and requisition by the government of immovable property for any public purpose or in the public interest. It may be noted that contrary to the previous Acts (i.e. Act XIII of 1948), this Ordinance deals only with immovable property.

The Ordinance has well-defined procedures regarding payment of compensation for an acquired piece of land. If, for example, the land is used for rice growing, then an amount equivalent to approximately 1.5 times the market value of a given variety of rice (e.g., paddy) that is currently being (or could be) produced annually is fixed as a yearly lease value. In case of outright purchase (carried out on a 99-year lease), the compensation-value of acquired land varies widely according to the locality, soil fertility, and access to transportation and related infrastructure factors. The current compensation and resettlement provisions are however inadequate both in terms of timing of payments and quantum. The procedures involved are cumbersome and time consuming and often causes hindrance to the smooth execution of the project. Legal provisions covering adequate compensation to the project affected persons, particularly disadvantaged groups such as women and squatters and such other vulnerable groups are yet to be framed. It is to be mentioned here that this project does not require land acquisition and requisition of immovable property as the proposed site already belongs to BPDB and is a fallow land.

2.3.4 The Protection and Conservation of Fish Act, 1950

The Protection and Conservation of Fish 1950 was enacted to provide for the protection and conservation of fish. The law defines ‘Fish’ as all cartilaginous, bony fishes, prawn, shrimp, amphibians, tortoise, turtles, crustacean animals, mollusks, echinoderms and frogs at all stages in their life history. Under the Act the Protection and Conservation of Fish Rules was adopted in 1985. This is a set of rules in line with the overall objectives of the Act. The Rule 5 of the Rules provides that no person shall destroy or make any attempt to destroy any fish by explosives, gun, bow and arrow in inland waters or within coastal waters. During the project intervention it should be noted that if waste effluent is not treated then it may cause significant damage to the local fishery and thus violate the provision of the law.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

31

Rule 6 states that no person shall destroy or make any attempt to destroy any fish by poisoning of water or the depletion of fisheries by pollution, by trade effluents or otherwise in inland waters.

Therefore, the proposed intervention of BPDB will need to be carried out in such a manner that the activities do not cause damage or adversely impact the inland waterbodies and its creatures including fish and other aquatic organisms.

2.3.5 The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997

These are the first set of rules, promulgated under the Environment Conservation Act of 1995 (so far there have been three amendments to this set of rules - February and August 2002 and April 2003).

The Environment Conservation Rules of 1997 has provided categorization of industries and projects and identified types of environmental assessments needed against respective categories of industries or projects.

Among other things, these rules set (i) the National Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, various types of water, industrial effluent, emission, noise, vehicular exhaust etc., (ii) the requirement for and procedures to obtain environmental clearance, and (iii) the requirement for IEE and EIA’s according to categories of industrial and other development interventions.

2.3.6 The Environment Court Act, 2000

The Environment Court Act, 2000 provides for the establishment of environment courts and matters incidental thereto. This act also provides the jurisdictions of environment court, penalty for violating court’s order, trial procedure in special magistrate’s court, power of entry and search, procedure for investigation, procedure and power of environment court, authority of environment court to inspect, appeal procedure and formation of environment appeal court.

2.3.7 The Fatal Accidents Act, 1855

An Act to provide compensation to families for loss occasioned by the death of a person caused by actionable wrong. It is mentioned in s.1, whenever the death of a person shall be caused by wrongful act, neglect or default, and the act, neglect or default is such as would (if death had not ensued) have entitled the party injured to maintain an action and recover damages in respect thereof, the party who would have been liable if death had not ensued shall be liable to an action or suit for damages, notwithstanding the death of the person injured, and although the death shall have been caused under such circumstances as amount in law to felony or other crime.

2.3.8 The Bangladesh Petroleum Act, 1974

The Bangladesh Petroleum Act is enabling legislation that allows the Government of Bangladesh to enter into all aspects of petroleum exploration, development, exploitation, production, processing, refining and marketing. In addition, the Government is authorized to enter into Petroleum Agreement(s) with any person(s) for the purpose of petroleum operations. The duties of such person(s) are:

- To ensure that petroleum operation is carried out in a proper and workman like manner and in accordance with good oil field practice.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

32

- To carry out petroleum operation in any area in a manner that does not interfere with navigation, fishing and conservation of resources.

- To consider the factors connected with the ecology and environment.

Clause 6(2) of the Act sets out certain details related to environment and safety:

“In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, a person engaged in any petroleum operations shall, in carrying out such operations in any area:

Control the flow and prevent the waste or escape in the area, of petroleum or water;

Prevent the escape in that area of any mixture of water or drilling fluid with petroleum or any other matter;

Prevent damage to petroleum-bearing strata in any area, whether adjacent to that area or not; and

Keep separate any petroleum pool discovered in the area.”

Apart from the above the law provides the following obligations:

a) Prescribing places where petroleum may be imported and prohibiting its import elsewhere; regulating the import of petroleum;

b) Prescribing the periods within which licenses for the import of [class I] petroleum shall be applied for, and providing for the disposal, by confiscation or otherwise, of any [class I] petroleum in respect of which a license has not been applied for within the prescribed period or has been refused and which has not been exported;

c) Regulating the transport of petroleum;

d) Specifying the nature and condition of all receptacles and pipe-lines in which petroleum may be transported;

e) Regulating the places at which and prescribing the conditions subject to which petroleum may be stored;

f) Specifying the nature, situation and condition of all receptacles in which petroleum may be stored;

g) Prescribing the form and conditions of licenses for the import of dangerous petroleum, and for the transport or storage of any petroleum, the manner in which applications for such licenses shall be made, the authorities which may grant such licenses and the fees which may be charged for such licenses; determining in any class of cases whether a license for the transport of petroleum shall be obtained by the consignor, consignee or carrier;

h) Providing for the granting of combined licenses for the import, transport 18 [storage and distribution] of petroleum, or for any two of such purposes;

i. Prescribing the proportion in which any specified poisonous substance may be added to petroleum, and prohibiting the import, transport or storage of petroleum in which the proportion of any specified poisonous substance exceeds the prescribed proportion;

ii. Regulating the distribution of petroleum;

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

33

iii. Prescribing the conditions for the appointment of, and the granting of the licenses to, agents, dealers and stockiest;

iv. Prescribing the form and conditions of agreement between and agent, dealer or stockiest and an oil marketing company;

v. Providing for cancellation or restoration of licenses of an agent or a dealer and of agreement between an oil marketing company and an agent, dealer or stockiest; and

Generally, providing for any matter which in its opinion, in expedient for proper control over the import, transport, storage and distribution of petroleum.”

2.4 Policy Guidance

Under the study a number of sectoral national policies have been reviewed to identify the guiding principles which are relevant to the gas based CCPP installation, operation and maintenance activities. The sectoral policies will include energy, environment, water, forest, fisheries, transport, import etc.

National Environment Policy

The National Environment Policy of 1992 sets out the basic framework for environmental action, together with a set of broad sectoral action guidelines. The Policy provides the broader framework of sustainable development in the country. It also stated all major undertakings, which will have a bearing on the environment; (including setting up of an industrial establishment) must undertake an IEE and EIA before they initiate the project.

The Policy delineates DoE, as the approving agency for all such IEE and EIA’s to be undertaken in the country. The policy guidelines of fifteen sectors are stated in the Policy. Under the ‘energy and fuel sector’ (section 3.4), the use of environmentally sound and less harmful fuel has been encouraged in Section 3.4.1. Section 3.4.5 provides, ‘Conservation of country’s fossil fuel reserve and renewable sources of energy’. And section 3.4.6 provides that EIA should be conducted before implementation of projects for extraction of fuel and mineral resources.

Under the Environmental Action Plan Section of the Policy and sub-section ‘Fuel and Energy’ provides that:

� Section 4.2 “In the rural areas the use of gas, coal, kerosene and petrol as fuel will be expanded in the rural areas, so that fuel wood, agricultural residues and cow dung are conserved. This will help the use of agricultural residues, and cow dung etc. as manure”

� Section 4.7 “Appropriate measures will be taken to ensure that extraction, distribution and use of natural resources such as oil, gas, coal, peat etc. do not adversely affect air, water, land, the hydrological balance and the ecosystem”.

� Section 3: ‘Forest, wildlife and biodiversity’ directs the followings:

o Conserve wildlife and biodiversity, strengthen related research and help dissemination and exchange of knowledge in these areas; and

o Conserve and develop wetlands and protection of migratory birds.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

34

2.4.1 Power System Master Plan, 2010

The main objective of this study is to formulate a Master Plan for the attainment of stable power supply in the People's Republic of Bangladesh up to year 2030 in consideration of the diversification of fuel resources, including an optimum power development plan, power system plan, and identification of the potential power plant sites based on the fuel diversification study. Therefore, this study includes a comprehensive power development master plan where the study of the fundamental conditions of the development (demand forecast, procurement of primary energy resources, optimum power development plan, future optimum power supply structure including the positioning of gas-fired power plants, and so on) are added.

The power sector was heavily dependent on gas. Even two/three years back almost 90% of the electricity used to be generated from the natural gas of the country and rest by hydro electricity and coal. The power sector master plan 2010 has stressed on diversification of the fuel such as coal, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), furnace oil, diesel, etc as well as renewable energy sources.

In this Master Plan, the target composition of power supply as of 2030 is set at 50% from coal (domestic and imported), 25% for domestic and imported (in the form of LNG) natural gas and 25% for other sources such as oil, nuclear power and renewable energy.

2.4.2 National Environment Management Action Plan 1995

The National Environment Management Action Plan (NEMAP) is a wide ranging and multi-faceted plan, which builds on and extends the statements set out in the National Environment Policy (NEP). NEMAP was developed to address issues and management requirements for a period between 1995 to 2005 and set out the framework within which the recommendations of the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) are to be implemented.

NEMAP has the following broad objectives:

Identification of key environmental issues affecting Bangladesh; Identification of actions necessary to halt or reduce the rate of environmental

degradation; Improvement of the natural and built environment; Conservation of habitats and biodiversity; Promotion of sustainable development; and Improvement in the quality of life of the people.

One of the key issues in NEMAP regarding the energy sector is “energy conservation awareness is generally low throughout the country”. NEMAP did not recognize mineral resources as an important sector and there is no separate discussion on this.

2.4.3 The National Forest Policy (1994)

The National Forestry Policy of 1994 is the revised version of the National Forest Policy of 1977 in the light of the National Forestry Master Plan. The major targets of the Policy are to conserve the existing forest areas; bring about 20% of the country’s land area under the afforestation program, and increase the reserve forest land by 10% by the year 2015 through coordinated efforts of GO-NGOs and active participation of the people.

The need of amendments of the existing forestry sector related laws and adoption of new laws for sect oral activities have been recognized as important conditions for achieving the

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

35

policy goals and objectives. The Forest Policy also recognizes the importance of fulfilling the responsibilities and commitments under international multilateral environmental agreements

2.4.4 The National Energy Policy (1995)

The National Energy Policy provides for utilization of energy for sustainable economic growth, supply to different zones of the country, development of the indigenous energy sources and environmentally sounds sustainable energy development programs. The Policy highlights the importance of protecting the environment by requiring an EIA for any new energy development project, introduction of economically viable and environment friendly technology.

One (Section 1.2) of the seven objectives addresses the environment and states, "(vi) to ensure environmentally sound sustainable energy development programs causing minimum damage to the environment".

The seven specific policy recommendations are listed under Chapter 1.9. Of those, the following three are relevant to the present project: EIA should be made mandatory and should constitute an integral part of any new energy

development project; Use of economically viable environment friendly technology is to be promoted; and Public awareness is to be promoted regarding environmental conservation.

2.4.5 The National Water Policy (1999)

The National Water Policy of 1999 was adopted to ensure efficient and equitable management of water resources, proper harnessing and development of surface and ground water, availability of water to all concerned and institutional capacity building for water resource management. It has also addressed issues like river basin management, water rights and allocation, public and private investment, water supply and sanitation and water needs for agriculture, industry, fisheries, wildlife, navigation, recreation, environment, preservation of wetlands etc.

The Policy states that excessive water salinity in the southwest region is a major deterrent to industrial growth. Also, pollution of both surface and groundwater around various industrial centers of the country by untreated effluent discharge into water bodies is a critical water management issue. The Policy suggests that the following matters should be considered:

a. Zoning regulations will be established for location of new industries in consideration of fresh and safe water availability and effluent discharge possibilities;

b. Effluent disposal will be monitored by relevant Government agencies to prevent water pollution;

c. Standards of effluent disposal into common watercourses will be set by WARPO in consultation with DoE;

d. Industrial polluters will be required under law to pay for the cleanup of water- body polluted by them.

Analysis of the relevant policies is summarized in Table 2-3.

Legislative, Regulation and Policy Consideration

36

Table 2-3: Summary of the relevant polices

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

Agricultural Policy, 1999 Agricultural Policy, 1999

Preserve and develop land productivity

Power Development Board Should: Take appropriate measures to prevent loss of land fertility in and around project site during the project implementation period. If not then compensate the loss.

Department of Agriculture Extension (DAE) and Soil Resources Development Institute (SRDI)

Agricultural Policy, 1999

Section 2.1 Objective Preserve existing biodiversity of different crops

Power Development Board Should: Take appropriate measures to prevent loss of any indigenous crop variety of the project site viz. preserve the indigenous crop verity. If not then compensate the loss.

MoA, Bangladesh Rice Research Institute (BRRI), BARC

Agricultural Policy, 1999

Section 12.1 Land Use Appropriate measures will be taken in the light of the Land Use Policy, to stop the trend of shifting agricultural land into to other due to its use for non agricultural purposes.

Power Development Board must: Follow the appropriate land acquisition procedure as per the GOB

MoA, MoL

Environment Policy, 1992 Environment Policy, 1992

Section 3.2.1 Industry Adoption of corrective measures by polluting industries in phases

Power Development Board must comply with the government regulation.

MoEF, Mol, MoEMR, DoE and other relevant government agencies

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.2.4 Industry Encourage development of environmentally sound and appropriate technology and initiatives on research and extension in the fields of industry. Balance such initiatives with the best use of labor and provision of proper wages.

Power Development Board should: Use economically viable and environmental friendly technology Provide analysis of alternatives in the EIA report.

MoEF, Mol, DoE

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.3.1 Health Prevent activities, which are harmful to public health in

Power Development Board should: Take all appropriate

MoEF, LGED, DPHE, DoH, Local

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

37

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

all spheres, including development.

measures to prevent risky activities that may affect the public.

Administration

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.3.5 Health Ensure healthy workplace for workers

Power Development Board should take all appropriate measures to ensure healthy workplace for the workers

DoE, DPHE, DoH

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.4.1 Energy and Fuel Reduce and discourage the use of those fuels which pollute the environment and increase the use of environmentally sound and less harmful fuels

Power Development Board must: Use the fuels in their machinery and vehicles that reduce pollution in the environment

MoEF, DoE, MoEMR, Local Government Institutes

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.4.2 Energy and Fuel Reduce the use of fuel wood, agricultural residues etc. to meet energy need and increase the use of alternative energy sources

Power Development Board should: Use materials other than fuel wood and agricultural residue

MOPE

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.4.5 Energy and Fuel Conserve country's fossil fuel reserves and renewable sources of energy

Power Development Board should: Consider the provision for long term aspects

MoEMR

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.4.6 Energy and Fuel Conduct EIA before implementing the projects for extraction of fuel and mineral resources

Power Development Board should conduct EIA

MoEF MoEF

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.5.1 Water development Ensure environmentally sound utilization of all water resources

Power Development Board should: Ensure conservation of freshwater resources

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.5.5 Water development Keep the rivers, canals, ponds, lakes, haors, baors and all other water bodies and water resources free from pollution

Power Development Board should: Make sure that the nearby water bodies and resources are not polluted due to project activities.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

38

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.6.2 Prevent land erosion, preserve and increase soil fertility, and expand activities for conservation and environmentally sound management of newly accreted land

Power Development Board should take appropriate measures to prevent land erosion in the project site.

MoEF, MoL

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.7.2 Forest Include tree plantation programme in all relevant development activities

Power Development Board should: Carry out afforstation in and around the project site

MoEF, FD

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.7.3 Forest Stop shrinkage and depletion of forest land and forest resources

Power Development Board should: Take appropriate measures minimize the deforestation around the site

MOEF, FD

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.7.5 Forest Conserve wildlife and biodiversity

Power Development Board should: Take appropriate measures to prevent loss of the biodiversity and undertake compensatory measures in case of inevitable damage if any

MoEF, FD

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.7.6 Forest Conserve and develop wetlands and protect migratory birds

Power Development Board must: avoid activities which cause huge damage to wetlands and destroy the any fish sanctuary or species habitat of conservation significance

MoEF, MoWR, FD

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.8.2 Fisheries Prevent activities that diminish the wetlands natural habits of fish

Power Development Board should: take appropriate measure, so that the nearby fish habitats are not threatened due to project activities, viz do not discharge untreated waste water into the river

WET, EIA Report

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.11.2 Transport and Communication Ensure that vehicles and people using roads, rails, air and inland waterways do not pollute the environment and take steps to protect health of the workers

Power Development Board should: use the vehicles (which is going to be used during the operation of the project) which cause less pollution to the environment

MoEF, MoC, Roads and Highway Department, Railway Authority, Inland Water Transport Authority

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

39

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

running these transports Take necessary measures to protect health of the workers running transports

Environment Policy 1992

Section 3.12.1 Integrate environmental consideration into all housing and urban planning activities and research

Power Development Board should: While setting up the (proposed) Proposed location town, consider the integrated environmental aspects

MoEF

Energy Policy, 1996 Energy Policy 1996

Section 1.2 Objective (iv) Ensure sustainable operation of the energy utilities

Power Development Board should: Ensure that the project activities does not hamper the sustainable of operations of energy utilities in the Proposed location

MoEMR, Power Development Board, Rural Electrification Board

Energy Policy 1996

Section 1.2 Objective (v) Rational use of total energy sources

Power Development Board should: Ensure the gas are used rationally

MoEMR Hydrocarbon Unit

Energy Policy 1996

Section 1.2 Objective (vi) Ensure environmentally sound sustainable energy development programmes causing minimum damage to the environment

Power Development Board must: Consider this provision while implementing the project viz ensure minimum damages caused to the environment

MoEMR

Energy Policy 1996

Sectio1. 9 Environmental Conservation Issues will be considered for all type of fuels and in each and every step of fuel cycle; namely, exploration, appraisal, extraction, conversion, transportation and consumption.

Power Development Board Should: Need to consider this provision during their project cycle.

MoEMR

Energy Policy 1996

Section 7.3 Technology Assessment, Necessary arrangements are to be made to select appropriate technologies i.e. conversion, efficiency, transferability, adaptability, environmental effects, cost

Power Development Board should: Consider these (mentioned) factors while selecting the technologies.

MoEMR

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

40

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

should be considered while selecting technologies

Energy Policy 1996

Promote use of economically viable environment friendly technology are to be promoted

Power Development Board should: Use economically viable and environmental friendly technology

MoEMR

Energy Policy 1996

Discourage use of fuel wood

Power Development Board should: Use materials other than fuel wood

MoEMR

Energy Policy 1996

Section 1.9 (g) Encourage the use of lead free petrols

Power Development Board should: Use lead free petrols

MoEMR

Land Use Policy, 2010 Land Use Policy 2010

Section 2 (e) Objective Ensure the land uses in harmony with the natural environment.

Power Development Board should: Follow the Government’s land use plan

MoL and DoE

Land Use Policy 2010

Section 2 (i) Objective Conserve the natural forest

Power Development Board must: Compensate for destroying the natural forest, viz plantation on the other nearby areas, reforestation, and plantation on the annulled forest area.

MoL, Forest Department

Land Use Policy 2010

Section 2 (i) Objective Prevent river bank erosion

Power Development Board should: Prevent activities that may cause river bank erosion

MoL and MoWR

Land Use Policy 2010

Section 2 (h) Objective Prevent the land pollution

Power Development Board should: Take appropriate measures to prevent/ reduce the land pollution

MoL and DoE

Land Use Policy 2010

Section 3.4 Land Use Maintaining a balanced ecosystem

Power Development Board should Proper authorization to utilizing the area (project site) from the concerned authority, via, seek authorization from the Forest Department for utilizing the forest land

MoL, MoWR, Forest Department and others

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

41

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

The Forest Policy, 1994 Forest Policy 1994

Conserve the natural forest (protected, reserved and unclassified state forest)

Power Development Board should: Take appropriate measures to mitigate adverse impact (due to project activities) on the forest of the proposed location area

MoEF, FD

Forest Policy 1994

Restoration of natural forest to preserve biodiversity and wildlife

Power Development Board should: Carry out afforestation and reforestation of forests cleared during the project activity

MoEF, FD

Forest Policy 1994

Without proper authorization, forest land cannot be used for non forest purpose.

Power Development Board should: Seek for permission from the Forest Department for using the forest area for non forest purpose

MoEF, FD

The Fisheries Policy, 1998 Fisheries Policy 1998

Section 9.10 Protect natural water bodies and marine biodiversity.

Power Development Board must: Consider this provision and take appropriate measure to reduce adverse impact on the water bodies

MoFL, Fisheries Deparhnent

Fisheries Policy 1998

9.10.2 Control activities which may have adverse effect on the fish resources

Power Development Board must Control the activities which may have adverse impact on the fish resources

MoFL, Fisheries Department

Fisheries Policy 1998

9.10.6 Implement laws to prevent discharge of untreated waste into water bodies

Power Development Board must comply with these laws

MoFL, Fisheries Department

The Water Policy, 1999 Water Policy 1999

Section 4.8 Water and Industry a) Zoning regulation will be established for location of new industries in consideration of fresh and safe water availability and effluent discharge possibilities.

Power Development Board must: Follow the zoning regulation of the Government

MoL, MoWR

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

42

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

Water Policy 1999

b) Effluent disposal will be monitored by relevant Government agencies to prevent water pollution

Power Development Board must: Allow the monitoring authority to monitor their effluent discharge

MoWR

Water Policy 1999

c) Standards of effluent disposal into common watercourses will set by WARPO in consultation with DOE

Power Development Board need to comply with the polluter pay principle under the national legislation

DoE/MoWR

Water Policy 1999

d) Industrial polluters will be required under law to pay for the cleanup of water body polluted by then.

Power Development Board need to comply with the polluter pay principle under the national legislation

DoE/MoWR

Water Policy 1999

Section 4.12 Water and Environment d) Protect against degradation and resuscitate natural water bodies such as lakes, ponds, heels, khals, tanks, etc. affected by man-made intervention or other causes.

Power Development Board should: Consider this provision while implementing the project

MoWR

Water Policy 1999

i) Enforce the 'polluter pay' principle in the development of regulatory guidelines for all regulatory actions designed to protect public health and the environment

Power Development Board need to follow the regulatory guidelines

DoE

The Industrial Policy, 1999 Industrial Policy 1999

Objective (p) To take appropriate measures for preventing

Power Development Board need to consider the provision during implementation of the project activities

MoI, DoE, MoEMR

The Housing Policy, 1999 Housing Policy 1999

Section 4.7 Initiate planning to produce more forest products used to build infrastructures and attention be given to environmental management

Power Development Board should: Carry out afforestation and Reforestation activities to restore degraded lands

MoHPW

Housing Policy 1999

Section 4.9 While implementing any new housing project, need to consider the local building modes, upholding

Power Development Board should: Consider the provision while implementing the proposed township under

MoHPW/MOCA

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

43

Title and Scope

Relevant Provisions to the Project Activities

Obligations of Power Development Board

Agencies to be Consulted

and conservation of the cultural heritage

the project activities

Housing Policy 1999

Section 5.1.3 Land Ensure that the minimum land acquired for any development project/programme.

Power Development Board should: Adopt the principle during land acquisition

Mol IPW Power Development Board

Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (BSAP) BSAP Strategy 2:

Conserve ecosystems, species and genetic pool of the country to ensure that the present and future well-being of the country and its people are secure

Power Development Board should: Create an inventory of all the species of flora and fauna in the area. Conduct EIA and SIA reports.

MoEF/ DoE

BSAP Strategy 3: Restore ecosystems and rehabilitate endangered species

Power Development Board should: Construct ETP to restrict amount of pollution; Create buffer zones in and around the project site; Carry on afforestation and reforestation activities on abandoned site

MoEF/ DoE

BSAP Strategy 10: Ensure wise use of wetland resources environment pollution and maintaining the ecological balance

Power Development Board should: Consider the provision while implementing the project.

MoWR/ MoEF

2.5 International Legal Obligations

Bangladesh is signatory to a number of Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) and also some bilateral instruments. Some of them are very important in the context of environmental protection. The legal obligations and provisions of MEAs related to the proposed project interventions will be reviewed; (Convention on Biological Diversity; Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat; Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage).

Bangladesh has already had accessed to, ratified or signed a number of important MEAs related to environment protection and conservation of natural resources which shall have to be complied with during implementation of the project. The pertinent ones of these are highlighted below:

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

44

2.5.1 Rio Declaration

The 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) adopted the global action program for sustainable development called ‘Rio Declaration’ and ‘Agenda 21’.

Principle 4 of the Rio Declaration, 1992, to which Bangladesh is a signatory along with a total of 178 countries, states, “In order to achieve sustainable development, environmental protection should constitute an integral part of the development process and cannot be considered in isolation from it”.

2.5.2 Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

The Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 was adopted on 5 June 1992 and entered into force on 29 December, 1993. Bangladesh ratified the Convention on 20 March, 1994.

The Contracting Parties of the Convention have committed to:

� Introducing appropriate procedures requiring environmental impact assessments of its proposed projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biodiversity, with a view to avoiding or minimizing such effects, and where appropriate allow for public participation in such procedures; and

� Introducing appropriate arrangements to ensure that environmental consequences of its programs and policies, that are likely to have significant adverse impacts on biodiversity, are duly taken into account.

Obligation has been placed on State parties to provide for environmental impact assessments of projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biological diversity (art. 4).

2.5.3 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat, Ramsar (1971)

This convention is also known as the Ramsar Convention. It was adopted 2nd February, 1971 and entered into force on 21 December, 1975. Bangladesh has ratified the Convention 20 April, 2002. This provides a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. There are 127 Parties with 1085 wetland sites designated as Wetlands of International Importance’.

This is an intergovernmental treaty, which provides the framework for international co-operation for the conservation of wetlands habitats. Obligations for Contracting Parties include the designation of wetlands to the “List of Wetlands of International Importance’, the provision of wetland considerations within their national land use planning, and the creation of Natural Reserves. Tanguar Haor, a Ramsar Site, situated at Sunamganj is about 138 km away from the proposed plant site (northeast of Bangladesh). Tanguar Haor is also considered as an important bird area as well as declared as Ecologically Critical Area (ECA).

The following MEAs include provisions relevant to different aspects of oil and gas operations for environmental management, nature protection, and biodiversity conservation:

Convention relative to the Preservation of Fauna and Flora in their Natural State 1933;

International Convention for the Protection of Birds, Paris, 1950;

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

45

International Plant Protection Convention, Rome. 1951;

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, Washington, 1973 (Popularly known as CITES): This provides a framework for addressing over harvesting and exploitation patterns which threaten plant and animal species. Under CITES, governments agree to prohibit or regulate trade in species which are threatened by unsustainable use patterns; and

Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, Bonn. 1979 (Amended 1988): This provides a framework for agreements between countries important to the migration of species that are threatened.

2.6 Development Agency’s Health and Safety Guidelines

Under the study health and safety guidelines of few development agencies has been reviewed. This included financer’s Global Environment and Social Guidelines for Project Finance, ADB’s Social Safeguard Policy and the World Bank’s Environmental Process.

2.6.1 Financer’s Global Environment and Social Guidelines for Project Finance

The Equator Principles (EPs) are a voluntary set of standards for determining, assessing, and managing social and environmental risk in project finance, in which the lender looks primarily to the revenues generated by a single project both as the source of repayment and as security for the exposure. Project financiers may encounter social and environmental issues that are both complex and challenging, particularly with respect to projects in the emerging markets.

The guideline of the financer has following environmental and social features and considerations. The HSBC disclose their environmental performance and management as per Equator Principles of the IFC. Equator Principles Financial Institutions (EPFIs) will only provide loans to projects that conform to the Equator Principles listed below:

Principle 1: Review and Categorisation

The risk of the project is categorized in accordance with internal guidelines based upon the environmental and social screening criteria of the IFC. Projects are classified, relating to social or environmental impacts, in Category A (significant impacts), Category B (limited impacts), and Category C (minimal or no impacts). Principle 2: Social and Environmental Assessment

For all medium- or high-risk projects (Category A and B projects), sponsors complete an Environmental Assessment, the preparation of which must meet certain requirements and satisfactorily address key environmental and social issues.

Principle 3: Applicable Social and Environmental Standards

The environmental assessment report addresses baseline environmental and social conditions, requirements under host country laws and regulations, applicable international treaties and agreements, sustainable development and use of renewable natural resources, protection of human health, cultural properties, and biodiversity, including endangered species and sensitive ecosystems, use of dangerous substances, major hazards, occupational health and safety, fire prevention and life safety, socioeconomic impacts, land acquisition and land use, involuntary resettlement, impacts on indigenous peoples and

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

46

communities, cumulative impacts of existing projects, the proposed project, and anticipated future projects, participation of affected parties in the design, review and implementation of the project, consideration of feasible environmentally and socially preferable alternatives, efficient production, delivery and use of energy, pollution prevention and waste minimization, pollution controls (liquid effluents and air emissions), and solid and chemical waste management.

Principle 4: Action Plan and Management System

Based on the Environmental Assessment, Equator banks then make agreements with their clients on how they mitigate, monitor and manage those risks through a "Social Environmental Management Plan".

Principle 5: Consultation and Disclosure

For risky projects, the borrower consults with stakeholders such as NGOs and affected groups and provides them with information on the risks of the project. The borrower has to consult the project affected communities in a structured and culturally appropriate manner. The process will ensure free, prior, and informed consultation for affected communities.

Principle 6: Grievance Mechanism

The borrower will establish a grievance mechanism as part of the management system.

Principle 7: Independent Review

For all projects, an independent social or environmental expert not directly associated with the borrower will review the Assessment, Action Plan and consultation process documentation in order to assist EPFI's due diligence, and assess Equator Principles compliance.

Principle 8: Covenants

Incorporation of covenants linked to compliance. Compliance with the plan is required in the covenant. If the borrower does not comply with the agreed terms, the bank will take corrective action, which if successful, could ultimately result in the bank cancelling the loan and demanding immediate repayment.

Principle 9: Independent Monitoring and Reporting

Over the life of the loan, in Category A and, if necessary in Category B, an independent expert is consulted.

Principle 10: EPFI Reporting

Each EPFI adopting the Equator Principles commits to report publicly at least annually about its Equator Principles implementation processes and experience, taking into account appropriate confidentiality considerations.

2.6.2 Social Safeguard Policy of ADB

ADB has had environment assessment requirements for more than 20 years and own safeguard policy framework which is currently taken to consist of three operational policies, namely the Environment Policy (2002), the Policy on Indigenous Peoples (1998), and the Policy on Involuntary Resettlement (1995), together with their respective operations manual sections and guidelines.

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

47

ADB's safeguard policies are central to achieving sustained development impact and poverty reduction. The objective of these policies is to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse environmental impacts, social costs to third parties or marginalization of vulnerable groups that may result from development projects. Safeguard policies prescribe; "does no harm" requirements that must be met for all ADB projects. Regarding the resettlement plan of a project ADB provides that ‘A satisfactory resettlement plan must include all eleven essential elements’. The safeguard policies are at the front line of ADB’s accountability mechanism and compliance review process, since these policies, if properly implemented, help ensure that third parties do not incur material damages, either directly or through environmental media, and thus have no basis for complaint.

All three safeguard policies involve a structured process of impact assessment, planning and mitigation to address the adverse effects of projects and programs throughout the project cycle. The safeguard policies require that: (i) impacts are identified and assessed early in the project cycle; (ii) adverse impacts are avoided, minimized, or mitigated; and (iii) affected people are consulted.

In July 2009, ADB's Board of Directors approved the new Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) governing the environmental and social safeguards of ADB's operations. The SPS aims to avoid, minimize, or mitigate harmful environmental impacts, social costs, and to help borrowers/clients strengthen their safeguard systems. The SPS builds upon ADB's previous safeguard policies on the environment, involuntary resettlement, and Indigenous Peoples, and brings them into one consolidated policy framework with enhanced consistency and coherence, and that more comprehensively addresses environmental and social impacts and risks. The SPS also provides a platform for participation by affected people and other stakeholders in project design and implementation.

2.6.3 Environmental Assessment (EA) Process of World Bank

In 1989, the World Bank adopted Operational Directive (OD) 4.00, “Annex A: Environmental Assessment”. EA became standard procedure for Bank financed investment project. In 1991 the directive was as OD 4.01, which has subsequently been changed to operational policy OP 4.01 in January 1999 and the operational policy statement has been updated in March, 2007. EA is designed as a flexible process allows environmental issues to be addressed in a timely and cost-effective way during project preparation and implementation. HSBC also ascertains whether a project meets the relevant aspects of World Bank Safeguard Policy regarding environmental and social considerations.

The primary responsibility for the Environmental Assessment process lies with the borrower. The Bank’s role is to advise borrower throughout the process, to confirm that practice and quality are consistent with Environmental Assessment requirements and to ensure that the process feeds effectively into project preparation and implementation.

The 2001 Environment Strategy for the World Bank emphasizes the importance of integrating–or mainstreaming–environment into country development programs, sector strategies, and investments and underpinning sustainable development. WB introduced environmental policies and procedures to integrate good environmental management into our operations, and we have also developed environmental assistance programs to help client countries integrate environmental issues into their development process, to address their pressing environmental challenges.

In addition to efforts identified in the 2001 Strategy, the Bank has adopted a set of operational policies and procedures that deal with the Bank's core development objectives

Laegislative, Regulation and Ploicy Consideration

48

and goals, the instruments for pursuing them, and specific requirements for Bank financed operations.

World Bank seeks to ensure that supported infrastructure and other development projects take into account the conservation of biodiversity, as well as the numerous environmental services and products which natural habitats provide to human society. The policy strictly limits the circumstances under which any Bank-supported project can damage natural habitats (land and water areas where most of the native plant and animal species are still present).

Specifically, the policy prohibits Bank support for projects which would lead to the significant loss or degradation of any Critical Natural Habitats, whose definition includes those natural habitats which are either:

� legally protected,

� officially proposed for protection, or

� Unprotected but of known high conservation value. In other (non-critical) natural habitats, Bank supported projects can cause significant loss or degradation only when

i. There are no feasible alternatives to achieve the project's substantial overall net benefits; and

ii. Acceptable mitigation measures, such as compensatory protected areas, are included within the project.

The Bank's current forests policy aims to reduce deforestation, enhance the environmental contribution of forested areas, promote afforestation, reduce poverty, and encourage economic development.

Combating deforestation and promoting sustainable forest conservation and management have been high on the international agenda for two decades. However, little has been achieved so far and the world's forests and forest dependent people continue to experience unacceptably high rates of forest loss and degradation. The Bank is therefore currently finalizing a revised approach to forestry issues, in recognition of the fact that forests play an increasingly important role in poverty alleviation, economic development, and for providing local as well as global environmental services.

Success in establishing sustainable forest conservation and management practices depends not only on changing the behavior of all critical stakeholders, but also on a wide range of partnerships to accomplish what no country, government agency, donor, or interest group can do alone.

The new proposed forest strategy suggests three equally important and interdependent pillars to guide future Bank involvement with forests:

� Harnessing the potential of forests to reduce poverty,

� Integrating forests in sustainable economic development, and

� Protecting vital local and global environmental services and forest values.

49

Chapter 3 Project Description

3.1 Project Background and Proponent

The government of Bangladesh has adopted the Millennium Development Goal and has targeted to reduce the existing power demand supply gap to its minimum and to provide electricity to all citizens by 2021. The Government has therefore given top most priority to the development of power sector and has formulated a Power System Master Plan 2010 (PSPM 2010). Based on the recommendation of PSMP, Bangladesh power development board (BPDP) has taken a number of steps to increase the power generation in an accelerated manner. The proposed project of re-powering of existing 210 MW 3rd unit to 400MW±5% at Ghorashal, Palash, Narsingdi is one of such steps.

Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) is an autonomous body of the Government of Bangladesh and is the proponent of this project. The Board established in 1972 works under the Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources (MoPEMR) and is exclusively responsible for all activities relating to Electrical power like Generation, Transmission, distribution and sales etc. Even after the creation of other Government/Private owned companies like Power Grid Company of Bangladesh (PGCB), Ashuganj Power Company etc. BPDB still holds major responsibility for all activities relating to power generation and distribution.

3.2 Project Concept

The proposed project is a repowering of 210 MW steam power plant to 400MW±5% gas fired combined cycle power plant by installing one heat recovery steam generator (HRSG), one heavy duty gas turbine (GT) and retrofitting the existing steam turbine (ST). The hot exhaust gas of GT will generate steam in HRSG which will be directed to the retrofitted steam turbine making combined cycle plant output to 416.3 MW.

Natural gas for the proposed gas turbine will be supplied through the existing RMS of units 3&4.

Surface water from the Shitalakshya River and existing plant’s coagulated water after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used for condenser cooling, production of dematerialized water for HRSG make up, potable water, service water and make up water for cooling tower. Generated Power of gas turbine will be evacuated through newly built 230KV GIS insultated system switchyard and generater power of steam turbine will be evacuated through Bay no. 6 of the existing 230 KV switchyard. The plant will be designed in such a way, which will ensure minimum environmental pollution and maintain all standards of World Bank, ADB and especially MoEF, Bangladesh (ECA 1995, ECR 1997, etc).

Project Description

50

3.3 Purpose of the Plant

In line with the Government policy and the recommendation of PSMP, Bangladesh power development board intends to enhance power generating capacity in an accelerated manner to reduce the present demand supply gap and to meet the future annual electricity demand growth of about 12% by installing new power plants and modifying or upgrading the existing ones.

The proposed project is re-powering of the existing 3rd unit of 210 MW steam power plant to 400MW ±5% combined cycle power plant (CCPP) at Palash, Ghorashal.

3.4 Project Location

The area of the proposed project site is considered 17 acres while for the construction of Gas Turbine unit, Heat recovery steam generator unit with their auxiliaries, ancillaries and switchyard the area is considered about 9 acres. The site is a fallow piece of land covered with grass and bushes on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit situated within the boundary of the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex having different scraps on it. The site is located at around 23°58′52.9″ N latitude and 90°38′13.5″ E longitude and on the eastern bank of the river Shitalakshya and on the western side of Palash-Issakhali Road. Administratively the site is located at Palash Mauza of Ghorashal Municipality under Palash Upazila of Narsingdi District. The project is approachable from Dhaka by road, railway and river route. Figure 3-1 shows the location of the project site.

Figure 3-1: Location of proposed plant showed in image

Project Description

51

3.5 Topographical Information

During field investigations, it was observed that the study area mostly lies in the flat topography and a significant part of it is occupied by different kinds of industries. Presently, the flat area is dominated by agricultural practices followed by settlements, fishing during wet season. The entire area is vulnerable to riverine flood. For knowing the detail terrain of the project site a topographic survey has been conducted. In doing so, a benchmark is to consider as a reference point. Since, there is no established benchmark around the project site so top of the road level has been considered as formation level which is 10.00m marked as TBM-01 in the topography maps (Figure 3-2). Of the maps Figure 3-2a envisaged contour lines of the site and Figure 3-2b showed the measured spot levels. In the survey area, there are scrpes and temporary structures. From the topography survey, it is found that the total estimated area is 8.97 acres (390582.77 ft2 or 36286.33 m2). Earth calculation shows that the estimated volume of filling earth is 111329.51ft3or 3152.5m3 and the volume of cutting earth is 164339.44 ft3or 4653.57m3.

Fig 3-2 a: Contour map of the proposed site for Unit-3

Project Description

52

Fig 3-2 b: Spot level map of the proposed site for Unit-3

Figure 3-2: Topographic map of the proposed site

3.6 Access Way

The proposed project site is accessible from the Dhaka-Sylhet National Highway N2 through different Feeder Road Type-A like Ghorashal-Basantapur Road and Panchdona-Ghorashal raod. The site is accessible from Dhaka by railway communication network up to Ghorashal then by Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road up to the site. The site is also accessible by the Shitalakshya River as it remains navigable round the year and is situated beside this river.

3.7 Site Establishment

The proposed plant area of about 9 acres (about 3.6 ha) is at the same level of platform of the existing power plant (Unit #3). The project area only needs site clearing, surface dressing, earth cutting, earth filling of small pot holes and leveling. From the topography survey it is found that the cutting earth is more than filling earth by around 48% (Section 3.5). Therefore, it can be assumed that filling earth is not required to bring from outside the project area. Earth that will come out during dressing and leveling will be adequate for filling up the pot holes and low land within the site. Access earth can be dumped in the low lying areas within the power plant. During site development, drainage system including canals and water bodies passing/occurring outside the project boundary shall be kept undisturbed.

Project Description

53

3.8 Project Layout

The detail layout plan showing all structures, road network, drainage network, different pollution abatement measures, waste water and effluent treatment facilities shall be developed by the EPC contractor before construction. The EPC contractor (ALSTOM and CMC Consortium) shall be appointed after receiving the approval of the EIA report from the DoE. BPDB shall submit the final layout plan to DoE for their review and comments considering availability of land, landscape, ground features, elevation, environmental aspects and social concerns recommended by the EIA study. The preliminary layout plan of the BPDB for re-powering of 3rd unit gas based CCPP is shown in Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-3: Preliminary layout plan for proposed re-powering of 3rd unit power plant

3.8.1 Plant Components of the Layout Plan

The major components of the plant are as listed in Table 3-1 below.

Table 3-1: Major components of the layout plan

Code No. Components

Code No. Components

B02 Main Stack (HRSG) G05 Demineralized Water Production B61 GT Building G06 DM Water Effluents (Neutralization

Pit) B68 Transformer Area G08 Compressed Air Production B75 Closed Circuit Cooling Water Skid G10 Standby Diesel Generator B79 GT Auxiliaries including OTC G11 Fire Fighting Pumps B80 By-Pass Stack G20 Potable Water Storage

Project Description

54

Code No. Components

Code No. Components

B92 Flue Gas Monitoring G28 Oil and Fire Water Recovery Pit E04A Auxiliary Cooling Tower E06 Cooling Water Treatment Plant F01 Switchyard

Source: BPDB

3.9 Project Overview

The proposed project is the re-powering of existing 210MW 3rd unit of Ghorashal steam power plant to a 416.3MW gas fired combined cycle plant by installing one horizontal, natural circulation, triple pressure reheat type HRSG, one heavy duty industrial Gas turbine (GT) equipped with lean-premix dry low NOx combustion system with flue gas diverter damper and bypass stack for simple cycle operation and coupled to its air cooled generator and one retrofitted triple pressure reheat steam turbine (ST) of existing 3rd unit coupled to its hydrogen and water cooled generator duly renovated and refurbished.

The exhaust hot gas of the GT will pass through the HRSG and 50meter high main stack to the atmosphere. The HRSG in turn will generate HP, IP and LP steam that will be directed to the steam turbine which will in turn generate 156MW of power making plant output to 400MW ±5% (Combined cycle). The condensed steam in the condenser will be pumped by condensate extraction pumps to the HRSG Deaerator. The Deaerated water will be pumped to the HRSG drums by Feed water Pumps.

Natural gas for the proposed gas turbine will be supplied through the existing RMS for units 3&4 through scrubber, gas compressors and fine filter from Petrobangla’s existing gas supply system for Ghorashal power station.

Existing once through condenser cooling and other cooling systems like ST generator auxiliaries, GT generator auxiliaries, gas boosters etc using surface water from the Shitalakshya River shall continue. Existing plant’s coagulated water after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used for production of demineralized water for HRSG make up, potable water, service water and make up water for cooling tower. Generated Power of steam turbine will be evacuated through bay no.6 of the existing 230 KV switchyard circuit and that of Gas turbine through the proposed 230KV switchyard.

The other significant components are generator switch gear, emergency diesel generating set, natural gas compressor, 230 KV switch gear equipment with required number of buses and incoming and outgoing feeders, step-up transformer and associated equipments, auxiliary transformer, station transformer and associated equipments, control and protection panels, Fire protection system, unit transformer, Lightning arrester, 6.6KV switchgear, DC System, all civil structures like control room building, HRSG structure, administrative building, store workshop, internal roads, boundary wall, water treatment plant, deep tube well, etc.

The site for proposed project including switchyard is about 17 acres of BPDB’s fallow land covered with grasses and bushes on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit.

A typical flow diagram of a gas based CCPP with HRSG is shown in Figure 3-4 below.

Project Description

55

Air Compressor

HRSG

Gas Turbine(GT)

Gas Compressor

Combustor

Deaerator

HP

Hot gas

Flue Gas

Steam

Generator

Unit X-Former(15.75/230 KV)

Elec

trici

ty

Unit X-Former(20/230 KV)

Elec

trici

ty

Con

dens

ate

from

cond

ense

rWater

Hot Gas

Existing AIS230 KV S/S

Elec

trici

ty

Proposed AIS230 KV S/S

Elec

trici

ty

IP LP

Condenser

Hot Well

Proposed GIS230 KV S/S

Figure 3-4: Typical flow diagram of a gas besd CCPP

All construction activities of the proposed plant including the switchyard will be on about 9 acres of BPDB’s fallow land covered with grass and bushes on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit within the boundary of the power plant and is designed to meet the best available control technology (BACT) emission limits.

A summary of plant information data is presented in Table 3-2 below.

Table 3-2: Basic plant information

1 Plant type Gas fired combined cycle 2 Combined cycle net power output and

p.f. 416.3 MW at p.f. 0.8

3 Model Number GT26 4 Manufacturer ALSTOM/Germany-Switzerland 5 GT generator Type TOPAIR50WY23Z-124 6 Simple cycle Net power output of

GT/p.f. 260.3MW at p.f 0.8

7 Simple cycle Net power output of ST/p.f.

156 MW

8 GT generator KVA at 0.8 pf. 375000KVA 9 GT Generator Voltage 20KV 10 Generator cooling system TEWAC 11 GT Exhaust gas temperature. 630.4°C 12 Fuel Natural Gas 13 Normal operating pressure 43.5 bar 14 HRSG Manufacturer ALSTOM, Switzerland/India

Project Description

56

15 Type of HRSG Horizontal 16 HRSG exhaust gas temperature 90.80C 17 Existing ST Type LMZ K-210-130-M3 18 Existing ST Generator Voltage 15.75KV 19 Existing ST Power Output 210MW 20 CW water temp. at inlet 32oC 21 Grid voltage 230KV

Source: Consortium of Alstom (Switzerland) Ltd & CMC, China

3.9.1 Land requirement and acquisition

Total land for construction of the proposed CCPP as per BPDB’s tender document is 17 acres on the northern side of Unit # 3 on the same platform withinin the boundary wall of the existing power plant. The land belongs to BPDB and hence further acquisition is not required. Mauza map showing the Plot Number-152 where the proposed plant will be built is attached in Appendix V. The “No Objection Certificate (NOC)” from the Upazila Parishad Office, Palash, Narsingdi signed by the concerned Upazila Nirbahi Officer has been received and attached in Appendix VI.

3.10 Project Activities

3.10.1 List of main project activities

Pre construction phase

a) Selection of candidate sites. (Project site is already selected by BPDB. Ref. Feasibility Report).

b) Environmental report prepared by CEGIS is available in IEE and in the present Draft EIA report.

c) Land acquisition and site establishment. (Land acquisition for 17 acres of land is not required). Site establishment work will start as per BPDB’s decision).

Construction phase

a) Civil construction, mechanical and Electrical installation work

b) Post erection check and pre-commissioning test

c) Monitoring of mitigation measures for environmental impact of the plant

d) Overall project management

Post construction/Operation Stage

e) Commissioning/trial test

f) Reliability test run

g) Commercial operation of the plant

h) Monitoring of EMP

i) Proper O&M of the plant for efficient running.

Project Description

57

3.10.2 Project specification, standard and quantification

The project layout of the BPDB plan in A3 size is enclosed here with. The project will be implemented as per international standard like British Standard, American Standard (AIS), German Standard (DIN), Chinese Standard, Indian Standard and Japan Standard or their equivalents. Specification and quantification of the project major items/equipments are mentioned below (Ref. Alstom Volume II- Technical Information Binder 1 of 3).

1. Proposed Gas Turbine: Qty. 01

Type-ALSTOM GT26

Model Number- GT26

Manufacturer- ALSTOM/Germany/Switzerland

Net power output: 260.300 MW

Fuel- Natural Gas

Normal operating pressure- 43.5 bar

Turbine exhaust gas temperature- 6300C 2. Proposed Gas Turbine Generator and Ancillaries: Qty. 01

Manufacturer-ALSTOM

Type-TOPAIR50WY23Z-124

KVA rating/power factor: 375000/0.8

Rated voltage between line- 20KV

Armature winding- Star

Rated current- 10825A

Frequency- 50Hz

Cooling- Air cooled system Exciter- (Brashless-STATIC)

Manufacturer- Alstom

Type- Static

Rated output: 2500KW

Maximum continuous current: 2243 ADC

3. Proposed Heat recovery steam generator (HRSG): Qty. 01

Type- Horizontal, Triple pressure Reheat natural circulation.

Manufacturer- ALSTOM, Switzerland/India

Super heater exit pressure, bar- HP 155.5, IP 33.4, LP 5.9

Super heater exist Temperature- HP 566.80C, IP 5660 C, LP 286.60C

Feed water temperature at econ. Inlet- HP 75oC, IP73.60C, LP73.60C

4. Existing Steam Turbine (Reaction type) Quantity. 01

Type- LMZ K-210-130-M3

Nominal capacity: 210MW

Project Description

58

Live Steam temperature before MPC: 5400C

Live Steam pressure before MPC: - 130 Kg/cm2 (about 133bar)

Steam consumption on turbine: 630 T/hr

Cooling water required: 27500m3/h

RPM- 3000

5. Existing Steam Turbine Generator Quantity. 01 Type-TTB-200-MT3 Power: 247MW

Power factor: 0.85

R.P.M: 3000

Frequency: 50Hz

Excitation voltage: 430V

Cooling: H2

6 . 230 KV Switchgear, Equipment

230KV Circuit Breaker

Circuit breaker Type-SF6 (3 number of poles)

Manufacturer: ALSTOM/ABB/CGL

Rated Voltage- 245KV (Max)

230 KV- current Transformers Type: Outdoor

Rated Voltage: 230KV

Rated Primary current: 1250 A

230KV Voltage Transformers Type: Outdoor

Rated Voltage: 230KV

Rated Voltage- 245KV (Max)

230 KV Lighting Arresters Type: Outdoor

Rated Voltage: 186KV

Max. Design voltage: 245KV

Rated discharge current: 10 KA

3.11 Project Implementation Schedule

The period between commissioning and trial production date of the proposed repowering of 3rd unit gas based combined cycle power plant will be around 22 months for simple cycle and 27 months for combined cycle. The work plan of implementation (Implementation Schedule) is provided in the Table 3-3 below.

Project Description

59

Table 3-3: Project schedule

Sl. No. Particulars of Activities Expected Date 1. Expected date of start of construction Around October, 2014 2. Expected date of completion of construction Simple Cycle: 750 days

Combined Cycle: 950 days 3. Expected date of trial production Simple Cycle: Around 660

days (Synchronization to grid)

Combined Cycle: Around 810 days (Synchronization to grid)

Source: EPC Contractor through BPDB

3.12 Fuel Requirement

At present, there are two 55MW and four 210 MW gas turbine units in Ghorashal Power Station. Each 210 MW units consume 48 MMCFD gas. Petrobangla’s allotment of gas through Titas Gas Transmission and Distribution Company Limited (TGTDCL) for these units is 185 MMCFD. With the present conversion (Re-powering of Unit 3) gas requirement is likely to increase a little and it can be around 54 MMCFD. Moreover, over the year one unit of Ghorashal power plant remains out of service due to overhauling or other maintenance work, the existing allotted gas is considered enough for the operation of the plant. Analysis of gas composition is given in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Gas analysis report

Gas Analysis Gas Composition % Mole Nitrogen 0.788 CO2 0.008 Methane 97.644 Ethane 1.544 Propane 0.006 Normal Butane 0.002 Hexane Plus 0.008

Source: Bangladesh Gas Fields Company Ltd. Ref. Letter No: 105.0000.020/2011/03

3.13 Design Condition

The contractor shall be responsible for the establishment of design parameters to satisfy the requirement of the project. Basic design conditions for civil structure as per Tender Document shall be as follows:

Project Description

60

General Foundation Concept

Deep foundation/Piling is considered for Gas Turbine & generator foundations, Gas Turbine building, Feed Water tank structure, DM plant building and other major buildings and have been considered as per table below:

Sl. No. Pile Diameter (mm) Pile Length from FGL (m)

1 400 6 2 400 18 3 450 9 4 450 22 5 500 22 6 600 21

Isolated/Raft foundation/Shallow foundations are considered for sleepers, pipe racks, guard house, small equipment and all balance areas. The minimum depth of these shallow foundations is 2.0 m below Finished Ground Level (FGL).

Underground Sumps and Pits Design Concept: Sumps and pits shall be designed using following parameters: - Earth pressure parameter: Active earth pressure, Ka = 0.33 Passive earth pressure, Kp = 3.0 Earth pressure at rest, Ko = 0.5

Project life:

The project will be designed in accordance with the international standards of gas based CCPP. The design of support facilities and associated works will be in accordance with appropriate national and international standards. The plant design will cope with local seismic conditions: Seismic Coefficient (Horizontal) 0.45g with Z equals to 0.25.

The design life of the plant will be at least 30 years. Civil works structures and foundations will be designed for a life exceeding 45 years. Plant equipment will be arranged in a slide along configuration.

Underground Concept:

Buried pipes for wastewater collection and discharge system, and Fire network. Underground cable duct bank, buried cables and trench system for power and control cables. Septic tank and soak pit along with connecting pipe network shall be provided for Sewage treatment.

Storm water as surface runoff collected from roof, roads, paved areas within the project area shall be collected in open channel or piped networks and lead to terminal points as shown in drawing no. GSR/00/M/A00/………./GA/001 attached in Chapter- 1, Volume-II of technical offer. Storm water drains shall be designed for the rainfall intensity as mentioned in clause 3.2.2 of Volume II- Technical Information Binder 1 of 3.

Project Description

61

3.14 Resources and Utilities Demand

Resources required to develop the project include soil, construction material, manpower etc. The site is a part of the existing power plant and of the same level. It needs only minor earth dressing. Local construction material should be used for the proposed project. The project shall provide employment opportunity for unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled categories. Employment potential shall increase with the start of construction activities. During operation phase there will also be employment opportunities, mainly in service sector.

Electricity demand during construction phase shall be meet up by the existing sub-station and distribution facility. During construction period water can be fetched from the nearby the Shitalakshya River. Drinking water can be drawn from the underground sources like Deep Tube well. Natural gas as fuel will be available under the existing allocation of the Petrobangla from nearby Regulating and Metering Station (RMS) for Unit 3 & 4. Waste should be disposed in the safe places and apart from the plant site. Waste should be disposed off in the safe places and apart from the plant site.

A temporary sanitation facility for the workers during pre-construction and construction phases will be developed with septic tank in adequate capacity. The sewerage system will be connected to the existing facility.

A temporary road and drainage system will be developed in addition to the existing system till a final road and drainage system is designed and developed.

3.15 Process Description of Individual Project Components

3.15.1 Power Generation

The power plant mainly consists of one 260 MW gas turbine, One natural circulation, triple pressure, horizontal type heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) for outdoor installation and one condensing type 156 MW retrofitted steam turbine for indoor installation (1:1:1 configuration). Other significant components are surface water intake and outfall, water treatment plant, generator switch gear, air supply system, emergency diesel generating set etc. Electricity is expected to be produced at the rate of 2637.12 Million KWh/year at 80% plant factor. The main plant consists of three interconnected structures namely one gas turbine building, structure for HRSG and steam turbine building.

3.15.2 Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG)

An HRSG consist of four major components: the economizer, evaporator, super-heater and water pre-heater. Each section has a steam drum and an evaporator where water is converted to steam. In horizontal type triple pressure HRSG, the exhaust hot gas of GT flows horizontally over vertical tubes and through main stack to the atmosphere and generates high pressure (HP), medium pressure (MP) and low pressure (LP) superheated and saturated steam.

3.15.3 Deaerator

A deaerator is a device used for removing oxygen and other dissolved gases from the feed water of a steam-generating device.

The horizontal tray-type deaerator has a vertical domed deaeration section mounted above a horizontal feed water storage vessel. Feed water enters the vertical deaeration section

Project Description

62

above the perforated trays and flows downward through the perforations. Low-pressure deaeration steam enters below the perforated trays and flows upward through the perforations. The steam causes the dissolved gases to release and exit via the vent at the top of the domed section.

3.15.4 Turbine and Auxiliaries

A turbine is a rotating machine that extracts energy from a fluid flow and converts it into useful work. Moving fluid acts on its blades and impart rotational energy to the rotor. The rotor drives the mechanically coupled electrical generator and thus, generates electrical power.

a) Steam Turbine

The steam generated in a boiler or HRSG is delivered to the steam turbine that extracts thermal energy from pressurized steam and causes rotation of its shaft that drives the mechanically coupled electrical generator and thus, generates electrical power. Exhaust steam living the steam turbine is condensed in the condenser. The condensate is then pumped from the condenser hot well by condensate extraction pumps to the deaerator inlet of the Boiler or HRSG and thus completes the feed water-steam cycle.

b) Gas Turbine

A gas turbine is a type of internal combustion engine that has an upstream rotating compressor coupled to a downstream turbine and a combustion chamber in-between. In the combustor gas is mixed with compressed air and is ignited. The hot gas thus produced is directed to the turbine blades where it expands and loses energy. This loss of energy is ultimately converted to electrical power through the rotation of the turbo generator.

3.15.5 Exhaust System and Stack

Gas turbine unit shall be equipped with an exhaust duct and a suitable by pass stack with hydraulic diverter damper for prolonged continuous simple cycle operation. The exhaust system shall have a silencer to reduce the sound level of 65 dB when measured at a distance of 100 meter from the plant when operating at full load. The duct shall be supplied complete with all necessary expansion joints thermal and acoustic insulation, manholes, drains, supports, bolting and jointing. It shall be arranged in such a way that normal maintenance can be carried out on any component without dismantling the duct. The Emission level of exhaust is less than 30 ppm for NOx.

3.15.6 Cooling system

Condenser cooling system of a thermal power plant is either of closed cycle or of open cycle system. In case of open cycle system a large quantity of water is required. On the other hand, the closed cycle cooling system (cooling towers) requires lesser quantity but it is expensive.

Existing once through condenser cooling and other cooling system like ST generator auxiliaries, GT generator auxiliaries, gas boosters etc using surface water from the Shitalakshya River shall continue. Existing plant’s coagulated water after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used for production of dematerialized water for HRSG make up (WSC Makeup) & OTC system makeup. Coagulated water shall also be used as make up water of cooling tower, service water and potable water Deep tube well water will be used as a backup source of potable water.

Project Description

63

3.16 Water Consumption

Approximately 28,160 tons/hr of surface water from the Shitalakshya River will be used, for condenser cooling, other cooling system like ST generator stator cooler, ST Generator sealing oil cooler, Cooling water Pumps, Generator Gas cooler etc.

Coagulated water of the existing plant after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used as potable water, service water, demineralized water as make up water and GT cooling water, etc at the rate of about 64 tons/hr (Ref. Alstom’s letter enclosed here with). One time filling of HRSG is about 590 tons and HRSG makeup water (1% of 590 = 5.9 tons/hr), other components cooling and service water 20 tons/hr and potable water 0.5 tons/hr (For 100 people). The water management plan for this power plant prepared based on the detail water balance diagram of the EPC Contractor is presented in Figure 3-5. Detail water balance diagram of the EPC Contractor is enclosed here with.

3.16.1 Source of water

Existing once through condenser cooling and other cooling system using surface water from the Shitalakshya River shall continue. Existing plant’s coagulated water after treatment in water treatment plant shall be used as potable water, service water, make up water, demineralized water etc.

3.16.2 Water system and management

The typical water management plan for Ghorashal 416.3 MW Gas based CCPP (Re-powered 3rd unit) is presented in Figure 3-5. The generated waste water from various sources including runoff, sewerage, and cooling system can be reused as cooling tower makeup or discharged to the Shitalakshya River after proper treatment and maintaining the DoE’s standard of effluent.

3.16.3 Manpower status of the plant

The number of employees in different phases like (i) Construction and (ii) Operation phase is as follows:

� During construction, EPC contractor is expected to have manpower around 700 at peak and they include unskilled, skilled, supervisors Engineers, management etc. BPDB employees will be around 35.

� During Operation and Maintenance phase, EPC Contractor will employ 3 persons for the period of warranty (i.e. 2 years from plant takeover) and BPDB employees are expected to be around 219 (139 present + 80 additional).

3.16.4 Septic tank size & sludge handling

� EPC Contractor will provide Septic Tank for a building or cluster of buildings or connect to existing Septic tank depending upon the layout to be decided during detailed engineering for the new buildings. The maximum size of Septic tank is foreseen to be 4600mm×1150mm.

� The sludge removal from the Septic tanks is foreseen to be done once a year or as per the requirement of local laws and regulations by Owner.

Proj

ect D

escr

iptio

n

64

Raw

Wat

erfro

mE

xist

ing

Pre

-tre

atm

entP

lant

Coa

gula

ted

Wat

erTa

nk

Filtr

atio

nP

lant

Ser

vice

Wat

erS

yste

m

Coo

ling

Tow

erM

ake-

up

Hea

tExc

hang

ers

Mon

itorin

gB

asin

From

Tube

Wel

l

Pot

able

Wat

erTa

nk

Wat

erTr

eatm

entP

lant

Pot

able

Wat

erD

istri

butio

n

DM

Pla

ntO

TC&

WS

CM

ake-

upW

ater

Sys

tem

11.8

Was

teW

ater

Was

teW

ater

Blo

wD

own

8.2

5.9

ToE

xist

ing

Dra

inag

eS

yste

mW

ithD

ueTr

eatm

ent

64

Exi

stin

gO

utfa

ll

Blo

wD

own

Wat

er3.

93

ST

Con

dens

er&

Oth

erC

oolin

g

Sur

face

Wat

erfro

mS

hita

laks

hya

Riv

er28

,160

(Ope

nC

hann

elS

yste

m)

Shi

tala

kshy

aR

iver

28,1

6428

,160

25 10

0.42

399.

4

2.9

5.48

Not

e:A

llva

lues

are

inm

3/h

Fi

gure

3-5

: Flo

w d

iagr

am o

f wat

er m

anag

emen

t for

the

prop

osed

pow

er p

lant

Project Description

65

3.16.5 Waste Management

All liquid wastes will be discharged into the Shitalakshya River through the existing discharge channel after treatment by maintaining DoE’s standard. All kinds of solid wastes to be generated will be disposed off on site by maintaining DoE’s standard.

3.17 Water Treatment System

Water treatment system of the project comprises of clarifiers, Filters, Chlorination plant, de-mineralization plant, liquid waste effluent treatment plant, etc. No waste water shall be discharged to the river without appropriate treatment and satisfying effluent standard as defined in ECR 1997.

Clarifiers

Clarifiers remove large quantities of suspended and organic matter from the raw water. The type of clarifier to be used is dependent on the level of suspended solids, type of suspended materials of the water.

Filters

Filters (after clarification) are required for removing a large percentage of suspended particulate matter from the water by straining it through various media. The type of filters to be used will be based on flow rate, the quality of water and properties of water.

De-mineralization Plant

Demineralization is the process of removing mineral salts from water by using the ion exchange process. Demineralised water is completely free (or almost) of dissolved minerals and is used as feed water makeup water for boilers and HRSGs. It includes degasification and polishing.

Effluent Treatment Plant

Effluent Treatment Plant/system to be provided to maintain the standards of Industrial Waste as mentioned in The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 and amendment, 2005. A Central Monitoring Basin (CMB) of RCC construction shall be provided to collect all the plant effluents. Quality of the effluents shall be measured, monitored and treated. Through a set of waste effluent disposal pumps and piping, the same shall be disposed of from CMB up to final disposal point at a safe distance.

3.18 Miscellaneous Water System

Potable water pumps for GT plant shall be provided to fill the overhead potable water tanks of the plant as well as to supply potable water to the township/colony, if required. A pipe network for distribution of potable water for plant shall be provided from the overhead storage tanks. Adequate drainage facilities should be maintained for draining rainfall runoff to the local drainage system.

Project Description

66

3.19 Civil Structure and Urban Facilities

The possible civil and urban facilities to be constructed are listed below:

Infrastructures and civil structure

Demolishing of existing structures including de-commissioning of existing plant’s components like Boiler, FW pumps, FD Fans etc in an international standard and procedure and relevant environmental regulations of Bangladesh.

General site works, site preparation, surface dressing etc.

All roads inside the site area

Storm water drains inside the site area o Gas turbine and Generator building with by-pas stack and diverter damper o HRSG structure with main stack and exhaust gas duct. o Air intake supporting structure. o Fuel gas compressor station. o Auxiliary cooling water tower, tower basin, pumps station. o De-mineralisation plant building. o Stand by diesel generator foundation. o Closed circuit cooling water system, o Waste water treatment plant o Fire water Pump Station

3.19.1 Power evacuation

Generated Power of steam turbine will be evacuated through Bay no.6 of the existing 230 KV AIS switchyard circuit and that of Gas turbine through the proposed 230KVGIS of PGCB via the proposed 230KV AIS. The AIS will be connected to GIS by overhead transmission line.

3.19.2 Start-up power requirement

Startup power supply system of existing 210 MW ST plant can be used for the proposed ST plant. Startup power for the proposed GT plant can be drawn from the existing sub-station and distribution facility.

3.19.3 Auxiliary power supply scheme

The plant auxiliary power supply will be from Generator Circuit Breaker along with suitably rated unit transformers associated with each unit (GT and ST).

3.20 Central Control and Monitoring

A central control and monitoring room at operating floor along with programmer’s room will be installed. The HSRG, steam and gas turbine along with their associated auxiliaries would be controlled and monitored from the control room. It is proposed to install Steam Water Analysis System (SWAS). To achieve environmental efficiency, SOx, NOx, O2, CO2, CO and dust emission measurement shall be provided.

Project Description

67

3.21 Project Design and Construction

3.21.1 Detail design of the project

The proposed repowering project consists of combined cycle power plant 1x KA 26-1 based on the advanced class ALSTOM gas turbine GT26. The multi shaft configuration has the following main equipment:

One (1) ALSTOM GT 26 heavy-duty industrial gas turbines (GT) equipped with the sequential lean-premix dry low NOx combustion system, coupled to its air cooled generator

One(1) Triple Pressure Reheat Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG)

One (1) table mounted three-casing triple pressure reheat steam turbine (ST) retrofitted (i.e. the retrofitted steam turbine will be installed on existing pedestals and foundations of Ghorasal Unit 3).

The LP inner casings will be designed to fit into the existing outer LP-casing of Ghorasal Unit 3 steam turbine, coupled to a renovated (i.e rewinding of stator with new stator bars and refurbishing of existing rotor winding) existing hydrogen & water cooled generator.

The ST generator is connected to the LP part of the steam turbine. The LP part of the steam turbine is also connected to the downward flow existing condenser.

The gas turbine is designed for natural gas fuel. For natural gas operation, due to the dry low NOx burner, there is no water or steam injection to control the emission levels.

The water/steam cycle is a state of the art triple pressure reheat cycle with a drum type heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) which allows optimum utilisation of the gas turbine exhaust gas energy.

The concept chosen for the repowering project has the following main characteristics:

Operational flexibility:

o The unit is capable of running at base and part load.

High CC efficiency at full load and part load:

o GT with sequential combustion and multiple rows of compressor Variable Guide Vanes (VGV)

o Optimised Water Steam Cycle (WSC) and HRSG

Environmental impact:

o Low emission levels throughout a wide range of loads

High reliability and availability:

o All components of proven design, simplicity in design and operation, thus minimising Operation and Maintenance (O&M) requirements and increasing reliability and availability

Low operation costs:

o Resulting from the above mentioned points the proposed plant will lead to low project specific operational costs

o During design of the plant, the long-term objectives of flexibility, reliable operation and ease of maintenance have been evaluated against the initial capital costs.

Project Description

68

Further design and that of other auxiliary equipment will be done after Notice to Proceed during detailed engineering phase.

3.21.2 Construction

The site requires dressing and grading to establish the final landform. Site soils consist of sandy to sandy loam topsoil and subsoil, which will require excavation to be undertaken with bulldozers and excavators. Site leveling will use all excess soil produced from excavation with additional soil (if necessary) brought onto the site from outside sources.

Civil works will involve construction of the main power plant and auxiliary facilities and buildings, the water supply pipeline from nearest source. Mechanical and electrical works will include both on-site and off-site fabrication, assembling, installation, and erection of power plant equipment, the chimney structure, demineralization plant, control system, power system, and various utility systems.

Electricity demand during construction phase shall be met up by the local distribution system. Construction water will be fetched from the nearby the Shitalakshya River.

3.22 Pollution Mitigation Measures

3.22.1 Air pollution control system

Natural gas of Bangladesh is commonly known as sweet gas. It contains very minor amount of Sulpher. So Sulpher dioxide (So2) in flue gas is considered negligible.

Modern gas turbines are provided with dry low NOx burners and Diffusion and Premix System of combustion to limit NOx in DoE standard. Plantation in and around the plant will take care of CO2.

To facilitate wider dispersion of remaining particulates and gaseous pollutants (SO2 and NOx) a flue gas Main stack of not less than 50 m height shall be provided. To control emission of fugitive dust within and around the plant site generated by vehicular traffic and wind, green belt and grass carpeting shall be done. The stack shall also be provided with facilities for online monitoring of stack emissions.

3.22.2 Noise control/reduction

The major noise generating sources are the rotating equipments like turbine- generator, compressors, pumps, fans etc. from where noise is continuously generated. Low noise generating modern equipment and those with built in silencers will be used to keep the noise level below 75 dB at day and 70 dB at night. Moreover, insulated sound dampening containers will be used for turbo-generators, pumps etc. The control room will be a sound proof one to provide soundless atmosphere to control room operators.

Wherever, it is not technically possible to meet the required noise levels at working place, the personnel protection equipment (PPE) like ear plug/ear muffler shall be provided to the workers. The buffer area around the plant, boundary wall around the project shall dampen the noise level so that nearby community will feel less or endurable noise.

3.22.3 Intent of water reuse

The entire water consumption and management system will be designed with provision of water reuse facilities. Waste water after being treated in water treatment plant may be reused as service water and makeup water in cooling tower. A circulating water system has

Project Description

69

been designed for cooling system. Coagulated water of the existing plant will be used as make up to GT Cooling Tower directly without treatment and to Closed Cooling Water (CCW) system, Dosing system, Once Through Cooling (OTC) system, Feed Water Makeup etc. after treatment in Water Treatment Plant (WTP).

3.22.4 Effluent treatment plant

Effluent Treatment Plant/ system to be provided to maintain the standards of Industrial Waste as mentioned in The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 and amendment, 2005. A Central Monitoring Basin (CMB) of RCC construction shall be provided to collect all the plant effluents. Quality of the effluents shall be measured, monitored and treated. Through a set of waste effluent disposal pumps and piping, the same shall be disposed of from CMB up to final disposal point at a safe distance.

3.22.5 Thermal pollution control

Existing open cycle system using surface water from the Shitalakshya River for condenser and other cooling shall continue. So, no new thermal pollution is anticipated.

3.22.6 Waste management

Around 2% of HRSG water, about 9.36 tons/hr (Blowdown water), and losses and wastage from other system including service water system, office and colony will be treated as liquid waste. All liquid wastes will be discharged into the existing discharge channel after proper treatment for maintaining standard of DoE through the existing discharge channel. All kinds of solid wastes to be generated will be disposed off at safe distance for maintaining DoE’s standard.

3.22.7 Water intake structure

Using the existing Shitalakshya River water intake structure the existing condenser and other cooling system by surface water shall continue. However, at intake point sufficient screening should be provided to filter out larger aquatic organisms like fishes, frogs etc.

3.23 Afforestation and Greenbelt Development

A green belt would be created around the main plant area except the switchyard side. In addition, large scale afforestation and plantation (preferably fruit) campaign will be carried out in all available spaces within the power plant complex.

3.24 Rehabilitation and Resettlement

About 17 acres (About 6.88 ha) of fallow land is situated within the existing boundary of the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex of BPDB adjacent to 3rd unit is ear-marked for the construction of the proposed power plant and its ancillaries. There is no settlement over there. So, the need for rehabilitation and resettlement do not arise.

3.25 Post Operation Monitoring Program

Regular monitoring of pollutants in different environmental disciplines like air, stack emission, waste water etc. need to be conducted and the data should be submitted to the

Project Description

70

Department of Environment (DoE) regularly following the Environment Monitoring Plan proposed under this study. The monitoring locations will be finalized in consultation with DoE. Station will be equipped with all necessary equipment and manpower for ensuring effective monitoring.

3.26 Alternative Evaluation for Site Selection

The proposed plant is a re-powering of the existing 3rd unit with construction site for GT and HRSG adjacent to it. As the site is ear-marked so the issue of alternative site selection is considered redundant.

71

Chapter 4 Detail Description of Land Cover

4.1 Introduction

The total study area has been considered as 10 Km radius from the stack point. Map 4-1 shows the study area for land cover assessment. Land use of the study area has been identified using satellite image and classified as agriculture land, industrial area, forest land (Social forestry), river and channel/Khal, settlement, road and railway, pond and ditch, water bodies etc.

4.2 Description of Satellite Image

4.2.1 Basic information

Landsat-TM satellite image was used for the land use mapping. Image that has been used in landuse classification was acquired on 30th January, 2010. Spatial resolution and color composition are reperesented in the following Table 4-1 and Table 4-2.

Table 4-1: Details of satellite images used for Ghorashal land use mapping

Area Spatial Resolution Spectral Resolution Acquisition Dates

Gazipur, Narsingdi (Ghorashal)

30 meter 7 Bands (B, G, R, NIR, SWIR, TIR and SWIR)

January 30, 2010

There is a multi-spectral color composition for various wave lengths of the spectral bands of Landsat-TM Satellite images. The following table shows the band name of the respective wave lengths.

Table 4-2: Information on spectral bands of Landsat satellite image

Band ID Band Name Wave length (μm) 1 Blue (B) 0.45 - 0.52 2 Green (G) 0.52 - 0.60 3 Red (R) 0.63 - 0.69 4 Near Infra Red (NIR) 0.76 - 0.90 5 Short Wave Infra Red (SWIR) 1.55 - 1.75 6 Thermal Infra Red (TIR) 10.40 - 12.50 7 Short Wave Infra Red (SWIR) 2.08 - 2.35

The above basic things are required for analyzing the satellite images (Map 4-1). The land use map is one of the most important tools of analyzing land uses for the environmental impact assessment.

Detail Description of Land Cover

72

Map 4-1: Satellite image map of the study area

Detail Description of Land Cover

73

4.3 Process of analysis

Image analysis has been carried out using Software like ERADAS IMAGINE. A multi-step task has been followed in analyzing the images. Image of Ghorashal proposed power plant study area and the proposed project site has been classified and ground truthing has also been done. The land use classes are interpreted in following sections. Land type of the study area has also been classified through the analysis to the satellite image with the help of SRDI (Map 4-2).

Following land use classes are identified in the study area, such as agriculture land, industrial area, river and Khal, settlement, road and railway, pond and ditch, water bodies etc. are important (Map 4-3 and Map 4-4).

Settlements

Settlement area contain homesteads, house structures, yards and sometimes attached small agriculture lands and surrounded by different types of homestead vegetations.

Agricultural land

Agricultural land is flat lands comprising many continuous plots and found in plain land areas, which may have crop or may be fallow. It was identified by its finer texture and specific shape (mostly rectangular form) in the satellite images.

Road and railway

Road class includes all types of metal and non-metal road those are visible in the satellite images. This type was identified from satellite images by its linear nature and connected with other, sometimes exposed and some places covered with trees. However, existing available road network was also used during identification, interpretation and digitization of roads from satellite images.

Railway lines are detected on image as a parallel linear line having fallow land or vegetation either side of the line.

Water body and river-Khal

The water extent mostly mine extract water deposited water body, river, khals are included in this class.

Pond and ditch

This class includes the artificial storage of water i.e. ponds under proper management and water tank without management.

Industrial area

This class includes Ghorashal Power Plant Complex, Ghorashal Fertilizers, Pran Agro Food Industries, Janata and other Jute Mills, Brick Fields etc.

Other features

Some tiny forest patches may exist in the study area that are nursed and managed under the management of local people with the arrangement of social forestry are considered under road and railway and settlements.

Detail Description of Land Cover

74

Map 4-2: Land type of the study area

Detail Description of Land Cover

75

4.4 Land cover/use of the study area

The total land area for image analysis is considered about 31,416 Hectares (77,598 Acres). The study area is mostly surrounded by settlements (about 48.5%) followed by agriculture land, pond and ditch, river and Khal, roads and railway, Beel and industrial area as represented in Table 4-3. The nearest river of the proposed site is the Shitalakshya where effluent of the plant after due treatment will be discharged while a number of Khals flow across the study area. Map 4-3 represents the results of the land cover interpretation.

Table 4-3: Land cover classification of the study area

Land use/cover Study Area Project Area

Area (Ha) % of Area Area (Ha) % of Area Gross area 31,416 100.0 6.88 100 Agriculture land 14,355 45.7 - - Industrial area 228 0.7 6.88 100 Road and railway 329 1.0 - - River and Khal 390 1.2 - - Waterbodies 219 0.7 Pond and ditch 645 2.1 - - Settlement 15,250 48.5 - -

Source: Satellite image analysis

4.5 Land cover of the project area

The proposed project area is about 6.88 hectares (About 17.0 acres) which is inside the existing boundary of the power plant. The land use coverage has been detailed out in the Table 4-3 above which is represented in Map 4-3 and Map 4-4. It is clear that the project area is a fallow land where scraps are being dumped for the years.

4.6 Comparison of land use

The study area already comprises the project area. The project area has been defined as fallow land inside the industrial area and considered under the land cover category of industrial area. So, comparison of land cover between the study area and the project area can only be shown under industrial area category. In the study area, industrial area covers an area of 228 ha where the project area which is completely under industrial area category covers an area of 6.88 ha (Table 4-3).

Detail Description of Land Cover

76

Map 4-3: Land use of the study area (Broader View)

Detail Description of Land Cover

77

Map 4-4: Land use of the study area (Closer View)

79

Chapter 5 Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

The environmental and social baseline study for the proposed Ghorashal Re-powering CCPP project at Palash Upazila of Narsingdi District has been proposed by the Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB). This chapter on environmental and social baseline has been prepared using both primary and secondary data on proposed project sites and surrounding study area. The baseline condition has been defined in respect of ambient atmosphere, water and hydrological assessment, geological settings, composition of flora and fauna, land use pattern, agriculture practices, cultural activities, economic status, livelihoods and hazards of the study area.

5.1 Physical Environment

5.1.1 Climate and Meteorology

Data on meteorological parameters has been accumulated from different secondary sources (BMD) and synchronized at nearest station Dhaka. The climate of Dhaka experiences a hot, wet and humid tropical climate. Under the Köppel climate classification, Dhaka has a tropical wet and dry climate. The city has a distinct monsoonal season, with an annual average temperature of 25°C (77 °F) and monthly means varying between 9.480C in January and 37.510C in April. Nearly 80% of the annual average rainfall of 1,854 millimeters (73.0 inch) occurs during the monsoon season which last from May till the end of September. Increasing air and water pollution emanating from traffic congestion and industrial waste are serious problems affecting public health and the quality of life in the city. Water bodies and wetlands around project area are facing destruction as these are being filled up to construct multi-storied buildings and other Industries developments. Coupled with pollution, such erosion of natural habitats threatens to destroy much of the regional biodiversity.

The monsoon season brings nearly 80% of the annual average rainfall of 1,854 millimeters (73 inch) occurs between May and September. Southwest Monsoon occurs from June till September during the summer months. During this period very heavy rainfall lashes the city as well as the entire country. Riverine flood is common in almost every year.

Tropical storms do occur during the summer months from April till June and then from September till December. These cyclones occur almost every year in Bangladesh though their intensity varies from year to year.

Meteorological data for the last fifty years was collected from the nearest BMD station in Dhaka and analyzed to get the overall climatic conditions of the study area. Summary of the analysis of climatic parameters are given in following sections. The study area falls in the south-central climatic zone of Bangladesh (Map 5-1).

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

80

Source: ASB, 2006

Map 5-1: Circle showing the climatic zone of Bangladesh

Temperature

Seasonal variation of the temperature is distinct but does not vary largely. Data of last 58 years (1953-2011) shows that monthly average maximum temperature varies from 27.250C

Location of Power Plant, Ghorash

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

81

to 37.510C while April is the warmest month and the monthly average minimum temperature varies in the range of 9.480C to 25.170C while January is the coldest month. The highest ever recorded maximum temperature within last 58 years is 42.30C occurred during April, 1960 and the lowest ever recorded minimum temperature is 5.60C occurred during January, 1964. The monthly maximum and minimum temperature of last 58 years (1953-2011) are given in Figure 5-1 shows the monthly average maximum and minimum temperature.

.

Figure 5-1: Historical maximum of maximum and minimum of minimum temperature records (1953-2011)

Humidity

The collected data from Dhaka Station shows that monthly average relative humidity near the project area varies seasonally from 77% to 85%. May to July is the most humid months (62 % to 71 %) while during January to March it remains lowest (9% to 11%). Figure 5-2 shows average monthly maximum, minimum and average humidity of last twenty nine years (1982 to 2011).

Figure 5-2: Monthly variation of relative humidity (1982-2011)

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

82

Rainfall

Rainy season is very prominent in this region. The annual average rainfall is 2146 mm/yr as per last 30 years recorded data of Dhaka weather station, maximum monthly rainfall ever recorded is 856 mm in the month of June during 2008. Thirty years average of monthly rainfall is presented in a graph (Figure 5-3) that shows May to September have maximum rainfall of the year and it varies in the range of 552 mm to 856 mm. On the other hand, November and March shows very little minimum amount of rainfall. Time series rainfall data Dhaka station is used for analysis.

Figure 5-3: Historical maximum, minimum and average rainfall (1979-2008)

Evaporation

The monthly maximum evaporation in Dhaka varies from 4.7 to 8.9 mm/day in a year. The monthly maximum average evaporation occurs in the month of April is 2.8 mm/ day. Figure 5-4 shows the evaporation trend of the Dhaka station.

Source: BMD

Figure 5-4: Monthly maximum and average evaporation (2001-2011)

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

83

Wind speed and direction

Wind speed estimation is important for pollution dispersion. The direction of wind is varied with seasonal changes. Therefore, whole year has been categorized into four seasons and represented one month for each of the seasons. Wind speed data and direction have been collected from the Dhaka BMD stations at a height of 10 m from the ground level. During winter (e.g. December) wind prevail to N or N-W direction with maximum calm (70.88%) wind. Wind direction become reveres which prevail to S or S-E direction during pre-monsoon or monsoon with 21.5% calm wind. However, maximum wind behalves quite turbulence nature with lower wind speeds during post monsoon. Figure 5-5 (a,b,c & d) shows wind speed and direction graphically round the year.

Figure 5-5a: Wind rose diagram in December at Dhaka station

Figure 5-5b: Wind rose diagram in April at Dhaka station

Figure 5-5c: Wind rose diagram in July at Dhaka station

Figure 5-5d: Wind rose diagram in October at Dhaka station

Figure 5-5: Wind rose diagram in different months

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

84

Sunshine hours

Based on the data of BWDB (1961-2008), the monthly average sun-shine hour in Dhaka varies from 1.78 to 11.03 hour/day in a year. The monthly maximum sunshine hours occur in the month of October and are 13.8 hour/day in a year. Figure 5-6 shows the sunshine graph of the Dhaka station.

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar

Hou

r (hr

)

Sunshine Chart

Maximum Maximum Average Minimum Average

Figure 5-6: Sunshine hour condition of the study area

5.1.2 Landscape and Topography

The project area is located on the east bank of the river Shitalakshya and on the north side of Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road. The terrain (Chala) of the study area is not uniformly flat and consists of ridges. Such landscape extensively surrounds of the existing Ghorashal Power Plants. The project is located at the elevation of 5 to 8 m PWD. Large areas of lands prevail with 8 to 15 m PWD in the study area. Rivers and khals passes relatively lower land through the study area. Three types of soils found in the study area. However, the topography of this area is characterized by low relief and deltaic morphological features. The average elevation of the land of the proposed site is 5.2 m PWD (Map 5-2).

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

85

Map 5-2: Digital Elevation Model of the project area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

86

Photo 5-1: Ghorashal repowering Power Plant area

5.1.3 Geological map showing geological units, fault zone, other natural features

Physiographically, the study area falls partly in the Young Brahmaputra - Jamuna Floodplain, Madhupur tract and Old Meghna Estuarine Floodplain having fresh water aquifer (Map 5-5). The area is located in Bengal basin –an extensive alluvial plain of the Quaternary sediments laid down by the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna River system.

Stratigraphically, the area is covered by paludal deposit comprised by Holocene River alluvium, meander, inter-stream, swamp deposit, marsh clay and peat (Map 5-3) with 16,000 m thick sequence of quaternary sediments2. As per tectonic classification, the area falls under Madhupur Tripura Threshold of eastern platform flank which is apart from the hinge line (Map 5-4).Tectonically this area is inactive and no apparent major structure like fault or fold exists in the region that might be geologically significant (Sir William Halcrow and Partners ltd., 1993). Lithology shows that the area comprises predominantly the silty clay with grey loose silty fine sand mica on the upper part and sand in the deep.

2 Alam, K., Hasan, A.K.M.S., Kahn, M.R., and Whitney, J.W., 1990, Geological map of Bangladesh: Geological Survey of Bangladesh Geological Map, scale 1:1,000,000

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

87

(Source: Geological Survey of Bangladesh)

Map 5-3: Geological map of Bangladesh

Project

N

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

88

Source: Geological Survey of Bangladesh

Map 5-4: Generalized tectonic map of Bangladesh

Project Site

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

89

Map 5-5: Physiographic map of Bangladesh

Project

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

90

5.1.4 Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality

The site is situated in the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex and around the industrial area. Though it is in the industrial environment, but the air analysis showed the nature of a typical rural environment having ambient concentrations of air pollutants are seemingly very low to practically non-existent. The suspended particulate matter (SPM) increases intermittently in the same areas when winds pick up dust over unpaved roads and exposed surfaces. The measured SPM is 116 ug/m3, which is almost half of the boundary limit (Table-5-1). From the measured data it can be inferred that the result of the air quality test are within the limit as per ECR, 1997 (Amendment 2005). Vehicles driving along the Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road are the major source of pollutant emission to the air. Pollutant emission sources for road transport are south to north while the project site is located on the north of the Zila road.

Table 5-1: Description of air quality analysis

Date of Sample

Collection Location

Ambient air pollutant’s concentration in ug/m3

Remarks SPM SO2 NOx 29 August, 2013

About 20 meter west from the power plant Unit-1

116 ND ND o Wind direction was from north to south

o Weather was sunny

Air Quality Standard 200 80 100 --

Source: Field air quality analysis carried out by DoE, Dhaka

Note: SPM- Suspended Particulate Matter; NOx- Oxides of Nitrogen; SO2- Sulphur-dioxide

ND- Not Detected

During air quality measurement, existence of SO2 and NOx were not traced. At the time of sampling wind direction was north to south and weather was sunny. A number of reasons like wind direction, atmospheric condition etc. during sampling would have influenced this result. Apart from regular prevailing winds, the windy weather of tornadoes also disperses the air pollutants from local emission sources.

Therefore, further air quality sampling has been conducted in March, 2014 which covers the dry season phenomenon. Four sampling locations were selected depending on the air direction at that season and receptor sensetiveness. The result of March data is presented in Table 5-2 which shows that only SPM has been found exceeding the national standard limit in two sampling locations. However, the rest of the indicators are considered as quite good as they are within the prescribed limit of the national and international air quality standards.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

91

Table 5-2: Ambient air quality analysis result

Sample ID No

Concentration of the different parameter in ambient air (μg/m3)

PM2.5 PM10 SPM SO2 NOx CO O3

Gravimetric Gravimetric Gravimetric West-Gaeke

Jacob & Hochheiser

CO Meter

O3 Meter

Air-01 47 77 169 17 22 90 17

Air – 02 64 87 188 26 39 160 57

Air – 03 53 69 201 24 56 190 87

Air - 04 38 103 217 27 41 170 44

Average 50.5 84 193.75 23.5 39.5 152.5 51.25

ECR, 2005

65 (24Hr) 150 (24 Hr) 200 (8 Hr) 365 (24 Hr)

100 (Annual)

10000 (8 Hr)

157 (8 Hr)

IFC, 2007 75 (24 HR) 150 (24 Hr) NF 125 (24 Hr)

200 (1 Hr) NF 160 (8 Hr)

Source: Air quality analysis done by AECL for CEGIS, 2014 Note: 1. Respirable Dust Content (PM10).

2. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM). 3. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX). 4. Sulphur Di-Oxide (SO2). 5. Carbone Mono-Oxide (CO). 6. Ozone gas (O3)

The background concentration of each of the parameters has been accounted at the time of operation of Unit- 3 i.e. proposed re-powering unit. This power plant has no low-NOx burner, SCR/SNCR to reduce the NOx level from the exhausf flue gas. After repowing the Unit-3 will be equipped with necessary NOx lowering technology and thus the NOx level will be limited to 25 ppmv which will be lower than the present exhaust NOx level.

Figure 5-7 shows the sampling locations of the study area. Each of the air quality samples were collected thoughout 8 hrs and then tested in the laboratory following standard methods and techniques. For covering wet season phenomenon we use measured data at 1 km away from the proposed site from secondary source (Air analysis data of AECL for EIA of 108 MW Power Plant Project at Ghorashal measured in August, 2012) and provided in Table 5-3. It shows the ambient air quality in terms of major three ambient air quality indicators SPM, NOx and SOx, is considered to quite good and still has reasonable buffer/assimilation capacity to absorb air pollutants to a certain extent. These are within the prescribed limit of the National Air quality Standards.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

92

Figure 5-7: Air Quality Sampling Locaiotns

Table 5-3: Ambient air quality analysis

Sl. No. Description

Ambient Air Pollution Concentration in micro gram/cubic meter

PM10 SPM SO2 NOX CO Method of

analysis Gravimetric Gravimetric West-

Geake Jacob and Hochheiser

Indicator Tube

Test Duration (Minutes)

480 480 480 480 480

Bangladesh (DoE) Standard for ambient Air

150 (24 Hour)

200 (24 Hour)

365 (24 Hour)

100 (Annual)

10000

International /World Bank Standard

70 NF 125 150 NF

1 Test result (Concentration present) in Project North side near boundary area. N- 23058′18.50″ E- 90038‘27′93″

130 267 27 34 320

2 Test result (Concentration present) in East side by the

139 284 33 38 370

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

93

Sl. No. Description

Ambient Air Pollution Concentration in micro gram/cubic meter

PM10 SPM SO2 NOX CO Road side area. N-23058′14.86″ E-90038′32.42″

3 Test result (Concentration present) in Project South side near boundary area. N- 23058′13.36″ E-90038′28.29″

87 230 23 28 204

4 Test result (Concentration present) in West side project from 100 meter distance. N- 23058′13.27″ E-90038′21.79″

73 197 19 31 210

Remarks Maximum pollution source from project construction activities & movement of different type vehicles on the road side area.

(All units are microgram/cubic meter, NF – not found, DoE – Department of Environment.)

Source: AECL Lab (measured on 07.08. 2012 by Respirable Dust Sampler of AECL) Note: 1. Respirable Dust Content (PM10).

2. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM). 3. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX). 4. Sulphur Di-Oxide (SO2). 5. Carbone Mono-Oxide (CO).

The weather was sunny and the wind direction was from the south-east to north-west corner.

Sources of Emission

The study area is semi-urban area and having major industrial set up comprising of power plants etc. In this stage, assessment was made to identify the existing and potential emission sources. The air pollution sources in and around the study area are mainly road dust, black smoke from road and river traffic, engine vehicles, power plants, windblown dust from agricultural lands and exposed earth, and domestic cooking. The potential and existing sources of air pollution are listed in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4: Major sources of air pollution

Sl. No. Source Location

Principal Pollutants Scale of emission

1 Domestic biomass burning

Scattered, proximal of and distal to the project

NOx, SO2 (Negligible), CO, CO2, SPM

Local within 100 m radius

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

94

Sl. No. Source Location

Principal Pollutants Scale of emission

boundary 2 Road traffic

on Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road

The site is within 300 m radius of the Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road

NOx, CO, CO2, SPM

Significant only within 400 m of road centerline

3 River traffic through Shitalakshya River

Within 400 m radius on the northwest from the project boundary

Dust, NOx, CO, CO2, SPM

Significant with 0.5 km Radius of the industrial unit

4 Power plants Around the proposed site within 100 m radius

NOx, SO2 (Negligible), CO, CO2, SPM

Local within 100 m radius

Source: CEGIS Field investigation, 2013

Sensitive Receiver

The sensitive receivers of the emitted air pollutants are surrounding settlements, homestead vegetation, and aquaculture ponds. Another sensitive receiver is the tiny forest patches along the road and in the homesteads, situated within 10 km radius on the northern side of the proposed site.

5.1.5 Acoustic Environment

According to the field data, the lowest noise level (dB) at daytime at 3rd unit of the existing power plant is 76.7 dB and at the highest level is 86.2 dB; at PDB rest house the lowest noise level is 62.7 dB and the highest level is 72.4 dB; at proposed site the lowest level is 66.2 dB and the highest level is 76.3 dB; at existing power plant the lowest level is 69.1 dB and the highest level is 82.7 dB; at Downstream of the Shitalakshya River from Existing Power plant the lowest level is 45.7 dB and the highest level is 54 dB and at opposite Side on the Shitalakshya River from Existing Power plant the lowest level is 53 dB and the highest level is 58 dB (Table 5-5). The average noise level at night is approximately 52 dB at the proposed site. After setting up the plant, noise level may increase with the cumulative effect of the existing industrial set up. The urban settlers will be the major noise receivers of the possible increased noise. Noise standard level is 75 dB for day time and 70 dB for night time as per ECR’ 97. The significant noise sources in and around the study area are shown in Table 5-6.

Table 5-5: Noise level at different locations

Sl. No.

Location

Noise level (dB) Location Lowest Highest

1 6th Unit of Ghorashal Power Plant 76.7 86.2 N 24°15'17.7" E 91°22'35.5"

2 PDB rest house 62.7 72.4 N 24°15'07.7" E 91°22'59.3"

3 Proposed power plant, Ghorashal 66.2 76.3 N 24°15'08.7"

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

95

Sl. No.

Location

Noise level (dB) Location Lowest Highest

E 91°22'30.7" 4 Existing PDB power plant 69.1 82.7 N 24°15'11.4"

E 91°22'48.0"

5 Downstream of the Shitalakshya River from Existing Power plant 45.7 54.0

N 23°58'30.0" E 90°37'47.8"

6 Opposite Side on the Shitalakshya River from Existing Power plant 53.0 58.0

N 23°58'40.80" E 90°37'46.80"

Source: Field measurement

Table 5-6: Significant noise sources

Sl. No. Source Location Significance 1 Parulia Morr

(Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road

The site is within 300 m radius of the Zila Road

Significant within 0.5 km of road centerline

2 Power plants Within 100 m radius of the proposed site

Significant within 0.5 km radius of the source

3 Other industries Within 200 m radius of the proposed site

Significant within 0.5 km radius of the source

The study area is mostly covered with settlements, agricultural fields, river and homestead forest. The acoustic environment of the study area is silent due to low noise level and the homestead gardens also acts as the noise barrier to the receivers (settlers).

5.1.6 Vibration

Vibration consists of rapidly fluctuating motions of the particle without any net movement. Object can vibrate differently in there mutually independent direction. It is common to describe vibration levels in terms of velocity, which represents the instantaneous speed at a point on the object that is displaced. Vibrations are transmitted from the source to the ground, and propagate through the ground to the receiver.

Measuring the peak particle velocity (PPV) is mostly use for representation of vibrating situation when the pressure wave passes through the particles. PPVs are usually expressed in terms of m/s or mm/s. The vibration rate of the turbine body is 1.3-1.4 mm/s of the nearest existing power plant while the collective vibration of the units as per the manufacturer will not exceed 8mm/s. It transmits to the surroundings through soil. At turbine hall about 0.3 – 0.4 mm/s vibration has been recorded. However, soil condition has a strong influence on the levels of ground–born vibration.

5.1.7 Seismicity

Historical seismic data and recent seismic activities in Bangladesh and adjoining areas indicate that Bangladesh is at seismic risk. The capital city Dhaka metropolis together with its surrounding is situated in the Seismic Zone 2 (BNBC, 1993), which has a basic seismic coefficient of 0.15g. Most parts of Dhaka city and surrounding area have already been occupied. As a result, the city is expanding on reclaimed sites. Most of these sites are developed by filling lowlands (3~12 m) using dredge materials. However, in this method of filling, segregation of particles occurs. Mean grain size, fines content and uniformity

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

96

coefficient of the fill materials for developing such areas varies from 0.05~0.25 mm, 6~28%, and 1.83~2.64, respectively. The SPT-N value of the filling depth varies from 1~13. Development procedures and characteristics of the dredged fill material indicate that the reclaimed sites may liquefy if an earthquake of sufficient energy occurs. More than 20 large earthquakes have been recorded in and around Bangladesh over the last 130 years (MPO, 1987). These earthquakes were centered in the Shillong Plateau in Assam in the Arakan Yoma Ranges and in the Indo-Burman Ranges in Myanmar (Table 5-7). Landslides and slope failures of the head waters catchments in the Shillong Plateau also might have occurred due to earthquake which greatly increased the amount of sediment supplied to the region for long period of time. For this region any type of water control structure should be designed with the consideration of Seismic risk in this area (Map 5-6).

Table 5-7: Seismic attributes over the years

Year Epicenter Magnitude 1762 Arakon Yoma 8.4 1885 Bengal 7.0 1897 Shillong 8.7 1918 Sreemangal, Sylhet 7.6 1923 NER/Tangua haor 7.1 1944 NER/Hakaluki haor 6.0 1950 Assam 8.5 1967 NER/Khowai 5.1 1968 NER/Khowai 5.2 1971 Tripura 5.5

Source: NERP

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

97

Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department

Map 5-6: Earthquake zone of Bangladesh

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

98

5.2 Water Resources

The proposed repowering of Ghorashal 3rd unit power plant located (Latitude 23°58'56.83"N and longitude 90°38'14.82"E) besides the river Shitalakshya. This river is one of the distributaries of the Old Brahmaputra River. The outfall of this river is the Banar River. It remains navigable round the year. The river flows through Gazipur district forming its border with Narsingdi for some distances and then through Narayanganj. The maximum depth of this river is 21 m (70 feet) and average depth is 10 m (33 feet).

5.2.1 Surface water system

The Shitalakshya River originates from the Old Brahmaputra River at Lebutala union of Monohordi Upazila under Narsingdi district. The river flows through Gazipur and Narayanganj and meets the Dhaleshwari River at Kalagachiya union of Narayanganj Bandar. Only the Old Brahmaputra River and the Banar Lower River is the main source of water for this river. The Shitalakshya is a distributory of the Old Brahmaputra River which has changed its course at least twice in Bangladesh in fairly recent past and indirectly affected the flow of water in the Shitalakshya River. In the 21st century, the main flow of the Old Brahmaputra waters is through the Jamuna channel. Earlier, after tracing a curve round the Garo Hills on the west, it took a sharp turn in the south-east direction near Dewanganj, and then passing by Jamalpur and Mymensingh, threw off the Shitalakshya branch and flowed through the eastern part of Dhaka district and fell into the Dewanganj. The Shitalakshya run almost parallel to the Brahmaputra and after passing Narayangonj joined the Dhaleswari River. According to the book of “Rivers of Bangladesh (BWDB, 2012)” the river is meandering in nature with flood slope of 2cm/km and the length of the river is approximately 108 km, width is minimum 151m, maximum 392m and average 228m.

The river is navigable round the year. The tendency of the erosion is very low. Based on water availability and navigation facilities, a large number of industries have been established both bank of this river. BIWTA declared this river as a 3rd class River route of Bangladesh. Among the industries Jute Mills, Thermal Power Plant, Fertilizer Factory, Pran Agro-based Industries etc are prominent. Some tidal effects are observed in this river. Water resources system of the study area is shown in the Map 5-7.

The Shitalakshya River would be the potential navigation route for carrying construction materials, plant machinery and ancillaries. The general features of the Shitalakshya River are presented in Table 5-8.

Table 5-8: River profile of the Shitalakshya River

Sl. No. Items Description 1 Off take Old Brahmaputra River

Geographical Location Monohordi, Narsingdi 2 Outfall Dhaleshwari

Geographical Location Bandar, Narayanganj 3 River flow path Monohordi, Kapashiya, Shibpur, Khaligonj, Palash,

Rupgonj, Demra, Narayanganj Sadar, Sonargoan, Bandar.

4 Physical settings of river Tributary river: Balu, Banar River Distributary River: Laghdha Khal

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

99

Sl. No. Items Description Length 108 km Width Minimum 151m, Maximum 392 m and Average 228m Depth Characteristics Meandering, flood flow slope 2 cm/km

5 Discharge Seasonal/Perennial Perennial Months of Minimum Average discharge month (dry season)

November – April

Minimum Average discharge quantity (dry season)

330 m3/sec

Months of Maximum discharge (wet season)

March – October

Maximum Average discharge quantity (wet season)

1591 m3/sec

Tidal Yes, ( Maximum Tidal effect difference 60cm) 6 Measuring Station Lakhpur SW-177 and Demra SW- 179

Source: Bangladesh Rivers, August 2011, BWDB

Source: Rivers of Bangladesh and BWDB

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

100

Map 5-7: Water resources/river system of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

101

5.2.2 River hydrology

Water level and discharge of the Shitalakshya River are collected from NWRD database. For hydrological analysis Station no. 179 of BWDB at Demra, which is located around 30km (Areal Distance) downstream from the project area and station no. 177 of BWDB at Lakhpur, which is located around 10km (Areal Distance) upstream from the project area has been selected.

Water level

Water level of the Shitalakshya River has been collected from BWDB for the station no. 177 at Lakhpur and station 179 at Demra. The water level varies seasonally from 7.87m PWD to 0.28m PWD at Lakhpur and 7.11m PWD to 0.48m PWD at Demra (Figure 5-8 and Table 5-9). Generally, the river reaches its highest water level in the months between June and September and the lowest in the months between December and February. The tidal effect varies from 0.02m to 0.28m at lakhpur and 0.05m-0.50m at Demra (Figure 5-9 and Table 5-10).

Figure 5-8: Water level of Shitalakshya River at Lakhpur station

Table 5-9: Tidal effect of Shitalakshya River at Lakhpur station

Months Avg. High Tide (m)

Avg. Low Tide (m)

Tidal Effect (m)

Jan 1.59 1.33 0.25 Feb 1.50 1.25 0.25 Mar 1.63 1.36 0.26 Apr 2.03 1.74 0.28 May 2.84 2.64 0.20 Jun 4.15 4.07 0.08 Jul 5.59 5.56 0.03 Aug 5.92 5.90 0.02 Sep 5.63 5.60 0.03 Oct 4.64 4.58 0.06 Nov 2.74 2.57 0.18 Dec 1.97 1.71 0.26

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

102

Figure 5-9: Water level of Shitalakshya River at Demra station

Table 5-10: Chart of tidal effect of the Shitalakshya River at Demra station

Months Avg. High Tide (m)

Avg. Low Tide (m)

Tidal Effect (m)

Jan 1.70 1.25 0.45 Feb 1.61 1.13 0.48 Mar 1.73 1.23 0.50 Apr 2.11 1.65 0.45 May 2.74 2.40 0.34 Jun 3.72 3.55 0.18 Jul 4.93 4.86 0.07 Aug 5.37 5.32 0.05 Sep 5.20 5.15 0.06 Oct 4.18 4.07 0.11 Nov 2.74 2.47 0.28 Dec 2.06 1.66 0.40

Source: BWDB

Discharge of the Shitalakshya River

Discharge data is measured at BWDB station no. 179. The historical discharge data is available for 1965 to 2006. Generally, the average discharge seasonally varies from 1593 m3/s to 330 m3/s. June – September are the months of having highest discharge while March to May have lowest discharges. The annual discharges seasonally distributed as 12% in summer (March–May), 58% in monsoon (June–September), 17% in post- monsoon (October – November) and 13% in winter season (December–February) (Figure 5-10). The historical highest discharge is 2610 m3/s occurred in September, 1988 and lowest discharge is 106 m3/s occurred in June, 1992. Linear trend line in annual discharge graph (Figure 5-11) shows that highest water discharge is decreasing and lowest water discharge is slightly increasing; so the flow of this river is decreasing day by day. It may be caused by the rapid

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

103

urbanization at the river embankment and the use of Shitalakshya River’s water is increasing accordingly.

Figure 5-10: Seasonal discharge of Shitalakshya River at Demra station

Figure 5-11: Annual Discharge of Shitalakshya River at Demra station

5.2.3 Sediment quality

Encroachment, disposal of untreated domestic and industrial wastewater and dumping of solid wastes have degraded the overall quality of the river Shitalakshya, which is located in Narayanganj-the Capital City of Bangladesh. The identified elements that have potential toxicity in the river bed materials include Cr, Pb, Zn, Cu and Cd in varying concentrations which are reported as low to moderately polluted.

5.2.4 Historical importance

Sonargaon, a former capital of the region, stood on the bank of the Shitalakshya River. A fort was built by Isa Khan, a former ruler of the area, on its bank. It is believed that it was

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

104

connected with Lalbagh Fort in Dhaka through an underground tunnel. Sonakanda Fort, also on the river, was built to counter Magh and Portuguese pirates. There are several historical mosques on its banks like Bandarshahi mosque (built in 1481 by Baba Saleh), Kadam Rasul mosque (containing the footprints of Hazrat Mohammad), Mariamer Masjid (built by Shayesta Khan) etc.

5.2.5 Economic importance

In the past, the famous muslin industry of the country flourished along the Shitalakshya. Even today, there are centers of artistic weaving on its banks. There also are a number of industrial units on its banks, including the Adamjee Jute Mills. Thermal power houses are located at Palash, north of Ghorashal, and at Siddhirganj, on the bank of the river. Industrial affluent dumped into the river resulting in high level of river water pollution is a big concern. Narayanganj is one of the major river ports of the country lies on the bank of the Shitalakshya River. It is one of the most important river route of the country. The government has approved construction of a container terminal on the river Shitalakshya with foreign investment.

5.2.6 Groundwater system

As per the project provision, potable water will be used from the ground water source, apart from cooling purpose. It is reported from the local people that deep tube well can extract ground water from the depth of approximately 80-100 ft. According to Bangladesh Water Development Board the ground water level of Palash Upazila is about 6.5 m (21.32ft). Map 5-8 is showing the Ground Water Zoning Map, which indicated that proposed power plant is located at the area of ground water level 0-5.3m. So in the dry season proposed combined cycle power plant can fulfill their makeup water requirement by using underground water. This area also receives sufficient amount of rainfall and there is a good availability of ground water that is being used by hand pumps for drinking and domestic purposes. Some industries are using deep tube wells in their premises to meet the requirement of good quality water for various purposes. The scattered homesteads are using hand tube well (HTW) to meet their domestic demand. During site visit it is observed that sufficient quantity of water was coming out from the HTW. However, after discussion with the local people it is learnt that there is no specific complaint about non- availability of ground water.

Aquifer

The aquifer system of the project area is defined by the delineation of zones having similar hydrological characteristics, which are attributable to particular litholigical features. The zones defined in the project area based on (Challanbeel are) are as follows: a) Upper clay and silt zone:

A semi confined low permeability layer to the system providing water to hand tube wells and to some shallow tube wells from their sandy layer.

b) Composite aquifer:

The upper most significant and recognized aquifer with moderate potentialities providing water to lower capacity (8-12 litres/Sec) shallow tube wells from fine sandy layers with occasional interception of medium fine sand.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

105

c) Main aquifer:

Consists of medium to coarse sand is the principal water bearing aquifer of the project area. The aquifer allows high capacity wells (56 lit/sec) and above according to Ghorasal power plants pump house.

d) Deep aquifer:

Usually deeper and varies between 250m - 300m. However, this is beyond the normal obstruction zone and therefore of little interest (Figure 5-12).

Ground water in the project area is present in regular sequence as discussed above, with the upper layer to the main aquifer being in continuity, and is functioning as a semi confined storage system. Hydraulic continuity also exists with the surface water, but its principal movement in the area is vertical due to a low hydraulic gradient. Under natural condition the ground water level reflects the wet and dry season as noticed in all the water level stations. The levels are lowest in late April or early May and rise to field capacity during the rainy season. The field capacity is then maintained to the end of the rainy season till the dry season recession conveniences. In general, dry season use of ground water is extensive in most of the project area. Map 5-9 is showing the mean annual potential recharge of ground water

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

106

Source: Aquifer Database Inventory program, DPHE-JICA, 2010

Figure 5-12: Geological log record at Upazila Parishad Complex, Palash, Ghorashal

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

107

Map 5-8: Ground Water Zoning Map

Proposed Ghorashal Re-powering CCPP

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

108

Source: DPHE

Map 5-9: Mean annual potential recharge of ground water

N

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

109

5.2.7 Water quality

Ambient surface water quality is represented by some selected parameters, which are crucial for drinking purpose, industrial use and to maintain optimum aquatic environment.

Surface water quality

The river water quality of the Shitalakshya is subject to pollution from untreated industrial effluents and municipal wastewater, runoff from chemical fertilizers and pesticides used in crop fields, and oil and lube spillage river ports and small jetties of different industries. According to the water quality investigation data provided previously by AECL and presently by CEGIS of the Shitalakshya River the physico–chemical variables, namely temperature, transparency, total dissolve solids, suspended solids, electrical conductivity, hardness, pH, dissolve oxygen, biochemical oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand, nitrate, ammonium, phosphate were significantly differs from the standard value of MoEF and temporal (seasonal) sources of variation affecting and consideration measures to be taken for the safe aquatic lives as well as human health. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) value, which is the primary criterion of surface water body to determine the freshness, it remains within BOD Standard (MoEF) value (Table 5-11), is also within allowable limit. The major polluters of the river are Ghorashal Urea Fertilizer Factory and an oil terminal situated on the bank of the river. The wastes, effluents and agrochemicals contain heavy metals, toxic substances, germs and nitrogen containing toxic substances. They thereby create serious environmental hazards, endanger human health and cause problems to aquatic lives. The measured water quality (in-situ measurement in 2012) of the canal (of Shitalakshya River) adjacent to the project site and the water quality (in-situ measurement in 2012) of the Shitalakshya River is shown in Table 5-11. Table 5-12 shows the annual variation of the river water quality. Measured water quality data for surface water of the Shitalakshya River at intake point and effluent discharge of the existing plant are presented in Table 5-13.

Table 5-11: Surface Water Quality (limited parameters) of the nearby Khal and Shitalakshya river

Parameter Measured Value (nearby canal)

Measured Value (Shitalakshya River)

Bangladesh Standard (MoEF)

pH 7.8 6.9 6.0 - 9.0 TDS 170.0 mg/l 180.0 mg/l 2100 mg/l EC 344.0 μS/cm 370 μS/cm 1200 μS/cm Suspended Solid 67.0 mg/l 58.0 mg/l 150 mg/l DO 6.4 mg/l 5.9 mg/l 4.5 – 8.0 mg/l BOD 20 C 2.0 mg/l 2.4 mg/l 50 mg/l COD 8.0 mg/l 12.0 mg/l 200 mg/l

Source: AECL Lab (water collected on 07.08. 2012 and tested on 12.08.2012)

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

110

Table 5-12: Previous surface water quality of the Shitalakshya River

Dat

e

Turb

idity

pH

Dis

solv

ed

Oxy

gen

Salin

ity

Tota

l D

isso

lved

So

lids

Elec

tric

co

nduc

tivity

Tran

spar

ency

Iron

Chl

orid

e

JTU/ NTU mg/l mg/l mg/l micro-

mohs/cm JTU/ NTU mg/l mg/l

T Ph Do Sal Tds Ec Tp Fe Cl 25/08/07 30 8 0.07 0.02 130 2.66 61 14. 12 25/11/07 26 7.2 0.08 0.03 132 265 36 1.3 20 25/02/08 21 7.6 0.06 0.03 131 260 60 1.5 25 25/03/08 30 7.8 0.09 0.02 1369 266 60 1.46 24 25/04/08 33.5 9.6 0.07 0.02 137 277 60 1.43 25 25/05/08 30 8.7 0.1 0.02 139 276 60 1.42 26 11/06/08 27 8.5 0.1 0.02 138 275 65 1.41 22 01/01/09 30 7.3 8.2 0.3 40 256 29 0.1 15 01/02/09 30 7.3 8.29 0.5 26 256.4 31 0.12 16 01/04/09 27 7.4 8.24 0.12 25 222 32 0.1 15 01/05/09 28 7.3 8.21 0.13 26 251 31 0.11 14 01/06/09 29.5 7.6 8.1 0.1 26 256.4 30 0.1 25

Table 5-13: Measured quality of the power plant intake and discharge water

Sl. No.

Water Quality Parameters

Concentration Present in the Intake point of

the Shitalakshya

River

Concentration Present in the

Discharge point of the

Shitalakshya River

Bangladesh Standard Unit Analysis

Procedure

1. Alkalinity 138 125 - mg/L Titrimetric

2. Total Hardness 165 135 200-500 mg/L Titrimetric

3. Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

3.7 2.5 10 mg/L D & F

4. Chloride (Cl-) 23 18 150-600 mg/L Titrimetric

5. Sulphate (SO4) 15 20 400 mg/L UVS

6. Chromium (Cr) 0.004 0.005 0.05 mg/L AAS

7. Arsenic (As) 0.001 0.002 0.05 mg/L AAS

8. Iron (Fe) 0.35 0.73 0.3-1.0 mg/L AAS

9. Lead (Pb) 0.002 0.002 0.05 mg/L AAS

10. Mercury (Hg) <0.00015 <0.00015 0.001 mg/L Mercury Analyzer

Note: AAS- Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer, UVS-UV-VIS Spectrophotometer, D & F- Drying and Filtration

Source: DPHE, Dhaka for CEGIS, 2013 (Sample collection data: 11/05/2013)

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

111

Underground water quality

The area comprises a number of different types of industries like power plants, fertilizer factory, agro industries, jute mills etc. These industries mostly depend on surface water from the Shitalakshya for fulfilling their industrial water requirement while on underground water for potable water. Continual extraction of underground water for potable use along with other minor uses may pose threat to the pond water availability period of the culture fish ponds.

According to the measured data provided below water quality satisfies the drinking water quality of MoEF. Table 5-14 and Table 5-15 represent the ground water quality of the project area.

Table 5-14: Ground water quality (limited parameters) nearby the project site

Parameter Value Bangladesh Standard (MoEF) pH 7.1 6.0 - 9.0 TDS 90.0 mg/l 1000 mg/l Iron 0.8 mg/l (0.3 – 1.0) mg/l Alkalinity 78.0 mg/l - Hardness 68.0 mg/l (200 – 500) mg/l Chloride 16.4 mg/l (150 – 600) mg/l

Source: AECL Lab (water collected on 07.08. 2012 and tested on 12.08.2012)

Table 5-15: Measured ground water quality at Ghorashal Power Plant Complex

Sl. No.

Water Quality Parameters

Concentration Present

Bangladesh Standard Unit

Analysis Procedure

1. Alkalinity 135 - mg/L Titrimetric

2. Total Hardness 95 200-500 mg/L Titrimetric

3. Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

0.9 10 mg/L D & F

4. Chloride (Cl-) 12 150-600 mg/L Titrimetric

5. Sulphate (SO4) 4.0 400 mg/L UVS

6. Chromium (Cr) 0.004 0.05 mg/L AAS

7. Arsenic (As) <0.001 0.05 mg/L AAS

8. Iron (Fe) 0.29 0.3-1.0 mg/L AAS

9. Lead (Pb) <0.002 0.05 mg/L AAS

10. Mercury (Hg) <0.00015 0.001 mg/L Mercury Analyzer

Note: AAS- Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer, UVS-UV-VIS Spectrophotometer, D & F- Drying and Filtration

Source: DPHE, Dhaka for CEGIS, 2013 (Sample collection data: 11/05/2013)

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

112

5.2.8 Water use

Water from Shitalakshya River is using for many purposes. It is the most available water source for people of this area. By the side of this river many industries like Janata Jute Mill, Pran Factory, Palash Fertilizer Factory and Ghorashal Power Plant etc. had been developed. Now a day’s many of these industries using Shitalakshya River’s water for their daily requirements. It is also using for domestic uses and irrigation purposes.

In the Ghorashal power plant area, Water is using to meet up the power plant’s requirements, such as direct cooling, feed water makeup for the heat recovering steam generators, and domestic supplied for the staff. The discharge water from the power plant is using for the irrigation purposes in the dry season, which is very beneficial for the irrigated land around the Ghorashal power plant.

5.3 Transportation System

A number of roads of different categories namely national highway, regional highway, primary and secondary pass through the area. A number of associated facilities such as terminals, railway stations etc. are also located within the study area.

One of the major regional highways (R-301) from Tongi to Ghorashal via Kaliganj passes through the heart of the study area. The road was improved to 5.5m wide paved roads except around 8 km. at Tongi end. A seven (7) km long new Kaliganj by-pass road was also constructed as an approach road to the new Shahid Maizuddin Bridge at Ghorashal as a part of the regional road. This regional road provides a short-cut alternative to the traditional entry point to Dhaka through Kanchpur, particularly for destinations in the northern part of Dhaka city (comprising Gulshan, Banani, Baridhara and Uttara). Another important regional highway which passes nearby the study area is the Dhaka Bypass road which is under construction. This new by-pass road would provide a short-cut link between Dhaka-Chittagong highway and Jamuna Bridge. The Kanchan Bridge was constructed on this Dhaka By-pass road. The Dhaka By-pass road passing through the Purbachal Residential Area crosses Tongi-Kaliganj regional road before meeting Dhaka- Mymensingh Road at Board Bazar. Width of the Dhaka By-pass Road is 7.3 meters and it is provided with hard shoulders. Approximately 56 km of regional roads serve the study area.

Photo 5-2: Village road communication system

Photo 5-3: Water way beside the proposed plant site

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

113

Rural Kutcha Road: All earthen roads in the category of Upazila and Union roads are being accounted for as rural roads.

5.3.1 Air communication system

In terms of air communication, the nearest air port is Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport in Dhaka, 28 km away from the proposed site aerially.

5.3.2 Railway communication

Railway-related physical facilities and services in the study area are provided, operated and maintained by the Bangladesh Railways (BR) under the Ministry of Communication. Within greater Dhaka, the railway passes in a north-south direction from its southern most terminus point in Narayanganj, northward to Tongi where the railway branches eastward and another line continues northward and also branches off westward after Gazipur (Joydevpur). All of the rail stations, within Dhaka, are generally well served by a variety of transport modes including buses, taxis, auto-rickshaws and rickshaws. A modern large capacity ICD at Dhirasram, located between Joydevpur and Tongi, within Gazipur district, has been planned for construction soon.

5.3.3 Water ways

A number of rivers namely the Shitalakshya, the Balu, the Old Brahmaputra and Tongi surround the study area. A large number of canals also pass across the study area. Due to heavy rate of siltation, most of the rivers and canals have lost their navigability. They are also polluted by the discharges of industrial wastes. Rivers and canals are encroached by permanent and temporary structures at several points. The main river in the study area is Shitalakshya which provides 22 km water ways.

Rivers are extensively used by various water transports to carry goods and passengers. A major road ferry maintained by RHD across the Shitalakshya River at Murapara in Rupganj Upazila, exists with pontoons providing the landing facilities on both sides. There is only one ferry, which is operating between the two sides of the river. It can carry about 5-6 vehicles, and it provides services in both directions. It operates during the entire day (from morning to evening) and on average carries about 130-150 microbuses, 30-40 cars, 2-3 trucks and occasionally a bus. Passengers also use this ferry for crossing the river. The ferry makes around 60 trips (both ways) daily and carries around 1500-1700 passengers per day. Map 5-10 shows the different communication network of the study area.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

114

Map 5-10: Road, railway and water ways networks of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

115

5.4 Land Resources

5.4.1 Agro-ecological regions

Bangladesh has a wide range of environmental conditions. Environmental diversity occurs not only at national and regional levels, it also occurs at the Upazila and village levels. Under consideration of year to year variability in moisture, the temperature and flood regimes types, tidal activity, agricultural and ecological characteristics, cropping patterns and seasonal characteristics, Bangladesh has been divided into 30 agro-ecological zones (AEZ) and 88 sub regions. Map 5-11 shows the agro-ecological regions of the study area.

The study area comprises of three agro-ecological regions:

i. Madhupur Tract;

ii. Old Brahmaputra Floodplain and

iii. Middle Meghna River Floodplain.

Madhupur Tract

This is a region of complex relief and soils developed over the Madhupur Clay. The landscape comprises level upland, closely or broadly dissected terraces associated with either shallow or broad, deep valleys. Eleven general soil types exist in the area of which deep red brown terrace, shallow red brown terrace soils and acid basin clays are the major ones. Soils in the valleys are dark grey heavy clays. They are strongly acidic in reaction with low status of organic matter, low moisture holding capacity and low fertility level. There is a short description of this AEZ given below.

Land type Extent Soil pH Soil OM

High land 56% 4.1-6.2 L Medium high land 18% 4.4-6.5 L

Source: Fertilizer Recommendation Guide-2005, BARC

Old Brahmaputra Floodplain

This region occupies a large area of Brahmaputra sediments before the river shifted to its present Jamuna channel about 200 years ago. The region has broad ridges and basins. Relief is irregular, especially near the old and present river channels. Soils of the area are predominantly silt loams to silty clay loams on the ridges and clay in the basins. Organic matter content is low on the ridges and moderate in the basins, top soils moderately acidic but sub-soils neutral in reaction. General fertility level is low. There is a short description about this AEZ given below.

Land type Extent Soil pH Soil OM High land 28% 4.5-7.4 L Medium high land 35% 4.7-7.2 L Medium low land 20% 4.5-7.2 L

Source: Fertilizer Recommendation Guide-2005, BARC

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

116

Middle Meghna River Floodplain

This region occupies an abandoned channel of the Brahmaputra river on the border between the greater Dhaka and Comilla districts. The region includes areas of old Brahmaputra chars within the Meghna River as well as adjoining parts of the mainland. Soils of the area are grey loam on the ridges and grey to dark grey clays in the basins. The dominant general soil type is non-calcareous grey floodplain soil. Top soils are strongly acidic and sub-soils slightly acidic to slightly alkaline. General fertility level is medium with low N and organic matter. There is a short description of this AEZ given below.

Land type Extent Soil pH Soil OM High land 29% 4.9-7.0 L-M Low land 25% 4.1-6.8 M Very low land 11% 4.6-5.5 M

Source: Fertilizer Recommendation Guide-2005, BARC

5.4.2 Current practice on acquired land

The project area is situated within the boundary of the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex. The land is mostly covered with herbs and shrubs with hard wood trees. No commercial farming activity is takeing place in the area.

5.5 Agricultural Resources

5.5.1 Agro-ecological regions

Land includes the combination of the geological materials in which particular kinds of soil have been formed and the landscape on which they occur. An agro-ecological zone (AEZ) is a zone or region which has unique combination of physiographic, soil, hydrological and agro-climatic characteristics. Thirty agro-ecological regions and 88 sub-regions have been identified by adding successive layers of information on the physical environment which are relevant for land use and assessing agricultural potential. These layers are (i) Physiographic (land forms and parent materials), (ii) Soils and their characteristics, (iii) Depth and duration of seasonal flooding, (iv) Length of the rainfed, kharif and Rabi growing periods, (v) Length of the pre-kharif period of unreliable rainfall, (vi) Length of the cool winter period and frequency of occurrence of extremely low winter temperature and (vii) Frequency of occurrence of extremely high (>400C) summer temperature(FAO/UNDP, 1988). Agro-ecological regions and sub-regions are very broad units. Fertility status of these regions varies considerably. For detailed information about physical and chemical properties of soils, respective Upazila Nirdeshika may be consulted. However, for fertility data of a specific area soil samples should be collected for detailed analysis (BARC, 2005).

In the study area which is considered as 10 km radius from proposed project site comprises three Agro-ecological regions (AEZ) such as i) Old Brahmaputra Floodplain (AEZ 9); ii) Middle Meghna River Floodplain (AEZ 16) and iii) Madhupur Tract (AEZ 28 ). The locations of agro-ecological zones are shown in Map 5-11. The study area is situated at Narsingdi sadar, Shibpur and Palash of Narsingdi district, and Kaliganj and Kapashia under Gazipur districts. Brief descriptions of agro-ecological zones are described below.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

117

Map 5-11: Agro-ecological Zones of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

118

Old Brahmaputra Floodplain (AEZ 9)

This region occupies a large area of the Old Brahmaputra sediments before the river shifted to its present Jamuna channel about 200 years ago. The region has broad ridges and basins. Relief is irregular, especially near the old and present river channels. Soils of the area are predominantly silt loams to silty clay loams on the ridges and clay in the basins. Organic matter content is low on the ridges and moderate in the basins, tops oils moderately acidic but sub soils neutral in reaction. General fertility level is low. Some physico-chemical properties of soils of the Old Brahmaputra Floodplain (AEZ 9) are presented in Table 5-16.

Table 5-16: Physico-chemical properties of soils of Old Brahmaputra Floodplain

Major land type

Soil

pH

Soil OM

Nutrients status

N P K S Ca Mg Zn B Mo

High land 4.5-7.4

L VL-L L-M L L-M Opt Opt L-M L-M Opt

Medium highland

4.7-7.2

L VL-L L-M L L-M Opt Opt L-M L-M Opt

Medium lowland

4.5-7.2

L VL-L L-M L L-M Opt Opt L-M L-M Opt

OM=Organic matter; VL=Very low; L-Low; M=Medium; Opt=Optimum; H=High; VH=Very high; Source: BARC, 2005

Middle Meghna River Floodplain (AEZ16)

The Middle Meghna River Floodplain region occupies an abandoned channel of the Brahmaputra River on the border between the greater Dhaka and comilla districts. The region includes areas of old Brahmaputra chars within the Meghna River as well as adjoining parts of the mainland. Soils of the area are grey loam on the ridges and grey to dark grey clays in the basins. The dominant general soil type is non-calcareous grey floodplain soil. Top soils are strongly acidic and sub-soils slightly acidic to slightly alkaline. General fertility level is medium with low N and organic matter. Some physico-chemical properties of soils of Middle Meghna River Floodplain (AEZ16) are presented in Table 5-17.

Table 5-17: Physico-chemical properties of soils of Middle Meghna River Floodplain

Major land type

Soil

pH

Soil OM

Nutrients status

N P K S Ca Mg Zn B Mo

Medium Lowland

4.9-7.0 L-M L L-M L M-Opt Opt M-Opt L-M L-M Opt

Lowland 4.1-6.8 M L L-M L M-Opt Opt M-Opt L-M L-M Opt

Very Lowland

4.6-5.5 M L L-M l M-Opt Opt M-Opt L-M L-M Opt

OM=Organic matter; VL=Very low; L-Low; M=Medium; Opt=Optimum; H=High; VH=Very high; Source: BARC, 2005

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

119

Madhupur Tract (AEZ 28)

This is a region of complex relief and soils developed over the Madhupur Clay. The landscape comprises level upland, closely or broadly dissected terraces associated with either shallow or broad, deep valleys. Eleven general soil types exist in the area of which deep red brown terrace, shallow red brown terrace soils and acid basin clays are the major ones. Soils in the valleys are dark grey heavy clays. They are strongly acidic in reaction with low status of organic matter, low moisture holding capacity and low fertility level. Some physico-chemical properties of soils of Madhupur Tract are presented in Table 5-18.

Table 5-18: Some physic-chemical properties of soils of Madhupur Tract

Major land type

Soil

pH

Soil OM

Nutrients status

N P K S Ca Mg Zn B Mo

Highland 4.1-6.2 L VL-L L L L L-M L-M L-M L-M L-M

Medium highland

4.4-6.5 L VL-L L L L L-M L-M L-M L-M L-M

OM=Organic matter; VL=Very low; L-Low; M=Medium; Opt=Optimum; H=High; VH=Very high; Source: BARC, 2005

5.5.2 Current practice on acquired land

The proposed site is a fallow land having a small scrap field where scraps are dumped. The land is mostly covered with climbers, herbs and shrubs. There are some trees also seen in the site. No commercial farming activity is taken place in the area.

5.5.3 Soil and soil quality

The stratification of materials around the holes at the site consist of an upper cohesive deposit of very soft to hard silty-clay and clayey silt mixed with varying amount of fine sand and non-cohesive deposit of very loose to very dense silty fine sand up to the maximum depth of about 32.0 m from the existing ground surface. The deposit below up to the depth of exploration consist of non-cohesive deposit of medium dense to very dense silty fine sand mixed with medium sand and mica.

5.5.4 Land type

Land type classification is based on depth of inundation during monsoon season due to normal flooding on agriculture land. In terms of depth of flooding, five classes of land type are recognized (SRDI, 1988).

The study area is dominated by highland (40%) followed by medium high land and low land as shown in following Table 5-19. Map 4-2 shows the land types of the study area.

Table 5-19: Detailed distribution of land type in the study area

Land type Characteristics Area (ha) % NCA

High land

( F0)

The land which is not flooded normally in rainy season. This class has been subdivided into two classes:

(i) Land which is above normal flood-level. Water 5,742 40

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

120

Land type Characteristics Area (ha) % NCA

cannot be stored more than 1-2 days after heavy rainfall;

(ii) Normally flooded from 0- 30 cm deep. Here, water can be stored more than 2-1 days after heavy rainfall.

Medium Highland (F1)

Land which normally is flooded between 30- 90 cm deep of water continuously more than two weeks to few months during the flood season. This can be divided into two classes:

i. Very shallow inundated land where HYV Aman can be practiced;

ii. Shallow inundated land which is considered very deep flooding for HYV T. Aman 5,598 39

Low land (F3)

Land which normally is flooded from 180 cm to 275 cm deep of water during the flood season. 3,015 21

Total 14,355 100 Source: CEGIS estimation from SOLARI S; 2013

5.5.5 Land use

The total study area is considered as 10 km radius from proposed repowering of Ghorashal 3rd Unit. The project area is about 5.0 ha and the land remains fallow and having a scrap field.

The gross study area is about 31,416 ha, of which 14,355 ha is available for cultivation; it is about 45.7% of the total study area. The other major distributions are: 48.5% settlement including homestead and forest, 2.1% pond and ditch, 1.2% river and Khal, 1.0% road and railway, 0.7% industrial area and 0.7% beel. In the study area, about 81% lands are of double cropping followed by single cropping 11% and triple cropping 8% practices respectively. In the project area, about 5.0 ha lands are in the plant area and remaining fallow. Detailed land use of both project and study area is presented in Table 5-20 and Map 4-3.

Table 5-20: Land use of both project and study area

Land use/cover

Study Area Project Area

Area (Ha) % of Area Area (Ha) % of Area Gross area 31,416 100.0 5.0 100 Agriculture land 14,355 45.7 - -

Single crop 1,579 11 - - Double crop 11,628 81 - - Tripple crop 1,148 8 - -

Industrial area 228 0.7 5.0 100 Road and railway 329 1.0 - - River and Khal 390 1.2 - -

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

121

Land use/cover

Study Area Project Area

Area (Ha) % of Area Area (Ha) % of Area Waterbodies 219 0.7 Pond and ditch 645 2.1 - - Settlement 15,250 48.5 - -

Source: CEGIS estimation based on field study and satellite image analysis

5.6 Agriculture resources

5.6.1 Farming practices

Farming practices largely depend on the cropping seasons. In the study area, there are three cropping seasons in a year. They are the Kharif-I, the Kharif-II and Rabi seasons. The Kharif-I start from March and ends in June. This season is characterized by the uncertainty of weather of alternating dry and wet spells. A little amount of vegetables, Lt. Aus are being produced due to uncertainty of weather in this season. Jute, Vegetables and Aus are grown in this season. The Kharif-II starts from July and ends in October. The Kharif -II season comprises wet and cloudy environment and is not favorable for high yields because of uneven distribution of rainfall, flooding depth, low solar radiation, high temperature and humidity. Rice is the predominant crop grown during this season due to the submergence of soil. Aman is grown in the Kharif -II season. T. Aman and Lt. Aman crops are grown mainly under rain fed condition. Farmers also provide supplementary irrigation to Aman crops under water stressed situation. The Rabi season starts from November and ends in February. During this season, crops are favored with high solar radiation, low humidity and temperature, but lack of adequate soil moisture depresses the crop yield. Wide range of crop is grown in this season. HYV Boro is cultivated in almost all over the study area under irrigated condition. Winter vegetables like Brinjal (Eggplant), Tomato; Spinach, Country bean etc. are grown in some places in Rabi season.

5.6.2 Constraints for crop production

The main constraint of crop production is the scarcity of irrigation water during dry season. Transplanted Aman crops are grown under rain fed condition. Delay onset of monsoon rainfall and drought in late monsoon season affect normal yield of T. Aman.

5.6.3 Cropping pattern and intensity

The most prominent cropping pattern of the study area is Fallow - Lt. Aman - HYV Boro which is covered about 29% of net cultivable area (NCA). Detailed cropping pattern of the study area is presented in Table 5-21.

In the Kharif-I season; the coverages of T. Aus, Jute and Vegetables (like Indian spinach, Okra, Ash gourd, Cucumber, Bitter gourd etc.) are about 9%, 15% and 8% of the NCA respectively. The rest 68% land is remained fallow in this season. In the Kharif-II season; Lt. Aman and HYV Aman are grown by about 29% and 36% respectively of the NCA. In the Rabi season, HYV Boro is cultivated about 88% of NCA. About 12% of the NCA is covered with vegetables like Brinjal (Eggplant), Tomato; Spinach, Country bean etc. The land of the project area is remained fallow throughout the cropping seasons.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

122

The single, double and triple cropped area is about 11%, 81% and 8% of the NCA respectively. The cropping intensity of the study area is about 197%.

Table 5-21: Cropping pattern of the study area

Study Location

Kharif-I Kharif-II Rabi Area (ha)

% of NCA (Mar-Jun) (Jul-Oct) (Nov-Feb)

Study Area

Fallow Lt. Aman HYV Boro 4,163 29 Fallow HYV Aman HYV Boro 2,297 16 Fallow HYV Aman Winter vegetables 1,723 12 Lt. Aus Fallow HYV Boro 1,292 9

Summer vegetables HYV Aman HYV Boro 1,148 8 Jute Fallow HYV Boro 2,153 15

Fallow Fallow HYV Boro 1,579 11 Total 14,335 100

Project Area Fallow Fallow Fallow 5.0 100

Source: CEGIS estimation based on field information, 2013

5.6.4 Cropped area

The proposed power plant project area is about 5.0 ha which is mostly industrial area and remained fallow. Total cropped area of the study area is about 28,279 ha of which rice cropped area is about 82% and the non-rice cropped area is about 18% of the NCA.

5.6.5 Crop production and damage

In the study area, the annual total cleaned rice production is about 56,586 tons after the loss of 7,350 tons. Among the cleaned rice crops, Lt Aman, HYV Aman, Lt Aus and HYV Boro is contributing about 8%,19%, 3% and 70% of the total cleaned rice production respectively. Different types of non-rice crops are grown in about 5,024 ha land and its production is about 40,985 tons. The non-rice crops are Jute (about 5,383 tons), winter vegetables (about 24,122 tons) and summer vegetables (about 11,480 tons).

Crop damage

About 5,491 ha area of Lt.Aman (20%), HYV Aman (35%), Lt. Aus (25%) and HYV Boro (20%) rice are affected due to manmade pollution like industrial wastes and naturally soil erosion, sand carpeting, doughtiness, lowering of water level, late monsoon and pest and disease infestation etc in 2011 and 2012. Annual production loss of cleaned rice is about 7,350 tons in the entire study area. Detailed crop production and damage of the study area is presented in Table 5-22.

Table 5-22: Crop production and damage of study area

Crop name

Crop Area (ha)

Damage free area Damaged area Total

production (ton)

Production lost (ton)

Area (ha)

Yield (ton/ha)

Area (ha)

Yield (ton/ha)

Study area Lt. Aman 4,163 3,330 1.2* 833 0.9* 4,746 250 HYV Aman 5,168 3,359 2.5* 1,809 1.3* 10,749 2,171 Lt. Aus 1,292 969 1.4* 323 1* 1,680 129

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

123

Crop name

Crop Area (ha)

Damage free area Damaged area Total

production (ton)

Production lost (ton)

Area (ha)

Yield (ton/ha)

Area (ha)

Yield (ton/ha)

HYV Boro 12,632 10,106 3.5* 2,526 1.6* 39,412 4,800 Total rice crops 23,255 17,764

- 5,491 - 56,587 7,350

Jute 2,153 2,153 2.5 - - 5,383 - Winter vegetables 1,723

1,723 14 - - 24,122

-

Summer vegetables 1,148

1,148 10 - - 11,480

-

Non-rice crops 5,024

5,024 - 5,491 - 40,985

-

Total 28,279 22,788 5,491 97,571 7,350

Source: Estimation from field information; 2013 *Indicates cleaned rice

Photo 5-4: Fallow land in the study area Photo 5-5:Seedbed preparation

5.6.6 Agriculture input

Seeds

The role of seeds is very important for growing crops. Selection of seeds should be considered on the basis of more than 85% germination rate, free from disease infestation, good shape and size and high yield potential need to be considered. The seed rate used (Kg/ha) in the study area is presented in Table 5-23. Table 5-23: Seed and Labor used in the study area

Crop Name Seed Used (Kg/ha) Labor( Number/ha)

HYV Boro 50 190 HYV Aman 48 155 Lt. Aman 50 135 Lt. Aus 60 100 Jute 8 130 Winter Vegetables 4 190 Summer Vegetables 7 185

Source: CEGIS estimation from field information; 2013

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

124

Labor

In the study area, almost 80% of the cultural practices for crop production are being done manually. So, agricultural labor is considered as one of the essential inputs for crop production. The labor requirement is not uniform throughout the year. The number of labor requirement varies from crop to crop. The average number of labor used per hectare in the study area is presented in Table 5-23.

Fertilizer and pesticides application The rate of use of fertilizer per hectare varies considerably from farmer to farmer depending on soil fertility, cropping pattern and financial ability. The major fertilizers used in this area are Urea, TSP and MP. Most of the cases, 85% farmers use fertilizers in unbalanced way. Organic manures are hardly used which has led to depletion of organic matter content in the soil. The use of pesticides depends on the degree of pest infestation. The major insects are Stem borer, Grass hopper, Green leaf hopper, Ear cutting cater pillar, Brown plant hopper, Rice hispa and Jute hairy caterpillar etc. Different types of pesticides such as Karate, Furadan, Darsban, Cumulus, Fighter, Diazinon, Dimacron, Sumithion, Fighter, Sunfuran, Ripcord, Basudin, Rifit, Rison, Tilt, Subicron and Bhutafuran etc. are being used to prevent pest infestation in rice cropland. Detailed information on fertilizer and pesticide used in the study area is presented in Table 5-24.

Table 5-24: Fertilizer and Pesticides used in the study area

Source: CEGIS based on field information; 2013

5.6.7 Irrigated area by crop

Irrigation coverage of the project area is about 86% of the NCA during the dry season. Irrigation is provided to Boro crops. Both surface and ground water are being used for irrigation purpose. The ground water is being used for irrigation at Kaliganj and Kapashia Upazilas of Gazipur district. A portion of power plant cooling water (Shitalakhya River) is also being used as a source of surface water irrigation. Surface water used at Shibpur, Narsingdi sadar and Palash Upazilas of Narsingdi district. Aus and Aman is generally practiced under rain fed condition. Sometimes, supplementary irrigation is provided during September–October under water tress condition. Detailed irrigated area is presented in Table 5-25.

Crop Name

Fertilizer (Kg/ha) Pesticides

Ure

a

TSP

MP

Zn Cow dung/

Compost Ton/ha

No. of Appli.

Liq. (ml/ha)

Gran. (Kg/ha

) HYV Boro 180 80 60 10 25 2-3 700 8 HYV Aman 140 50 30 7 15 2-3 700 - Lt Aman 80 40 25 - 10 - - - Lt. Aus 120 40 20 3 15 - - 8 Jute 80 20 - - 15 1 Winter Vegetables

100 60 30 10 1-2 700 -

Summer vegetables

100 25 15 - 5 1 700 -

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

125

Table 5-25: Irrigation area by crop

Crop name

Irrigation (Surface water) Irrigation (Ground water)

Irrigated area %of area Charge Area (ha) %NCA Charge

HYV Boro 8,613 60 7,500 3,732 26 12,500

HYV Aman - - - 718* 5 4,000

Source: CEGIS estimation on field information; 2013* supplementary

5.7 Livestock and Poultry

Most of the households raise poultry and livestock, a practice that significantly reduce poverty through generating income and employment. About 70% of household are rearing cows/bullock, 2% of household are rearing Buffalo; 50% of household are rearing goat; about 9% households are rearing sheep, 60% of household are rearing duck and 80% of household are rearing chicken at the study area. In the project area, there are no households. The status of livestock and poultry in the study area is presented in Table 5-26.

Table 5-26: Number of livestock and poultry in the study area

Name of Livestock/poultry

Study Area Percentage of HH having

Livestock/Poultry Numbers of livestock

and poultry Cow/Bullock 70 55,180 Buffalo 2 519 Goat 50 35,156 Sheep 9 2,636 Duck 60 74,814 Chicken 80 2,16,310

Source: Field information

Photo 5-6: Cow is tied up in “Bathan” Photo 5-7: Ducks are moving around

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

126

5.7.1 Feed and fodder shortage

The owners of the livestock population are facing problems in shrinking and degrading pastures coupled with limitations of fodder during the months of December to April due to dried up grazing land and in Kharif-II season, almost all over land remain under crop cultivation. Shortage of grazing area throughout the year aggravates the feed problem to the animal population. Poultry population at family level survives by scavenging and generally no feed supplements are provided. However, at times kitchen waste becomes feed to the poultry.

5.7.2 Livestock/poultry health

Productions of livestock and poultry are mainly constrained due to diseases and death of the population. The economic impact of diseases and the cost of control measures are high and becoming higher. In the study area, every year livestock population is affected by different diseases like feet and mouth disease (FMD), Anthrax, Diarrhea, PPR, etc. The got/cyst in head is common disease of goat. Major poultry diseases are Ranikhet, Duck Plague, Paralysis, New Castle, Fowl pox, and Dysentery etc. The most vulnerable period is between July to October (rainy season) months for spreading diseases to livestock and poultry populations. The duck plague generally occurs in summer. However, some diseases are found round the year.During monsoon season, the soggy condition of the animal shelter promotes various kinds of diseases to the bullocks and cows. Moreover, the unhygienic condition of the courtyards during this season may increase the diseases to the poultry birds

5.8 Fisheries resources

The study area (within 10 km radius from stack of the plant) is entwined by the Shitalakshya River and a number of Khals having connectivity with beels and floodplains. The river, perennial in nature has crossed across the study area which once was abundant in fishes. The Shitalakshya River flows beside the proposed site and about 0.25 km west side from the construction of the proposed site. Alteration of river morphology, confinement effect on lateral migration of beel and river fish breeders, water pollution and above all over exploitation have been driving fishes to be declined. Currently, fish abundance of the study area along with the species diversity is moderate (Local fishermen). Connectivity is usually restored on the onset of monsoon and beels become inundated earlier followed by the vast floodplains. These seasonal and perennial waterbodies function as fresh water fish habitats. Types of open water fish habitats of the study area are therefore as follows (i) river, (ii) khal, (iii) beel and (iv) floodplain. A number of beels such as Chinadi beel, Buri beel, Nali beel, etc, perennial in nature as well as many seasonal beels serve as fish over wintering refuges, mother fishery, feeding and breeding grounds of the study area. Shitalakshya river carries pollutants that comes from different point and non-point sources. The capture fish habitats have moderate species dominance. For coping up and increasing resilient from the present degrading condition of the capture fishery, people are giving thrust to boost up fish aquaculture. It is a growing sector with different types of fish culture technology. People are gradually transforming homestead ponds with traditional culture practice into the commercial fish farms by adopting modern culture technology. The dominant culture practice is improved extensive culture in commercial fish pond. In most cases two cycles of fish culture occurs in commercial ponds as the pond water availability period suitable for fish culture is 40-45 weeks annually though one cycle of fish culture practice is seen in the homestead or traditional pond particularly during wet season.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

127

5.8.1 Fish habitat

The study area (within 10 km radius area) falls in five Upazilas, such as Palash, Narsingdi Sadar, Shibpur of Narsingdi and Kaliganj, Kapasia of Gazipur district. Fish habitats are mostly concentrated in Shibpur Upazila followed by Palash, Narsingdi Sadar, Kapasia and Kaliganj. Fish habitat concentrations by Upazila are presented in the following Figure 5-13. Map 5-12 showed the fish habitats of the study area.

Shibpur28%

Palash25%

Narsingdi Sadar20%

Kapasia18%

Kaliganj9%

Figure 5-13: Fish habitats distribution by administrative boundary

The estimated overall fish habitat area within the study boundary accounts for 4,412 ha. Out of that the estimated area of all types of capture fish habitats within the study area is about 3,767 ha, which is about 85% of the total habitat area and the rest is occupied by the culture fish habitats. Among the fish habitats, floodplain occupies the most, about 71% followed by cultured fish pond, river and khal, beel and culturable pond as shown in Figure 5-13 below. Of the capture habitats, floodplain occupies the most that is around 84% followed by river and khal 10% and beel 6%. The project boundary comprising area of about 5.0 ha does not contain any kind of fish habitats. Therefore, the land development activities for construction of the proposed plant will not have any effect on fisheries. Table 5-27 presents the distribution of fish habitats.

Table 5-27: Analysis of fish habitat area of the study area

Sl. No. Fishery Types Habitat Types

Study Area (Ha) Project Area (Ha)

1 Capture

River & khal 390 - 2 Beel 219 - 3 Floodplain 3,158 - Sub-Total= 3,767 - 4 Culture Fish pond 516 - 5 Culturable pond 129 - Sub-Total= 645 - Grand Total= 4,412 -

Source: CEGIS estimation using field data, NWRD, Imagery

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

128

River and khal9%

Beel5%

Floodplain71%

Fish pond12%

Culturable pond3%

Figure 5-14: Percentage of fish habitat area in the study area

Fresh water aquaculture practice is done in two ways, such as improved extensive culture in commercial fish pond and traditional culture in homestead or culturable ponds. As this area is prone to flooding inundation each year fish culture occurs in one cycle in most cases. The estimated area of all culture fish habitat types altogether is nearly 645 ha, which is nearly 15% of the total fish habitat area. No culture pond is situated in the direct/within the project area. Fish habitat map is shown in Map 5-12.

Photo 5-8: Riverine fish habitat Photo 5-9: Floodplain fish habitat

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

129

Map 5-12: Fish habitat map of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

130

5.8.2 Climatic factors and fisheries

Climatic parameters that have influence on culture practices in both capture and culture fisheries including temperature, rainfall, wind speed, evaporation and humidity. Climatic factors can directly affect the fish populations by altering their physical habitat and their physiology and life history by altering growth rate, development, reproductive capacity and mortality. These factors also have direct impact on the behavior of fish population by altering their migration, feeding and breeding pattern. Moreover, the climatic factors also affect the fish community indirectly by changing species diversity and composition, production by changing productivity as well as the physiology by altering thermal tolerances, metabolism/assimilation and food consumption. Under the Köppen climate classification, Dhaka has a tropical wet and dry climate with a distinct monsoonal season.

a. Commercial fish pond b. Culturable fish pond

Photo 5-10: Culture fish habitat

5.8.3 Fish production

The yearly production of the capture fishery resources in the study is derived from river and khal, beel and floodplain. The yearly production of culture fishery resources is derived mainly from the cultured pond and culturable pond. The estimated total fish production of the study area is about 2,337 MT, where culture fishery contributes the bulk which is about 72% and the rest is shared by the capture fishery. The yearly production of different fish habitats is presented in Table 5-28 for 2013.

Table 5-28: Fish production assessment

Source: CEGIS analysis using FRSS, 2010-11 published data and on-field calculation

Sl. No.

Fishery Types Habitat Types

Yield/production (MT)

Study Area % of

Production Project Area 1 Capture River & khal 29 1 - 2 Beel 71 3 - 3 Floodplain 553 24 -

Sub-Total= 653 28 - 4 Culture Fish pond 1,496 64 - 5 Culturable pond 187 8 -

Sub-Total= 1,683 72 - Grand Total= 2,337 100 -

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

131

5.8.4 Fisheries Diversity - Species composition and biodiversity

Local fishermen reported and also the data on catch revealed that the fish biodiversity had been declining over the years. Factors responsible for the downturn of the species diversity are: (i) narrowing down fish habitats; (ii) deteriorating water as well as habitat quality; (iii) increasing fishing pressure; (iv) obstruction in fish migration routes; (vi) aggradation of riverine habitats due to geomorphological processes; (viii) alteration of fish breeding grounds; (ix) transformation of beel habitat into paddy fields and (x) expansion of culture fishery. The capture habitats of the study area are dominated by small indigenous species (SIS) of fish. It is reported that the Shitalakshya River once was abundant with major carp as well as SIS fish which is now scarce. Indicative fish species of the study area is given as follows:

The riverine major fish species are: Rui (Labeo rohita), Katol (Catla catla), Kalibaus (Labeo calbasu), Juary/Joya (Aspidoparia jaya), Bhangon bata (Labeo bata), Tatkini (Cirrhinus reba), Pabda (Ompok spp.), Tit punti (P. ticto), Rani (Botia Dario), Tara baim (Macrognothus aculeatus), Boro baim (Mastacembelus armatus), Batasi (Pseudeutropius atherinodes), Golsha (Mystus cavasius), Narkali chela (Salmostoma bacaila), Kaski (Corica soborna), Shilong (Silonia silonia), Tengra (Mystus tengara), Boal (Wallago attu), Ayer (Sperata aor), Kajoli (Ailia punctata), Ghero (Clupisoma garua), Rita (Rita rita), Kaikya (Xenontedon cancila), Chanda (Chanda nama), Bele (Glossogobius giuris), Golda chingri (Macrobrachium rosenbergii), Gura chingri (Leander styliferus), etc.

The floodplain and beel fish species include: Meni (Nandus nandus), Shol (Channa striatus), Taki (C. punctatus), Punti (Puntius spp.), Shingi (Heteropneustes fossilis), Magur (Clarias batrachus), Bujuri tengra (Mystus vitatus), Foli (Notopterus notopterus), Guchi baim (Mastacembelus pancalus), Kolisha/chopra (Colisa fasciatus), Boicha (C. lalia), Boal (Wallago attu), Koi (Anabas testudineus), Rui (L. rohita), Katol (Catla catla), Gura chingri (Leander styliferus), etc.

Culture fish species include: Rui (Labeo rohita), Katol (Catla catla), Kalibaus (Labeo calbasu), Mrigel (Cirrhina mrigala), Silver carp (Hypophthalmichthyes molitrix), Grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idela), Mirror carp (C. carpio.), Common carp (Cyprinus carpio), Thai pangus (Pangasius sutchi), Tilapia (Tilapia mossambicus), Nilotica (Tilapia nilotica), Sharpunti (Puntius sarana), etc.

Rarely available fish species of the study area include: Rani, Tara baim, Baghayer, Shilong, Potka, Kanpona, Cheka, Chebli, Kajoli, Napitkoi, Nephtani, Chital, etc.

a. Mixed catch of study area b. Prawn

Photo 5-11: Fish species composition of catches

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

132

5.8.5 Fishing tools

Fishing tools of the study area involve netting, angling, trapping, hand picking and light spearing. The mostly used nets are: Ber jal, Current jal, Jhaki jal, Thela jal, etc. Angling is done by hooks of different sizes depending on target species and also by long line. Fish trapping is done by doghair, small chai etc. Light spearing is done during night.

5.8.6 Fish migration

The Shitalakshya River functions as longitudinal fish migration for a number of fish species of which dominants are Rui, Katol, Mrigel, Kalibaus, Golda chingri, Baghayeer, Boal etc. A number of Khals, such as Haridhon Khal, Nagda Khal, Naljuri Khal etc. connects the floodplains and beels to the rivers act as major arteries of lateral fish migration of river and beel breeders into the study area. The fish species migrates laterally include Boal, Tengra, Punti, Koi, Rui, Chingri etc.

Many fish species migrate horizontally to these water bodies as part of their life cycle. Fish migration is usually restored during pre-monsoon to some extent and largely during peak monsoon. Overall fish migration status is moderate in the study area.

5.8.7 Fish habitat degradation

River water quality has been degrading due to discharge of untreated or improperly treated effluents of power plant, cement factory, fertilizer factory, paper and pulp industry, dying factory, etc. These industries discharge effluents and sewages into the neighboring rivers, dust and cement from the cement factory contaminate river water. River habitat quality of the study area is therefore already degraded due to the contamination of the untreated power plant effluent bearing chemicals, oil and grease to the Shitalakshya River. Cumulative effects of all contaminants along with the effluents (if not treated) of the proposed plant will cause fatality to fish species along with other aquatic eco-elements. Local people as well as fishermen reported that suffocating fishes are seen occasionally particularly during dry season when water remains very low and suspected that untreated effluents are responsible for such ultimate death toll to fish. It is reported from the local people that when the power plant effluent carries chemicals, oil, grease, ash, etc in larger amount particularly during dry season fish suffers from suffocation and dies at one stage. Mostly affected fish include carps, Bata, Ayeer etc.

5.8.8 Fishermen status and effort

There are several fishermen villages around the study area, such as (i) Alinagar; (ii) Betua; (iii) Raban; (iv) Nasra etc. situated along the Shitalakshya River. Increasing pressures on different important open water fish habitats Viz. river and beel during dry season and floodplain during wet season by the amateur fishermen those come from the Muslim caste, has been keeping severely stressed condition to the fishing community. Pollutants come from various point and non point sources are responsible for the decline of fish. The professional fishermen are mostly come from the Hindu caste. They use various types of gears viz. seine net, cast net, lift net, push net, pull net, gill net etc. for catching fish.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

133

5.9 Ecological resources

The study area (10 Km buffer area from proposed power plant) occupied various types of ecosystems such as rural settlements, roadside vegetation, croplands, woodland vegetation and wetlands.

5.9.1 The Bio-ecological Zone

IUCN, The World conservation Union, Bangladesh has divided the whole country into 25 Bio-ecological Zones in context of biological diversity. The project area has fallen under two Bio-ecological Zones, i.e. Brahmaputra-Jamuna Floodplain and Madhupur Sal Tract. The project area (both directly and indirectly impacted area) occupies terrestrial as well as aquatic ecosystems. Map 5-13 shows bio-ecological zones of the study area. These zones describe holistic ecological features of the country. Details of the Bio-ecological zone within the study area are described below. (Source: Bio-ecological zones of Bangladesh, 2002, IUCN).

Brahmaputra-Jamuna Floodplain

The mighty Brahmaputra River which is interchangeably known also as the Jamuna since the latter’s channel is comparatively new and its course can be clearly distinguishable from the older Brahmaputra. The Brahmaputra floodplain (situated in greater Mymensingh and Dhaka districts) comprises the active channel of the Brahmaputra River and the adjoining areas of the ‘young’ floodplain lands formed, since about 1780, when the river shifted to its present course (Brammer, 1996). Within the study area, this bio-ecological zone covers an area of 24,267 hectares.

The Brahmaputra-Jamuna floodplain possesses a unique variety of plants, medicinal herbs, fruit-bearing trees, hundreds of jungle shrubs, creepers and climbers, flowering trees, etc., many of yield valuable products. Some of the floral species, which are valued as timber producers are: the Banyan (Ficus bengalensis), Tamarind (Tamarindus indica), Sada koroi (Albizia procera), Simul (Bombax ceiba) and Aswath (Ficus religiosa). The prominent fruit-bearing trees of this zone are: the Mango (Mangifera indica), Jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus) and Litchi (Litchi chinensis). Bushes of reeds and canes are also found here. This zone is similarly enriched with orchids. The Rasna (Vanda roxburghii) is commonly found in this zone (Khan, 1991).

Like the floral diversity, this zone equally enjoys richness of faunal diversity. According to Hunters (1875), leopards were frequently sighted in this zone. A few species of deer, such as Samber (Cervus unicolor), Hog deer (Axis porcinus), Swamp deer (Cervus duvauceli), and Barking deer (Muntiacus muntjak) were also once found in abundance everywhere in forests of this zone. Among the bird species, small game birds such as Common peafowl (Pavo cristatus), Red jungle fowl (Gallus gallus), partridges, and several varieties of pheasants were commonly found. The Bengal florican (Houbaropsis bengalensis) and snipes are plentiful in the sandbanks and chars of the zone. On the other hand, the most common poisonous snake in this zone is the Banded krait (Bungarus fasciatus), which could easily be identified by its broad black and yellow bands.

Madhupur Sal Tract

It extends across the districts of Gazipur, Tangail and Mymensingh. They are transitional in the southwest and in parts of the southeast, where floodplain sediments have buried the dissected edges of the Madhupur tract, leaving small hillocks of red soil as ‘islets’ surrounded by floodplain soils. Undulating red soil Sal forest is the main ecological features

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

134

of this zone (Latif, 1983). Within the study area, this bio-ecological zone covers an area of 7,149 hectares.

This zone is enriched with high floral diversity. Unfortunately, over 70 percent of the sal area is either already degraded or encroached. Nonetheless, the important timber species include: the Sal (Shorea robusta), Banyan (Ficus bengalensis), Tamarind (Tamarindus indica), Sada koroi (Albizia procera), Simul (Bombax ceiba), and Aswath (Ficus religiosa) (GoB-IUCN, 1992). The prominent fruit-bearing tree species of this zone are: the Mango (Mangifera indica), Jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Litchi (Litchi chinensis), Guava (Psidium guajava), Lemon (Citrus medica), Grapefruit (Citrus decumana), Pineapple (Ananas sativus), Sharifa (Anona squamosa), Wood Apple (Aegle marmelos) and various kinds of palms which still grow in abundance in the wild (Latif, 1983).

Records show that the Bengal tiger (Panthera tigris) and One-horned rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) have become extinct from this zone, once healthy populations was in the past. The Samber (Cervus unicolor), Swamp deer (C. duvauceli), Hog deer (Axis porcinus), Barking deer (Muntiacus muntjak), Rhesus Macaque (Macaca mulatta) and Wild boar (Sus scrofa) were also found in abundance. Among the smaller animals, mongoose, civet cats, hares as well as foxes and jackals can be seen in the open areas as well as in bushes (Rizvi, 1975a). The Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis) and other common lizards inhabit in scattered patches of jungle through this zone. Among snakes, Madhupur Sal Tract is a suitable habitat for cobra. In terms of diversity, bird species of this zone is still relatively rich. However, the Common peafowl (Pavo cristatus) used live in a permanent colony in the Madhupur jungle, now become extinct. Quails occur in small numbers in many scattered parts of this zone; the Blue-breasted quail (Coturnix chinensis) and Common quail (Coturnix coturnix) are sometimes seen in parches of grass jungle and recently cut paddy-fields (Khan, 1973).

5.9.2 Ecosystems

The study area possesses terrestrial as well as aquatic ecosystems.

5.9.3 Terrestrial Ecosystem

Major categories within the terrestrial ecosystems are:

i) Homesteads/settlement vegetation

ii) Crop field vegetation

iii) Roadside vegetation and

iv) Woodland vegetation.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

135

Map 5-13: Bio-ecological zones of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

136

Terrestrial Habitats with Flora

Homesteads/settlement vegetation

Homestead vegetation is the major type of ecosystem in terms of biological productivity and wildlife dwelling. Inside the study area common cultivated plants are Tal (Borassus flabelifer), Jarul (Lagerstomia speciosa), Rain tree (Albizia lebbeck), Akashmoni (Acacia moniliformis), Eukalyptus (Eukalyptus citriodora), Bamboo (Bamboosa sp.), Aam (Mangifera indica) etc. The area is prominent for bamboo (Four types of species) productions, which is commonly found in each homestead and contributes a big source of earning also. The most common plants that are now being selected for homestead plants are the exotic and these are Mahogany (Swietenia mahagoni) Akashmoni (Acacia moniliformis) and Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus citriodora). Settlement vegetation also plays an important role in providing shelter for various types of wild animals. Besides meeting food, fodder, medicine, fuel and other household requirements, homestead vegetation is the major source of timber, fruit and renewable biomass energy.

According to the vegetation survey, several tree species are present and their composition is similar all over the study area. Aam (Mangifera indica), Rain tree (Albizia lebbeck), Tal (Borassus flabelifer), Jarul (Lagerstomia speciosa), Akasmoni (Acacia moniliformis) occupied the top canopy. Vertical cross section profile follows a similar trend with a few trees leading in the upper canopy. Other trees, shrubs and herbs occupy lower canopies. The terrestrial ecosystem habitat and vegetation is important place for common birds, mammals and reptiles. Table 5-29 represented the homestead tree species of the area.

Table 5-29: Major homestead tree species and their canopy coverage

Tree species name Family name Usage % of

canopy Aam (Mangifera indica) Anacardiaceae Fruit and Timber 10 Tal (Borassus flabelifer) Palmae Fruit , Fuel wood and Timber 20 Rain tree (Albizia lebbeck) Leguminosae Timber and fuel wood 8 Bamboo (Bamboosa sp.) Poaceae Thatching 10 Kathal (Artocarpus heterophyllus) Moraceae Food, Timber and Fuel wood 15

Narikel (Cocos nucifera) Palmae Fruit and Fuel wood 2 Bel (Aegle marmelos) Rutaceae Food and Medicine 2 Gab (Diospyros perigrina) Ebenaceae Fruit and Timber 2 Jarul (Lagerstomia speciosa) Lythraceae Ornamental and Timber 5

Akasmoni (Acacia moniliformis) Mimosaceae Timber and Fuel wood 4

Mahagoni (Swietenia mahagoni) Meliaceae Timber and fuel wood 6

Tatul (Tamarindus indica) Leguminosae Fruit 3 Neem (Azadirachta indica) Meliaceae Timber and medicine 2

Source: CEGIS Field survey, 2013

The direct impacted area (proposed power plant) possesses mainly fallow and woodland vegetation.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

137

No Ecologically Critical Area (ECA) or designated protected area is located within or surroundings the study area.

Photo 5-12: Different types of terrestrial ecosystem habitat and vegetation

Crop field vegetation

Crop field vegetation extends over 14,000 hectares or 46% of the study area. Different crops (Rice, Jute, Pine apple etc.) and cropping patterns are discussed in the agricultural section of this report. Except the cultivated varieties, there have numerous wild herbs and shrubs are growing naturally inside the cropfield. This type of plants called weeds. The major weed species growing with the crops in this area are: Echinochloa colonum, Paspalum distichum, Heliotropium indicum, Drypopteris sp, Nicotiana plumbaginifolia, Croton bonplandianum, Chynodon dactylon,Panicum repens, Cheratopteris sp, Heliotropium indicum, Amaranthus spinosus, Centipeda orbicularis, Cyperus sp etc. Thought crop field vegetation posses leased diversity of plants but this type of vegetation provides feeding habitats for various types of wildlife.

Road side vegetation

Major species found along the road (Railway and Village roads) are: Rain tree (Albizia lebbeck), Mahogany (Swietenia mahagoni), Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus citriodora), Sil koroi (Albizia procera), Bamboo (Bamboosa sp.), Akashmoni (Acacia moniliformis), Sisso (Dalbergia sissoo) etc. Strip plantation with exotic plants or some local plants followed at

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

138

both side of the rail line planted by Bangladesh Railway. This type of vegetation is providing for good shelter and habitats of local wild life especially to the resident avifauna.

Woodland vegetation

Woodland vegetation is another type of terrestrial vegetation found along homesteads, road sides, Industrial area and proposed power plant land of the study area. This vegetation includes usually, timberous trees which have economic values. Mahogony (Swietenia mahagoni) and Rain tree (Albizia lebbeck) are the major species of this type. Timber from these trees is utilized as furniture woods and house making materials. This type of vegetation is also providing shelter and food for local common birds, mammals and reptiles. Inside the proposed power plant area, BPDB have planted these types of plants from last 15-16 years for their suitable condition ensure of environmental sustainablities. On the other hand, local people are planted these types of plants for their commercial value.

Wood land vegetation in study area Wood land vegetation in proposed site

Photo 5-13: Wood land vegetation in the area

Terrestrial Habitats with Fauna

Population of terrestrial fauna of the study area depends on the existing habitat condition. Among the reptiles, House gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus), Keeled Grass Skink (Mabuya carinata), Monocled Cobra (Naja kouthia) are known to occur in the area. The common lizards found within the study area include House gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus), Keeled Grass Skink (Mabuya carinata) and Common Garden Lizard (Calotes versicolor).

Amphibian species favor wetland and the marginal dried areas. Some species are, Common Toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus), Cricket frog (Fejervarya Sp), Ornate Microhylid frog (Microhyla ornata), Indian Bull frog, Skipper frog prefer the cool, damp habitat of the bamboo grooves.

Populations of mammals are low and all the bigger mammals have already disappeared with the disappearance of the forest patches. Small mammals such as Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsii), Small Indian Mongoose (Herpestes auropunctatus), Asian Palm Civet (Paradoxurus hermaphroditus),Oriental Civet (Viverra zibetha), Common House rat (Rattus rattus),Little indian field mouse (Mus booduga),Indian long tailed tree mouse (Vandeleuria oleracea) Irrawaddy Squirrel (Callosciurus pygerythrus), Greater Short-nosed Fruit Bat

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

139

(Cynopterus sphinx), Indian Pipistrelle (Pipistrellus coromandra), Golden Jackel (Canis aureus) are the common of all.

This area was covered by sal forest once upon a time. Tracts of this region still support some deciduous plants like Sal (Shorea robusta) which remember the past forest trace. Several species listed in the IUCN Red Data Book occur within the study area especially at western part of Shitalakshya River. These species are listed in following Table 5-30. A list of biodiversity is enclosed in Appendix VII. Table 5-30: Endangered and threatened wild life species dwell inside the study area

Scientific name

Common name Local name Local

status IUCN status Cause of threat

Cuon alpinus Asiatic wild Dog

Ram Kutta Very rare Critically Endangered

Habitat loss

Lutra lutra Eurasian otter Dhari/Udbiral Very rare Critically Endangered

Habitat loss

Viverra zibetha

Large Indian Civet

Bagdash Occasionally Endangered Hunt and habitat loss

Canis aureus Golden jackal Pati shail Rare Vulnerable Hunt and habitat loss

Varanus bengalensis

Bengal monitor Gui shap Common Vulnerable Hunt

Varanus flavescens

Yellow monitor Shona gui Rare Endangered Hunt and habitat loss

Viverrricula indica

Small Indian civet

Khatash Rare Vulnerable Habitat loss

Bungarus caeruleus

Common krait Kal keotey Occasionally Endangered Hunt and habitat loss

Source: CEGIS Field survey, 2013 and RED DATA BOOK of IUCN

5.9.4 Aquatic ecosystem

The study area consists of two types of wetland: a) seasonal wetland and b) perennial wetland. The major portion of study area is seasonally inundated in monsoon is mainly used as rice monoculture and. Wetland between two tracts/terraces is locally called “Baid”. Generally, a big portion of this land is used as aquaculture. Water quality of the existing river and its connectivity are deteriorating in dry season due to effluent discharge from various industries.

Aquatic Habitat and Life

a) Aquatic Flora

Inundated area are consists numerous hydrophytes like Shapla (Nymphaea nouchaali), Helencha (Enhydra fluctuans), Padma (Nelumbo nucifera) etc. Shapla and Padma are the main aquatic plants of the study area which luxuriously grown in seasonal wetland area in rainy season. Common wetlands bird species available in the study area are Indian Pond Heron, Little Egret, Common Kingfisher, Little Cormorant etc.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

140

Aquatic ecosystems of the study area consists various types of perennial wetlands like homesteads ponds and ditches. Homesteads ponds are usually used for domestic purposes and fish culture. Seasonal ditches are depressed land observed between settlement and agricultural field. Dominant aquatic plants are Kochuripana (Eicchornia crassipes), Helencha (Enhydra fluctuans), Keshordam (Ludwigia repens), Baranokha, Topapana (Pistia strateotes), Tetulpana (Salvinia natans), kutipana (Azolla pinnata) etc in the study area. In the project area, seasonal aquatic habitats are rich not only in numerous aquatic flora but also many aquatic wildlife species including birds and reptiles.

The life cycle of the aquatic or wetland related fauna is dependent on the natural fluctuations of water and isolation and connection with river (Sitalakhya River) and other nearby wetlands. In the dry period most of the wetlands like homestead ponds in these areas remain completely or partially dry.

Shapla (Nymphaea sp.) Padda (Nelumbo nucefera)

Photo 5-14: Major aquatic habitat inside the study area

b) Aquatic Fauna

The hydrological cycle and the presence of perennial and seasonal wetland provide a diversified habitat for all biota. Skipper frog (Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis), Cricket Frog (Fejervarya sp),Bull frog (Hoplobactrachus sp) etc are common and found in most wetland habitat and has been the most successful in adaptation. Among the snakes, Common Smooth Water Snake (Enhydris enhydris), Dhora shap (Amphiesma stolata) are commonly followed. Aquatic and water-dependent birds are severely affected by the alteration of the natural habitat. Common wetlands bird species available in the study area are Indian Pond Heron, Little Egret, Common Kingfisher, Little Cormorant etc. Gangetic River Dolphin (Platanista gangetica), is the only aquatic mammals, are now common in Sitalakhya river. Local people informed that change of river water quality in dry season due to excessive discharging of hot water from power plant and hamper to their smooth migration in this time.

5.9.5 Overview of the direct impact area (plant site)

The direct impacted area (site for proposed power plant) possesses mainly fallow and woodland vegetation. The land occupied two types of vegetation: one portion of the site is occupied by various types of small trees, wild herbs and shrubs and the other portion is dominated by Tall Mehogony trees along with climbers and numerous grasses. Most of tall trees have been planted by BPDB since 1997. Common grass species found this area Cynodon sp, Cyperus rotundus, Croton bonplandianum, Solanum torvum, Mimosa pudica, Dryoptries sp.,Poligonum oriental, Lantana sp, Ipomea acuatica, Tridex procumbens,

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

141

Commelina bengalensis, Ageratum conyzoides, Scroparia dulcis, Elusine indica, Dactyloctenium aegyptium,Mimosa pudica, Cassia tora, etc. Numerous birds nests are followed inside the existing vegetation (especially on Mehogoni tree). Local birds tend to dwell here for having minimum disturbance as well as assurance of feeding particles. In the proposed power plant area, is comparatively rich in terrestrial fauna especially local bird species like Drungos, dove, crow, sparrows, owl, Terrapie, robins, Myna etc. Small mammals such as Jackal, Rat, Mongoose, Squirrel, Fruit Bat, Pipistrelle, Shrew etc are the common. All types of species have good shelters and habitats in proposed area. On the other hand, wood land vegetation like Mahogoni (Swietenia mahagoni) and Sirish (Albizia lebbeck) is located in the proposed plant area. The following Table 5-31 represents the number of trees and their tentative values which exist at the Right of the Way of the power plant.

Table 5-31: Tree species within the project area

Type of vegetation Location Dominan

t species

Number of Tree

Avg. Height (feet)

Avg. Wide (Inch)

Total CFT

Current Value (Tk.)

Woodland vegetation

Ghorasal power plant Upzila: Palash Narsingdi

Mahogoni 71 20 25 5.42*71 = 385

385*900 = 346,500

Sirish 04 18 22 3.78*4 = 15

15*700 = 10,500

Total 75 38 37 400 3,57,000

Source: CEGIS Field survey, 2013

Photo 5-15: Vegetation of proposed plant site

5.10 Socio-Economic Condition

5.10.1 Introduction

The baseline study was designed to select detailed all out contemporary information about the socio-economic condition of the study area. The study area (10 km radius area) spreads over mainly in five Upazilas under two districts. These are: Kapasia and Kaliganj of Gazipur;

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

142

Shibpur, Palash and Narsingdi Sadar of Narsingdi District. Administratively, it is located at Palash Mauza of Ghorashal Municipality under Palash Upazila of Narsingdi District. The study area comprises 19 Unions and one Municipality. The percentages of the unions within the project area are presented in the following Table 5-32. Thus, the socio-economic baseline situation of the study area is described in following ways:

Table 5-32: Administrative units in study area

District Upazila Union Percentage of Union within Study area

Gazipur

Kapasia Durgapur 43 Chandpur 10

Kaliganj

Jangalia 16 Moktarpur 100 Jamalpur 100 Kaliganj 86

Bahadursadi 100 Baktarpur 55

Narsingdi

Shibpur

Dulalpur 59 Masimpur 49

Sadhar Char 100

Palash

Char Sindur 100 Gazaria 100

Ghorashal Municipality 100 Jinardi 100 Danga 57

Narsingdi Sadar

Chinishpur 56 Silmandi 36

Panchdona 91 Amdia 26

Source: Spatial analysis using GIS

5.10.2 Demographic profile and ethnic composition

There are 154,909 households in the study area consisting of 716,507 people based on union coverage within 10 km buffer area. The average size of household is 4.68. The average population density and sex ratio of this study area is 2083 and 99:100 respectively. Most of the inhabitants near the power plants are industrial laborer, agriculture practitioners and the labors of crop farms of this area. Population distribution of the study area is presented in the Table 5-33.

Table 5-33: Population distribution of the study area by union and Mauza

District Upazila Union Area

(Acre) House holds

Population Population density [sq. km]

Sex Ratio Total Male

Female

Gazipur Kapasia Durgapur 8928 7714 34550 16579 17971 956 92 Chandpur 8812 6037 26102 12630 13472 732 94

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

143

District Upazila Union Area

(Acre) House holds

Population Population density [sq. km]

Sex Ratio Total Male

Female

Kaliganj

Jangalia 9186 6113 29185 14251 14934 785 95 Moktarpur 9186 6113 29185 14251 14934 785 95 Jamalpur 4907 7323 32804 16400 16404 1652 100 Kaliganj

paurashava 9718 9718 45430 24334 21096 1236 115

Bahadursadi 3238 4825 22399 11311 11088 1709 102

Baktarpur 7073 6659 31814 15511 16303 1111 95

Narsingdi

Shibpur

Dulalpur 6320 7278 33220 15950 17270 1299 92 Masimpur 4383 5993 28143 13517 14626 1587 92

Sadhar Char 4323 4449 22779 11146 11633 1302 96

Palash

Char Sindur 3400 5959 26171 12817 13354 1902 96 Gazaria 3284 5693 26159 12829 13330 1968 96

Ghorashal - 18868 85949 44624 41325 2251 108 Jinardi 6283 6755 30250 14803 15447 1190 96 Danga 4096 9505 44083 22445 21638 2659 104

Narsingdi Sadar

Chinishpur 1085 10161 46859 23725 23134 10672 103 Silmandi 3580 10357 47821 24812 23009 3301 108

Panchdona 3124 6752 31486 15943 15543 2491 103 Amdia 5008 8637 42118 21255 20863 2078 102

Total 105934 154909 716507 359133 357374 2083 99.2

Note: Above mentioned data depicts total area, households & population distribution around the 10 km boundary from the plant location

Source: Population & Housing Census 2011, BBS

5.10.3 Settlements and housing

The households and population of the villages (Palash, Senarbari, Khanpur, Gantali part and Jamalpur) adjacent to the proposed power plant site are 5,200 and 22,664 respectively. Besides, most of the lands in these Mauzas are occupied by industrial as well agricultural land. Specially, the people of Palash Mauza are occupied by fully different kinds of industrial laborer such as cement, oil factory etc. The average size of household is 4.35. Here, the population distributions of direct impacted adjacent area of project are presented in Table 5-33. Settlement pattern is shown in Map 5-14 and distances of growth center and rural bazaars are shown in Map 5-15. It is observed that the study area is densely populated and the settlement pattern is clustered. Around 900 settlers who are the employees of the plant have been residing inside the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex. Settlements are dense around the complex while little scattered on the opposite side of the Shitalakshya River. This area is also recognized as a prominent industrial zone based on the navigation facilities through the Shitalakshya River.

According to BBS, 2011 information (Figure 5-15), most of the housing patterns of the area are kucha (73%) due to their lower rate of income. The percentage of semi-pucka household is 19%. This status of housing pattern is not adaptive for natural disasters.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

144

Source: Population & Housing Census 2011, BBS

Figure 5-15: Housing status of the study area

Photo 5-16: Housing status in the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

145

Map 5-14: Settlement pattern of the study area

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

146

Map 5-15: Distances of growth center and rural bazaar from the site

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

147

5.10.4 Employment opportunity

In the study area about 40.38% of total population is employed, 40.38% are engaged in household work (mostly women), about 18.98% of total population is not working (it includes children and physically challenged population) and almost 0.26% are looking for work (Figure 5-16). It is reported by the local people that employment status is quite satisfactory.

Source: Population Census, BBS, 2011

Figure 5-16: Employment status in percentage

5.10.5 Occupational pattern

According to the BBS census report (2011), the largest portions of population of the study area are farmer both as daily labor and owner-operators. One person may be engaged in two or more different occupations i.e., he may have agriculture land, service and so forth. Some occupations are seasonal, so a person can take up different activities at different times of the year. About 31% of male people are also engaged in industrial work, particularly doing job in adjacent different factories.

Women direct involvements in agricultural production are not frequent in the project area but perform different kinds of factorial work recently. Besides, about 8% of female population is engaged in different services. The development activities such as construction new power station and increasing economic demands have resulted in excessive pressure on land. The occupational pattern at study area is to be presented in the Figure 5-17.

Figure 5-17: Population (aged 7 years and above) by field of activity and sex

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

148

5.10.6 Land ownership

In the study area, most of the people have small, medium marginal size land and they are possessed up to 49-449 decimal of land. In the project site, Gabtali part and Palash Mauzas, Most of the lands are owned by industrial owners engaged in different kinds of production. Some of them have owned more than 750 decimal of land in rare of the cases. The act of consolidating power under a central control of land ownership in a few people’s hand is twisted and creating the land scarcity more disturbing for the poor people. The scenario of land ownership based on different land size is presented in the Figure 5-18.

Source: RRA, CEGIS 2013

Figure 5-18: Distribution of land ownership in the study area

5.10.7 Education

The education scenarios of the area are moderately better than any other part of this district. Like other parts of Bangladesh, there are significant numbers of school located in the study area but after completing the primary/secondary education a and number of students drop out from the school, and they do not get admission in the secondary/higher level, as high schools are situated apart from their residences either in union or Upazila level. Students show reluctance in going to the union or Upazila level school for the poor communication network. At present, there is only one high school within the project boundary of Ghorashal power plant. Despite those problems the average literacy rate of Gabtali part, Palash and Senarbari are moderate in comparison to the country average. But the literacy rate at Jamalpuri is low in response to other adjacent Mauzas. Table 5-34 presented the village wise literacy rate.

Table 5-34: Percentage of population (above 7years of old by literacy and sex

Mauzas Female Male Both Palash 54.2 57.8 56 Senarbari 56 58.1 57 Khanpur 54.1 54.7 54.4 Gabtali part 60.3 66.1 63.2 Jamalpur 45 46.3 45.6

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

149

Photo 5-17: Education institutions in the study area

5.10.8 Land price of the study area

The sale values of the land in the study area are varied by land categories has been differing based land classes in study area. The sale value of per decimal commercial land is quite high. But the sale value of agricultural land is quite reasonable. Table 5-35 shows the land prices of the study area based land different land classes.

Table 5-35: Land price of the study area

Land classes Average land price per decimal (Tk) Homesteads 250,000/- -350,000/- Agricultural land 150,000/- -2,50,000/- High land 150,000/- -3,00000/- Commercial Land 3,50,000/- 4,350,000/-

Sources: RRA by CEGIS 2012; Note: 1 00 decimal = 1acre

5.10.9 Availability of labor and wage rate

The data collected from the project sites shows that the laborer availability is low but the employment opportunity is also in moderate condition. Laborers are mainly engaged in agricultural production, fishing day laborers etc. A male labor can earn minimum around 250 taka and maximum around 350 taka for farming purpose. A female labor can earn minimum around 200 taka and maximum around 250 taka for farming purpose. For non farming activities, the wage rate is 280 to 350 taka also. The female participation in both agriculture and non-agriculture are not frequent in comparison to male labor. Hence, most of them are engaged in household level works and women direct involvements in agricultural production are not frequent in the project area but perform valuable works of daily activities in household level such as cow rearing, household level agricultural works etc. The availability of labor wage and wage rate is presented in the Table 5-36.

Table 5-36: Availability of labor and wage rate

Wage

Male labor Female labor Availability Wage (taka) Availability Wage (taka)

Ave. max. Ave. mini. Ave. max.

Ave. mini.

For farming activities

Low 350 250 Low 250 200

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

150

Wage

Male labor Female labor Availability Wage (taka) Availability Wage (taka)

Ave. max. Ave. mini. Ave. max.

Ave. mini.

For non-farming activities

Low 350 280 Low 300 250

Source: RRA by CEGIS, August, 2013

5.10.10 Population migration

Migration is found in the studied area. Permanent migration is negligible in both type of migration (In/Out migration). However, seasonal labor migration is commonly found. People from the project area tend to migrate to the neighboring areas as well as foreign country for better livelihood (40%) while (20%) of labor migrate to the project area with a view to subsisting (Table 5-37).

Table 5-37: Migration status in the study area

Type of Migration

Out Labor Migration In Labor Migration

Place of destination

% of total population

Place of origin

% of total population

Seasonal labor migration

Dhaka, Chittagong, Narayanganj, Middle East, UK

40 Kishoreganj, Mymenshingh.

20

Permanent household migration

Chittagong, Dhaka, Sylhet

2 - -

In terms of in migration most of the migrants are male in sex, aged between 15 to 47 years and they are from socially excluded and economically impoverished segment of the society. On the other hand, out migrants from the project area is both male and female in sex and from both.

5.10.11 Household income and expenditure

Household income and expenditure is important indicator to assess the socio-economic condition of people. In the study area it is found the most the income and expenditure are varying from 5000 tk. to 20000 tk. /month (Table 5-38).

Table 5-38: Distribution of Income and Expenditure by Ranges

Range (Tk./month)

Percentage of Households

Income Expenditure

< 1,000 - -

1,000 - 2,000 - -

2,000 – 5,000 15 8

5,000 - 9,000 50 60

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

151

Range Percentage of Households

9,000 - 20,000 30 28

> 20,000 5 4

Source: RRA by CEGIS, August, 2013

5.10.12 Self-assessed poverty status

Self-assessed poverty profile has been prepared by the participants of the RRA. The assessment is based on the year-round income along with the food consumption of the inhabitants within three different categories. Due to lack of job opportunity and increasing poverty rate in the study are most of the people are still belonging to low income rate in the study area. Hence, in the present time they are belonging moderate level to define self assessed poverty status. Only few numbers of people can keep their income at a surplus level. According to local stakeholders most of the people of the study area are living at balance level. They cannot earn more due to lack of work and day by day it is a great problem for this locality. The self-assessed poverty statuses of the study are shows in the Figure 5-19.

Figure 0-1: Distribution of land ownership in the study area

5.11 Quality of Life Indicator

5.11.1 Electricity

According the BBS reported there are at average 94% households having the electricity facilities in this project area and present electricity condition adjacent areas of power plant are satisfactory. During RRA people are opined that already 98% household having electricity facilities near power plant areas. But, in Jamalpur only 48% household having electricity connection in comparison other Mauzas. For industrial development and other development works, people of power plant adjacent area want electricity connection. Hence, Table 5-39 represents the statuses of electricity connection at study area.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

152

Table 5-39: Distributions of general households by electricity facility

Name of Mauzas Percentage of HHs with Electricity Connection Palash 90 Senarbari 97 Khanpur 86 Gabtali part 98 Jamalpur 49

Total/Average 94

Source: Population & Housing Census 2011, BBS

5.11.2 Sources of drinking water

People of this area have facing iron problem to collect drinking water and the BBS report, 2011 shows the results only 92% of households used DTWs water for drinking purposes. It is mentionable, 17% of households are used to other sources of water i.e. well, pond etc. for drinking purpose in Jamalpur Mauza. Table 5-40 represents the drinking water scenario of the project area.

Table 5-40: Distribution of general households by drinking water facility

Name of Mauzas Sources of Drinking Water (%) Tap Tube-well Other

Palash 1 95 4 Senarbari 0 94 6 Khanpur 1 87 12 Gabtali part 5 94 1 Jamalpur 0 83 17

Total/Average 4 92 4

Source: Population & Housing Census 2011, BBS

5.11.3 Sanitation

The sanitation facilities in the study households of the study area are presented in Table 0.00. BBS, 2011 report based information is presented in the table and its shows only 51% households in the study area having sanitary latrines (non water sealed). A significant number of households have used the non-sanitary and none type of sanitation facilities in the study area. It is clear that the information from BBS, 2011 is reflecting the actual sanitation condition. But, now, the people are becoming much aware of sanitation. But they cannot develop their sanitation facility due to the lack of money. The support from GOB and NGOs are not sufficient. The sanitation facilities at study area are to be presented in the Table 5-41.

Table 5-41: Distributions of general households by toilet facility

Name of Mauzas

No. of HHs

Type of Structure Sanitary (water-

sealed) (%)

Sanitary (not water-sealed)

(%)

Non-sanitary (%)

None (%)

Palash 3176 36 33 21 10 Senarbari 288 1 64 31 4

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

153

Name of Mauzas

No. of HHs

Type of Structure Sanitary (water-

sealed) (%)

Sanitary (not water-sealed)

(%)

Non-sanitary (%)

None (%)

Khanpur 509 11 68 21 0 Gabtali part 611 17 65 18 0 Jamalpur 616 1 22 51 26 Total/Average 5200 13 51 28 8

5.11.4 Solid waste

Solid wastes in the project area are dominated by the municipal and industrial solid wastes. Municipal wastes are generally managed by the existing municipality waste collection and dumping system in the ear marked landfill area. These wastes are less carcinogenic while industrial solid waste which comprises hazardous waste also may be managed under the industry’s own waste management system.

5.12 Diseases and health services

Health is the most fundamental need in a human’s life cycle. In the study area, only a few powerful people enjoy the access to the recognized health facilities at Upazila level. Because of the weak communication system and shortage of health institutions in the study area poor people are deprived from basic health treatment during emergency. There are two number of Upazila health complex, five number are union health complex and above seven numbers Private health Clinic/Hospital. The incidence of common diseases in the study area is presented in Table 5-42.

Table 5-42: Common diseases in the scheme/scheme area

Sl. No. Disease Ranking by incidence 1 Influenza/ Common fever 1 2 Cough/cold 2 3 Diarrhea 3 4 Dysentery 4 5 Skin disease 7 6 Diabetes 6 7 Gastric 5

Source: RRA by CEGIS, August, 2013

5.12.1 Social Safety Nets and Poverty Reduction Measures

The major social safety nets and poverty reduction programs initiated in the area include the Vulnerable Group Development, Food/Taka for Work (F/TFW), Food for Education/Cash for Education, Rural Maintenance Program (RMP), Old Age Allowance, Freedom Fighter Allowance and Integrated Poverty Reduction Program. These programs have created food security as well as social safety nets among the targeted poor households and vulnerable communities (Table 5-43).

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

154

Table 5-43: Households served by different social safety nets programs

Social Safety Net Programs Households/Communities Served (%) Vulnerable Group Development (VGD) 5 Food/Taka For Work (F/TFW) of PIO 3 Food for Education/Cash for Education 9 Rural Maintenance Programme (RMP) 5 Old Age Allowance 4 Freedom Fighter Allowance 2 Integrated Poverty Reduction Program of BRDB 5

Source: RRA by CEGIS, August, 2013

A number of local, national and international NGOs are working in the Project area. The main activities of these NGOs are to operate micro credit programs among the rural poor and landless women/men. The major NGOs working in the area include BRAC (Bangladesh Rural Advancement Centre), ASA (Association for Social Advancement), Muslim Aid UK, CARE and Grameen Bank etc (Table 5-44) about 30 percent of households are found to benefit from the NGOs interventions. Table 5-44: NGOs and their programs in study area

NGO

Type of Programs

Credit

Education

Water and

Sanitation

Health

Human Rights

Gender

Children

Disaster

BRAC - ASA - - - - Grameen Bank

- - -

Source: RRA by CEGIS, August, 2013

5.12.2 Social conflicts

There is no social conflicts are existing in the study area without some separated incidents (political and family related)

5.12.3 Gender concern

Gender issue holds most important place in recent research question. It is found in the study area that women have very little contribution in income generating activities. However, they enjoy other rights like men such as education; health etc. male female literacy rate is almost equal in the study area. In some cases literacy rate is higher than national level.

Attendance rate at the age of six to ten years is commonly found that is primary level. Considering higher education attendance rate is going to be reduced for both sexes. In the study area, women’s activities are considered trivial and tended to confine them to household chores only. Male members are responsible for providing all sorts of amenities for household members. They considered themselves as the sole bread earners in the family.

Environmental and Social Baseline Condition

155

Usually women’s activities are recognized as secondary since they are not linked directly to income generating activities.

However, this scenario, though slowly, is changing nowadays. Women’s literacy rate is increasing gradually. They can join social activities outside of their home. It is assumed that this will change in near future.

157

Chapter 6 Important Environmental and Social Component

All environmental and social components of the study and project area will not be impacted by the proposed power plant. Some of the components will be impacted while some of the components will not be impacted. Environmental and social components, likely to be impacted by the project, are termed as Important Environmental and Social Components (IESCs). The scoping process, followed to select IESCs, included professional judgments of the multi-disciplinary ESIA team members and village scoping sessions where local communities identified environmental and social components likely to be impacted by the proposed power plant of the project.

IESCs, selected for the proposed repowering of Ghorashal 3rd Unit Plant Project along with the rationale of their selection under physical environment, water resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, ecosystem and socio-economic condition are presented in the following sections.

6.1 Physical environment

6.1.1 Landscape and scenic beauty

The existing gas based thermal power plant influence the landscape of Ghorashal study area which is highly related to the scenic beauty on regional environment. Repowering of the plant by a 400MW gas fired unit may contribute in cumulative impact on local and regional environment. Possible alteration to landscape and scenic beauty of the study area due to construction of this proposed project create opportunity to consider it as an IEC.

6.1.2 Heat radiation

Emission of heat radiation may occur during the operation stage of a power plant and may change the ambient air temperature. It may also alter directly or indirectly the local or regional environment. Hence, heat radiation has been considered as an IEC.

6.1.3 Air quality

The proposed power plant may generate NOx, COx and Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Greenhouse gases during period of construction and operation. The state of the air pollutants and impacts of such pollutants on the environment should be considered in EIA study. For this reason air quality is considered as an IEC.

6.1.4 Noise

The proposed activities may produce noise as it will involve huge traffic flow in the pre-and during construction and operation of heavy machineries. The produced noise may have impact on existing acoustic environment. The noise is also related with health hazards in workplace and to local people. The noise sources and impact should be assessed in EIA study.

Important Environmental and Social Component

158

6.1.5 Solid waste

Disposal of solid waste may alter not only the terrestrial ecosystem but also the aquatic ecosystem and may cause annoyance to local people. The potential sources of waste generation are construction site, plant processing, domestic activities, operation. Therefore, impact of solid waste on environment needs to be properly addressed. Hence, it has been selected as an IEC.

6.1.6 Waste water

Untreated industrial effluent, domestic and storm water release through a single discharge line to the water body. This waste water may harmful to the aquatic living organisms. It may cause not only acute hazards but also chronic effect to the ecosystem. To address the quality, quantity, treatment process and disposal facilities are important for EIA study. Therefore, it has been selected as an IEC.

6.2 Water resources

6.2.1 Surface water quality

Quality of water is an important issue not only for aquatic environment but also for the water required for HRSG and other plant uses. Surface water quality may be changed due to dumping of waste, discharge of waste water and scarcity of water. Hence, water quality has been selected as an IEC.

6.2.2 Ground water level and quality

Ground water is an important source of drinking, domestic and irrigation water in Palash. Surface water storage in pond, wetland and river are also influenced by the level of ground water table. Fluctuation of water quantity directly related to the quality of water. Also the existing power plant depends on underground water mainly for potable water and for make up during acute dry season if surface water is not available after meeting the environmental flow requirement. Hence, it has been selected as an IEC.

6.2.3 Transportation system

The status of road, railway and river communication may be altered due to the project activities as it will need to carry heavy machinery to the project site. Based on the accessibility and transport cost the authority may use any of the three ways for carrying machineries and ancillary equipments. Therefore, the transportation system has been considered as an IEC.

6.2.4 Water availability

Water availability for condenser cooling, other cooling, boiler wash, turbine wash, continuous blow down, domestic uses etc. is highly necessary. Water availability during dry season from the Shitalakshya may have shortfall occasionally and may also constraint to the environmental flow. For this reason, water availability is considered as an IEC.

Important Environmental and Social Component

159

6.3 Land resources

6.3.1 Land use

The construction of the proposed power plant might help to increase the availability of electricity in the study area. The induced industrialization may change the land use pattern in the study area through establishment of new industries. Therefore, land use has been selected as an IEC.

6.3.2 Soil quality

Handling and disposal of solid and liquid wastes on land around the crop lands of the study area might deteriorate soil characteristics which might responsible for deterioration of soil quality. Hence, it is selected as an IEC.

6.4 Agriculture

6.4.1 Crop damage

The byproduct of the power plant might spoil the soils of the surrounding areas which might cause unfavorable condition for crop production. The whole project area might be lighted during operation of power plant. It might cause pest and disease infestations and finally influence for crop damage. Therefore, it has been considered as an IEC.

6.5 Livestock

6.5.1 Fodder and disease

Construction of the proposed power plant may reduce the area of grass land, grasses of which are harvested by the staffs for fodder of their livestock. Release of waste water and dumping of waste materials into open environment may responsible for creating diseases to the livestock. Hence, it has been included as an IEC.

6.6 Fisheries

6.6.1 Fish habitat quality

Discharge of effluents containing chemicals, grease, oil etc. from the proposed plant may alter the quality of surrounding fish habitats. The Shitalakshya River, connectivity and adjoining plant area wetlands which function as feeding and breeding grounds may be identified to take special care. Abstraction of cooling water, wastes from colony may cause changes in chemical composition of surrounding waters. Induced industrial development may alter floodplain area. Under such context, fish habitat (capture & culture) has been considered as an IEC.

6.6.2 Fish migration

Abstraction of water for cooling purposes particularly during dry season and increased navigation may hamper migration of larger fish species. Therefore, fish migration has been selected as an IEC.

Important Environmental and Social Component

160

6.6.3 Fish species composition

Alteration of fish habitat quality and dry season fish migration routes may induce change in the status of fish species diversity and composition. Sensitive fish species susceptible to post construction activities have chances of geographical shifting and species of conservation significance may be identified to pay special attention. So, it has been considered as an IEC.

6.6.4 Fish productivity

Considering above possible implications on fisheries sector due to construction and operational stage of the power plant, it could be inferred that overall fish production of the study area might have changes. This change may happen in per unit area, per unit effort yield and in habitat area. So, fish productivity is considered as one of the significant IECs.

6.7 Ecology

6.7.1 Vegetation

Construction activities like land development, machinery set up etc. likely to change on-site vegetation coverage along with terrestrial and aquatic ecosystem. The heat emission and dust production from a power plant may have impact on the terrestrial vegetation. Similarly, discharging disposal from power plant to the aquatic system can be changed its existing structure. The impacts can be positive and or negative. Therefore, vegetation has been considered as an IEC.

6.7.2 Wildlife habitat

The site holds different habitats where some kinds of wild fauna are roaming may be impacted by the construction of power plant. Drifting habitat or change of habitat structure may have impact on food-web or trophic level interactions. On the other hand, neighboring wildlife could be affected due to emission of noise, dust and discharge from power plant. Hence, wildlife habitat has been taken as an IEC.

6.7.3 Aquatic habitat

Abstraction of surface water for cooling tower and for makeup of HSRG and discharge of effluent into the Shitalakshya River, aquatic habitat of this river may be altered. Hence, aquatic habitat has been identified as an IEC.

6.8 Socio-Economic Condition

6.8.1 Industrialization

Uninterrupted electricity facility is a major precondition for industrialization and the proposed plant may help in this regard. The local and existing industrial entrepreneurs may feel encouraged and certainity to expand their industrial capacity due to receiving additional electricity facility. Thus it has been taken as an ISC.

6.8.2 Employment opportunity

Employment opportunity is an important sign of identifying economic condition. It may create employment opportunity for the local people during construction period. Availability of

Important Environmental and Social Component

161

manpower is also important that has to be explored before initiating a project. Many people may be engaged in the sector of industry after construction period. Hence, employment opportunity is selected as an ISC.

6.8.3 Health risk

Health is the most fundamental needs in a human’s life cycle. Construction period is very risky for the labors. They have to take extra care for the safety of their health. Health condition may be affected by the emission of flue gas bearing gaseous pollutants. This has thus been selected as an ISC to explore the impact of the proposed power plant on community health and health system of the locality.

6.8.4 Poverty

Implementation of the project may impact on the poverty status as there is a chance of change in employment opportunity, income generation, small and large scale trading, industrialization, communication development and health facility. Therefore, poverty is selected as an ISC.

163

Chapter 7 Environmental and Social Impact

7.1 Identification of Impacts

Impacts of re-powering the power plant has been investigated and refined through detail technical analysis and reconciliation with the opinions of experts, comments of BPDB and local people’s perception. The boiler and its auxiliaries of Ghorashal power plant will be decommissioned for construction new combined cycle power plant. In general, impacts associated with the decommissioning of the units are expected to be localized in the short-term. The predicted impacts have been evaluated as per the Guideline of DoE. The impacts have been evaluated in respect of their nature of impact (i.e. direct or indirect), spatial nature (i.e. local or widespread), temporal nature (i.e. long term or short term), and likelihood of occurrences. Finally, the consequences of these impacts have been categorized into a qualitative scale defined by word scenarios for each category. The following sections describe all the potential impacts (stage wise) on physical environment, physical resources (water resources, land resources, agricultural resources, fisheries resources, ecosystem resources) and socio-economic condition of the surroundings.

7.2 Impacts during pre-construction and construction stages

7.2.1 Landscape and Scenic Beauty

Construction activities would change the visual intrusion to the landscape of the project area. Decommissioning the existing boiler, site clearance activities, gathering of equipments and materials, machineries and camp establishment on green field site and fallow land may reduce the scenic beauty. Nevertheless, the impact is for a short duration, and reversible as the project plan includes landscape planning, green belt development etc.

7.2.2 Heat Radiation

Different diesel engines will be operated for construction related activities and project vehicles are the potential sources of heat which would be very insignificant to increase local air temperature. There may be no or negligible impact of heat radiation during pre-construction and construction phase.

7.2.3 Air Quality

Generating particulate dust materials

Decommissioning, land filling, site establishment, earth works, construction materials processing, construction activities, vehicle movement etc. may generate fugitive dust particles. The proposed project involves construction activities like civil construction, mechanical construction, handling and stocking of construction materials etc which directly accelerates emission of dust particles. Therefore, environmental management plan will necessary for controlling the fugitive particulate matter during construction activities. However, such ground sourced generation will be limited to the project boundary and the impact might be for short period, only during the construction activities. The nearby

Environmental and Social Impact

164

settlements of the proposed power plant will be susceptible to dust particles without considering the EMP measures during construction. The generated fugitive dust particles may hasten cumulatively as the other existing industries and power plants also release dust particles to air at the same time.

Emission of greenhouse gases

Carbon dioxide and oxides of nitrogen may be emitted from combustion of the petroleum products in project related vehicles, machinery, generators etc. during the construction period. Their impact on air quality will not be significant as the pollutant emission activities (point and non point sources) will be limited within the project boundary and short term (only for construction period). However, this impact may further be minimized by adopting Environmental Management Plan.

7.2.4 Acoustic Environment/Noise

Dismantling the existing boiler, scrabbling, operation of different machineries and equipments for construction activities, gathering and running of heavily loaded traffic for construction materials transportation and regular traffic movement may generate noise during preconstruction and construction period. The produced noise may have impact on existing acoustic environment. Local inhabitants may feel disturbance during the construction phase. Settlements around the project area would be impacted due to noise from line sources (traffic movement) excluding the north and south sides. Noise from such sources will be transient and only during decommission and construction period. However, this impact may further be minimized by adopting Environmental Management Plan.

7.2.5 Waste Generation and Disposal

Decommission of existing boiler and construction activities may generate different categories of solid wastes and might have impact on local environment without proper management. Wastes may be generated from demolished boiler, earth works, site establishment, civil construction, stock pile of materials and domestic household activities. The wastes might be metals, concrete, spoiled construction material, spilled oil from machineries and vehicles etc. After evaluating the magnitude and extent of the impacts of waste, a number of mitigation and management procedure will be prepared in EMP. If EMP is properly implemented impact of waste disposal on physical environmental resources i.e. water, land resources, fisheries and agriculture will be significantly minimized.

7.2.6 Water Bodies and Water Resources

During pre-construction phase the environmental quality of water resources may be impacted due to liquid wastes from the decommissioned boiler and labor sheds. Surrounding water bodies may be polluted during machineries and ancillaries transportation using river transports.

The construction activities and installation of power plants may cause change in the surface and ground water quality. Some of the predicted changes are pointed out as follows:

Impact on surface water quality

Oil spillage from the workshop and fuel storage may contaminate surface water near the construction site. Chemicals from the construction yards, hazardous materials may be

Environmental and Social Impact

165

contaminate the surface water of the study area without proper implementation of EMP during construction period.

Impact on ground water quality

Drawdown of local groundwater table considering withdraw of groundwater for construction activities. In the project area, lowest ground water table occurs during January-March. However, the stress on ground water might be short term but significant for the presence of a number of hand tube wells within one (1) km of the project. Therefore, withdrawing of ground water for construction activities might affect available of ground water to the surrounding hand pump tube wells during dry season.

7.2.7 Effluent from workers colony

During decommissioning of existing boiler, land preparation, mechanical construction of combined cycle power plants, huge number of labors will be required and high volume of domestic garbage and sanitary waste water will be generated from various facilities such as workers shed units which shall have to be properly managed.

7.2.8 Transportation system and traffic movement

During pre-construction phase the environmental and social components will not be severely impacted. During construction of the project, vehicles movement in the project and surrounding area will increase due to transportation of raw materials, construction equipments, labor mobilization etc. So, traffic load on the road, on the railway as well as on the river may be increased during construction period, thereby road, railway and river transport accidents might be increased.

7.2.9 Imapct on Land Resources

Impact on land use

Land use of surrounding area might not be affected during pre-construction and construction phases for the activities of the project. But after construction, the natural and traditional rural land use might be profoundly modified with different types of small and large industries as per the present trend along with settlement.

7.2.9.1 Impact of soil erosion

Before construction, vegetation clearance will be carried out and leveled. So, the existing terrestrial vegetation of the proposed site will be destroyed and the surface will be exposed. The clearing of vegetation and exposing of the surface soil could lead into soil erosion by natural forces such as wind, storm and drain water run-off.

7.2.9.2 Impact on soil quality

Prior to construction, the land will be leveled and that is why the soil will be dug and refilled. The upper and lower soil may be mixed up and the valuable top soil and subsoil may be disturbed for doing these jobs which may degrade the soil quality. Moreover, during mechanical construction, different kinds of mechanical and chemical instruments will be used. The deposition of these solid and liquid wastes on land may deteriorate soil characteristics as well as soil quality.

Environmental and Social Impact

166

7.2.10 Impact on Agriculture Resources

Crop damage

No crop damage is expected in the project area. Lighting in the project area may attract pest and may cause damage to the surrounding area standing crops. Disposing of construction waste around the project area on agriculture field unmanaged may damage crop fields. EPC contractor shall follow the standard practice and EMP to manage construction waste that may prevent damage to surrounding agricultural area from waste disposal.

7.2.11 Impact on Livestock Resources

The selected land provides foods, fodder and grazing land for livestock to some extent. It will be reduced after starting construction. However, there are also other grazing areas for livestock within the 10 km radius area from the project site that shall be unaffected due to construction of the power plant.

7.2.12 Impact on Fisheries Resources

Fish habitat quality

No fisheries damage is anticipated except by the possible damage caused from river transport activities, disposal of wastes, spillage of oil and grease etc.

Quality of open water fish habitat like the Shitalakshya may be deteriorated to some extent by huge traffic movements, and spillage of oil, grease and other chemicals. Feeding and spawning ground of fish are sensitive to spillage of oil and grease.

Fish migration

The Shitalakshya River is the main channel as well as Naljuri and other khals are secondary channels for open water fish migration. Fishes including major carps (Rui, Katol, Mrigel, Kalibus), larger catfishes (Baghayeer, Ayeer, Boal), Chital and occasionally Ilish perform longitudinal fish migration along the rivers and small indigenous species such as Punti, Tengra, Chingri perform lateral migration from river to beel and floodplain and reverse for their biological needs (e.g. spawning, feeding, over wintering).

Navigational activities for transporting construction materials through existing navigation route along the Shitalakshya may result in minor disturbance to fish migration particularly during breeding season.

The project area is devoid of drainage channel and thus the proposed site development may not be an issue for obstructing lateral migration of fish. Use of existing intake canal for abstracting make up water for different cooling system would not keep extra stress on fish migration.

Fish species diversity and composition

All kinds of wastes and waste water to be generated from the construction activities shall be managed as per requirement of ECR 1997. Hence, it can be anticipated that the proposed construction activities may not have any impact on fish habitat, and spawning grounds

Environmental and Social Impact

167

located in the Shitalakshya, its nearby tributaries and other waterbodies. If the EPC contractor fails to exert their proper management of rubbish of construction materials the open water fish may be affected minorly.

Fish productivity

No measurable fisheries damage would occur due to site establishment as the area is devoid of fish habitat and increased navigational activities through the river in carrying machinery.

7.2.13 Impacts on ecological resources/ecosystem

Vegetation

The site dressing would involve the clearance of existing vegetation dominated by herbs, shrubs and hard wood trees. Moreover, vehicle and labor movements are also responsible for damage of vegetation adjacent to the project site. Improvement of connecting road to project site will also cause damage to roadside vegetation. Laying down of gas pipeline from the nearby RMS to the plant site will have caused additional vegetation loss at rows. Moreover, land filling, labour shed construction, placement of construction materials may have negative impact on there existing vegetation.

Wildlife habitat

The proposed power plant is a fallow land covered with grasses, trees and bushes those are home for some wild fauna like amphibian (Annadale Tree Frog Chiromantis simus), birds (Blyth’s Reed Warbler Acrocephalus dumetorum, Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius, Scaly-breasted Munia Lonchura puntulata), and mammal (Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii). Clearances of vegetation and bushes for site development, construction or improvement of road, labour shed construction; gas pipe line setting etc. would affect such wildlife habitation directly. Emission of sound, excessive human and vehicular movement would deteriorate terrestrial habitat quality. It may cause frightening or death of local wildlife like Mongoose, Monitor, frogs etc. Aquatic habitat quality would be deteriorated by the wash water of the construction materials, spillage of oil and grease of the construction machinery etc.

Aquatic fauna

Use of existing jetty for loading and unloading of the heavy machinery and ancillaries of the power plant would not damage the vegetation except reshaping the rail track may damage the grown vegetation along the previous track.

7.2.14 Impacts on Socio-economic Condition

Employment and manpower

At present most of the households and the core part of the manpower are engaged in working in industries and in agricultural farming. Involvement of local people under semi-skilled or skilled categories in the construction of power plant would reduce the unemployment problem of the study area. Once the workers are having capacity of working in the plant would have the opportunity to migrate other countries for the same kind of job.

Environmental and Social Impact

168

Health

Health condition may be affected by the generated dust particles from vehicle movement, from filling earth, from denuded surface of land etc. The dust particles are responsible for respiratory problem, coughing, dandruff forming etc. to the human body of the area. Moreover, generated noise from caterpillar, roller, generator etc. may cause disturbances to adjoining area residents like residents of the power plant complex and nearby colony people of the fertilizer factory.

Poverty

The pre-construction and construction time employment of local people in different categories and food and other stuffs supply by the locals might contribute in poverty reduction of the locality.

7.3 Impacts during operation stage

7.3.1 Heat radiation

Proposed plant repowering plant will effectively and efficiently use the heat to produce electricity. Thermal flue emits from the power plant around 90.80C through the stack at 50 m height. However, this heat will be dispersed easily to the surrounding atmosphere as. It is not plausible that the heated stack gas will increase local air temperature as the stack gas will be easily dispersed to the atmosphere in absences of topographical barrier around the project area. Sensitive receiver like local community may be impacted insignificantly by the radiated heat from the stack point. In case of accidental explosion, local air temperature may rise and affect the adjacent communities.

7.3.2 Air quality

Major gaseous emission from the proposed repowering gas based CCPP depend on the chemical composition of the fuel, process of combustion and presence of pollution control equipments in the power plant during operation. The chemical composition of the fuel (Gas in this case) is presented in Table 7-1. Continuous supply of Natural gas will be ensured as fuel for the proposed power plant.

Table 7-1: Fuel (Natural gas) analysis

Fuel Composition Molecular Weight (MW) Mole Fraction (%)

N2 28 0.788

CO2 44 0.008

CH4 16 97.644

C2H6 30 1.544

C3H8 44 0.006

C4H10 58 0.002

C6H14 86 0.008

Environmental and Social Impact

169

Emission of Gases

The chemical composition of the fuel (Natural gas) of the proposed power plant is very much important for emission estimation particularly for CO2, NOx, SPM etc. Generally, filterable PM emissions are typically low in natural gas. Particulate matter from natural gas combustion has been estimated to be less than 1 micrometer in size and has filterable and condensable fractions. Particulate matters in natural gas combustion are usually larger molecular weight hydrocarbons that are not fully combusted. Increased PM emissions may result from poor air/fuel mixing or maintenance problems. The natural gas contains trace amount of sulpher and hence formation of SO2 is negligible for certain time. On the contrary, emission of NOx is not only dependent on fuel sources but also on the air supply, fuel burning process and burning duration etc. The primary NOx formation mechanisms in gas boiler are thermal NOx and fuel NOx. In every cases, combustion of nitrogen and oxygen form NOx. Fuel NOx and thermal NOx are both controlled by multiple process of combustion modification, use of Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR), NSCR etc. The contribution of CO2 emission to the atmosphere is much lower than other developing countries. Therefore, NOx is the most important issue to mitigate/manage the ground level concentration around the ambient environment during operation period.

Ground level concentration (GLC) of NOx

Uncontrolled NOx emission are provided by gas turbine manufacturers in parts per million, by volume (ppmv) corrected to 15 percent O2. Uncontrolled NOx emission levels range from 99 to 430 ppmv for natural gas as fuel3. According to the technical proposal of Ghorashal 416.3 MW repowering CCPP, about 25 ppmv would be the releasing amount of NOx after taking multiple control measures. The reduced level of NOx emissions can be achieved using combustion controls or flue gas treatment. Therefore, about 24.69 gm/sec would be the rate of NOx emission would be found after conversion of 25mmpv4. Moreover, available combustion controls are water or steam injection and dry low-NOx combustion designs. The emitted NOx has been simulated for dispersion through SCREEN 3.0.0 model. Table 7-2 presents the parameters for simulation model.

Table 7-2: Parameters for using in simulation model

Parameter Value

Source type Point

Dispersion Coefficient For urban

Receptor Height Above ground 0 m

Emission Rate (NOx) 24.69 m/s

Stack Height 50 m

Stack inside diameter 3m

Velocity 25 m/s

3 US EPA, 1993, Alternative Control Techniques Document— NO x Emissions from Stationary Gas Turbines, Emission Standards Division, Office of Air and Radiation, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

4 Hung, W.S., Solar Turbines, Inc., to Snyder, R.B., MRI. December 17, 1991. Calculation of NOx emissions from gas turbines & Lyon, T.F., General Electric Aircraft Engines, to Snyder, R.B., MRI. December 6, 1991. Calculation of NO emissions from gas turbines.

Environmental and Social Impact

170

Parameter Value

Stack Gas Exit Temperature 90.80 C

Ambient Air Temperature 250 C

Terrain Simple train

Stability Class All stability class

Maximum ground level concentration of NOx has been calculated using SCREEN 3.0.0 model. The model is fully approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) for the calculation of maximum short-term concentrations of non-reactive pollutants emitted from a single source. Short-term concentration represents here peak one-hour ground level concentration (which would be the contribution of each unit to ambient air). The SCREEN 3.0.0 model set up has been prepared including buoyancy-induced dispersion (BID), subroutines to estimate shoreline fumigation, rural dispersion, and simple terrain. SCREEN 3.0.0 is an optimized version of the USEPA reference Industrial Source Complex model (ISC). Maximum concentrations are calculated based on all meteorological conditions for distances downwind of the source. No account has been made on wind direction. The parameters considered for air pollution assessment is presented in Table 7-2. SCREEN 3 assumes that pollutants are conserved (i.e. no chemical reactions take place). The combined concentrations of NO and NO2 are therefore expressed as total NOX. Emission of NOx from combustion plants generally include 10%-25% NO2 and 75%-90% NO (Mott Ewbank Preece, 1997).

Dispersion of NOx

The model predicts for one hour average concentration of NOx, which have been converted for 24-Hour and Annual average for simple terrains. The dispersion of emitted NOx will reach to the adjacent urban regions. About 50 m height with 3m diameter from a stack will release NOx at a rate of 24.69 gm/sec. SCREEN model has been executed for point source of an urban area. Maximum building height of the study area is not more than 10m where the range of those building diameter is 20-30 meter for calculating the cavity concentration of NOx.

SIMPLE TERRAIN INPUTS: SOURCE TYPE = POINT

EMISSION RATE (G/S) = 24.6900

STACK HEIGHT (M) = 50.0000

STK INSIDE DIAM (M) = 3.0000

STK EXIT VELOCITY (M/S)= 25.0000

STK GAS EXIT TEMP (K) = 363.8000

AMBIENT AIR TEMP (K) = 278.0000

RECEPTOR HEIGHT (M) = 0.0000

URBAN/RURAL OPTION = URBAN

BUILDING HEIGHT (M) = 10.0000

MIN HORIZ BLDG DIM (M) = 20.0000

MAX HORIZ BLDG DIM (M) = 30.0000

Environmental and Social Impact

171

THE REGULATORY (DEFAULT) MIXING HEIGHT OPTION WAS SELECTED.

THE REGULATORY (DEFAULT) ANEMOMETER HEIGHT OF 10.0 METERS WAS ENTERED.

BUOY. FLUX = 130.091 M**4/S**3; MOM. FLUX = 1074.595 M**4/S**2.

DIST 1-HR CONC

Annual CONC STAB U10M USTK MIX HT PLUME SIGMA SIGMA DWASH

(M) (UG/M**3) UG/M**3) Numb (M/S) (M/S) (M) HT (M) Y (M) Z (M)

--- ---- --- --- ---- -- ---- ---- --- --- --- 1 0.00 0.000 1 1.0 1.3 615.3 614.32 6.81 6.80 NO

100 0.02 0.001 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 31.76 30.79 NO

200 13.58 1.086 3 10.0 13.8 3200 102.07 42.73 40.41 NO

300 36.08 2.886 3 10.0 13.8 3200 102.07 62.82 60.47 NO

400 38.74 3.099 3 8.0 11.0 2560 115.09 82.50 80.81 NO

500 36.35 2.908 3 8.0 11.0 2560 115.09 101.28 100.87 NO

600 35.90 2.872 4 8.0 12.0 2560 110.05 87.30 78.55 NO

700 34.58 2.766 4 8.0 12.0 2560 110.05 100.16 90.39 NO

800 32.91 2.633 4 5.0 7.5 1600 146.09 114.56 104.06 NO

900 32.27 2.582 4 5.0 7.5 1600 146.09 126.49 115.13 NO

1000 32.34 2.587 1 1.5 1.9 480 426.21 291.03 356.03 NO

1100 32.61 2.609 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 105.16 61.76 NO

1200 38.36 3.069 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 112.54 64.68 NO

1300 43.67 3.494 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 119.77 67.52 NO

1400 48.46 3.877 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 126.87 70.28 NO

1500 52.69 4.215 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 133.82 72.96 NO

1600 56.37 4.510 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 140.64 75.57 NO

1700 59.53 4.762 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 147.33 78.12 NO

1800 62.19 4.975 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 153.90 80.60 NO

1900 64.42 5.154 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 160.35 83.03 NO

2000 66.24 5.299 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 166.68 85.39 NO

2100 67.71 5.417 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 172.90 87.71 NO

2200 68.87 5.510 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 179.01 89.98 NO

2300 69.76 5.581 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 185.01 92.20 NO

2400 70.41 5.633 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 190.92 94.37 NO

2500 70.85 5.668 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 196.74 96.51 NO

2600 71.12 5.690 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 202.46 98.60 NO

2700 71.23 5.698 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 208.09 100.65 NO

2733 71.24 5.699 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 209.87 101.30 NO

2800 71.21 5.697 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 213.63 102.67 NO

2900 71.08 5.686 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 219.10 104.66 NO

3000 70.85 5.668 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 224.48 106.61 NO

3500 68.72 5.498 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 250.31 115.91 NO

4000 65.69 5.255 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 274.51 124.58 NO

Environmental and Social Impact

172

4500 62.38 4.990 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 297.32 132.72 NO

5000 59.09 4.727 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 318.94 140.41 NO

5500 55.94 4.475 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 339.52 147.72 NO

6000 52.99 4.239 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 359.18 154.70 NO

6500 50.25 4.020 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 378.02 161.39 NO

7000 47.74 3.819 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 396.13 167.81 NO

7500 45.42 3.634 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 413.58 174.01 NO

8000 43.29 3.463 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 430.43 180.00 NO

8500 41.34 3.307 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 446.74 185.80 NO

9000 39.53 3.162 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 462.56 191.43 NO

9500 37.87 3.030 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 477.91 196.90 NO

10000 36.33 2.906 6 1.0 1.6 10000 154.55 492.84 202.22 NO

DWASH=NA MEANS DOWNWASH NOT APPLICABLE, X<3*LB

****************************************

PERFORMING CAVITY CALCULATIONS

WITH ORIGINAL SCREEN CAVITY MODEL

(BRODE, 1988)

****************************************

*** CAVITY CALCULATION - 1 *** *** CAVITY CALCULATION - 2 ***

CONC (UG/M**3) = 0.000 CONC (UG/M**3) = 0.000

CRIT WS @10M (M/S) = 99.99 CRIT WS @10M (M/S) = 99.99

CRIT WS @ HS (M/S) = 99.99 CRIT WS @ HS (M/S) = 99.99

DILUTION WS (M/S) = 99.99 DILUTION WS (M/S) = 99.99

CAVITY HT (M) = 11.19 CAVITY HT (M) = 10.32

CAVITY LENGTH (M) = 30.00 CAVITY LENGTH (M) = 23.33

ALONGWIND DIM (M) = 20.00 ALONGWIND DIM (M) = 30.00

CAVITY CONC NOT CALCULATED FOR CRIT WS > 20.0 M/S. CONC SET = 0.0

***************************************

*** SUMMARY OF SCREEN MODEL RESULTS ***

***************************************

CALCULATION 1Hr-MAX

CONC Annual CONC DIST TO TERRAIN

PROCEDURE (UG/M**3) (UG/M**3) MAX (M) HT (M) -------------- ----------- ---------- ------- -------

SIMPLE TERRAIN 71.24 5.7 2733 0

Environmental and Social Impact

173

Figure 7-1: 1 hour NOx concentration at different locations from the power plant chimney

From the above dispersion model, the maximum ground level NOx concentration would be 71.24 μg/m3 for 1 hr about 2.7 Km downwind distant from the stack point. In case of annual average, the highest ground level concentration of NOx would be 5.7μg/m3. Figure 7-1 shows the annual NOx dispersion where distances are given in meter and concentrations are given in μg/m3. Table 7-3 shows 24 hr and annual concentration of the NOx would be found in ground level to the downwind distance as the power plant release 25 ppmv of NOx at 90.80C from 50 m stack.

Table 7-3: Predicted average highest ground level concentration of NOx at 2.7 Km distance

1-hr 24-hr Annual

Ground level Concentration (GLC) 71.24 μg/m3 28.50 μg/m3 5.7 μg/m3

During the baseline study, the ambient NOx level was recorded individually as 22 μg/m3, 39 μg/m3, 56 μg/m3 and 41 μg/m3 for 8-hr sampling at different locations around the proposed power plant. Therefore, the average concentration of NOx was recorded 39.5 μg/m3 during the operation of the existing power steam turbine Unit-3.

When the plant will be re-powered, it will reduce the NOx level from the present concentration. Though the re-powered power plant will produce 5.7 μg/m3 GLC of NOx in future and this is lower than the exisiting one. Thereore, the cumulative GLC of NOx must be lower than the present average 39.5 μg/m3 in future. It is much lower than the national average of NOx (annual 100 μg/m3).

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emission

The proposed power plant has been envisaged adopting modern technology. This technology produces insignificant CO through stochastic optimization. Present steam turbine power plant of Unit-3 is producing more tha 505 gm CO2/ kWh grossly considering

Environmental and Social Impact

174

the the fuel low heating value (LHV) and 40% plant efficiency (IFC, 2008). Therefore, the plant is reasling more than 0.9 million tons of CO2 as this Unit produce 210 MW of electicty round the year. After repowering the unit, the CCGTPP will produce 374 gm CO2 / kWh depeding on fuel LHV and 54% efficiency of the plant (IFC, 2008). So, in total 1.36 million ton of CO2 will be released during producing 416 MW electricity in a year.. Improving efficiency increases capacity of extracting higher amount of energy from a single unit. As a result, per kilowatt carbon emission also decreases drastically.

Particulate dust materials

The proposed project will depend on the allocated gas of Petrobangla. Plant operation and mechanical, vehicles management should be equipped with dust suppression system. Hence, dust generation in the site activities shall be minimum and within the limit of ECR 2005. Nevertheless, sometimes, SPM of the local air might rise in close proximity. At present about 116 μg/m3 of SPM has been recorded of the proposed project area. Low dense settlements and adopting EMP will reduce health risk issue for the adjacent community.

7.3.3 Impact on Ambient Noise and Vibration

The operation of the plant may produce noise at the level exceeding the DoE’s limit (75 dB during day time and 70 dB during night time for industrial area) at the plant site. However, outside the project boundary the level of noise is certainly lower. The present steam turbine of 3rd Unit will be replaced by GT and ST. The ratating machinaries will increase may be producing much noise than present Unit-3. Envantually, installing state of the art technologies will reduce the noise level up to a ceratin level. So, cumulative noise level of the GT, HRSG, ST etc. will never cross present level of nosie emitted from the 3rd Unit.

The noise modeling is based upon the method documented by the International Energy Agency. It is a simple model which assumes spherical spreading from a point source either in free space (spherical) or over a reflective plane (hemi-spherical). It can also take into account atmospheric attenuation, using an attenuation rate entered by the user. The source sound power and the absorption coefficient are both assumed to be broad band. Source to receiver distances are calculated by simple geometric means and the total received noise from each turbine logarithmically added. This simulation of noise propagation has been accounted taking into following limitation.

Uneven topography

Large obstructions in the propagation path, e.g. barriers etc

Refraction of noise, e.g. due to atmospheric effects such as temperature inversion

Wind speed or direction effects

Any change in the propagation with changing frequency

Environmental and Social Impact

175

Figure 7-2: Level of noise (dBA)vs distance around the power plant

From the experience of a typical combined cycle power plant, the level of nose within just 1m from the main power plant is about 85 dB(A). This noise will be attenuated bellow 30 dB (A) up to the limit of 200m. A number of noise barriers like, plant wall, project wall, exiting forest and future green belt will obviously decrease this noise level significantly. It is to be mentioned that the standard noise level for residential zone is 40 dB (A) during night and 50 dB (A) during day (ECR, 1997).

The proposed combined cycle power plant is located 0.75 km distance from the nearest community and commercial areas. Mainly rotator machines, compressors, ID, FD fans and vehicle movement are the main source vibration. Human beings are known to be very sensitive to vibration, the threshold of perception being typically in the PPV range of 0.14 mm/s to 0.3 mm/s (British Standard BS: 5228-2:2009). Basically, ECR, 1997 does not standardized the vibration for the environment. Table- shows an indication of the effects of ground vibration.

Vibration Level Effect

0.14 mm/s Variation might be just perceptible in the most sensitive situations for most vibration frequencies associated with construction. At lower frequencies, people are less sensitive to vibration

0.3 mm/s Vibration might be just perceptible in residential environments

1.0 mm/s It is likely that vibration of this level in residential environments will cause complaint, but can be tolerated if prior warning and explanation has been given to residents.

10.0 mm/s Vibration is likely to be intolerable for any more than a brief exposure to this level

Source: British Standard BS: 5228-2:2009

The soil properties of Ghorasal will reduce the vibration significantly to propagate. Vibration from the proposed plant is not expected to be significant, as machinery will be placed on

Environmental and Social Impact

176

concrete footings to ensure that any vibrations are dampened.

7.3.4 Solid waste disposal

Waste mainly may be generated from domestic activities. A solid wastes management plan has been envisaged for better solid waste management of this power plant. No waste shall go unmanaged and be disposed without satisfying MOEF’s standard. Leakage or accidental release of hazardous chemicals may affect the soil and water quality.

Total trace elements in compressor wash water (after adding detergent) will preferably be limited as follows. These elements may contaminate the surface water if allows the drain without treatment.

Table 7-4: Trace element in compressor wash water

No. Trace Metal For Million Parts of Water by weight

1 Sodium & Potassium 30 ppm

2 Calcium Calcium 10 ppm

3 pH 7.5 to 8.0

Source: Tender Document for a typical CCPP

7.3.5 Impacts on water bodies and water resources

Based on the water balance diagram of the EPC Contratcor following water will be required for the plant:

1) Once through - about 28,160 tons/hr (Surface water from the Shitalakshya River) which is only about 2.4% of minimum average discharge of the Shitalakshya River.

2) HRSG make up water- about 9.36 ton/hr (From coagulated water) 3) Other cooling water and service water- 20 ton/hr (From coagulated water) 4) Potable water – 0.5 ton/hr (From coagulated water)

Waste water and sludge

A central effluent treatment plant with integrated water and wastewater management has been planned and designed for this project. The management system has been designed with recycling and reusing of waste water. The sludge and wastewater to be generated from the proposed plant will be treated and disposed into the underground pit. For monitoring the effluent quality, a monitoring system has also been provided. As long the effluent shall be discharged satisfying ECR, 1997 defined standard, there will be no danger to pollute existing water systems of that area.

Ground water source

Underground water level is available at around 6.5 m depth in the study area. Extraction of ground water for making up the water lost in different cooling system of the plant during acute dry season. If Shitalakshya water were not available after satisfying the environmental flow, a long term impact may be envisaged for the plant along with the water for domestic and economic uses.

Environmental and Social Impact

177

Traffic load on roads

Traffic congestion will occur due to induce impact of power supply to the study area. Available electricity supply will attract the industries, commerce and markets which directly move the society to industrial development. Therefore, without proper master planning an adverse impact on the air quality, noise quality, human health and ecosystem will be envisaged. Moreover, the increased traffic load in road may increase risk of traffic accident.

7.3.6 Impact on Land Resource

Land use

The implementation of the proposed power plant project might induce local and regional infrastructural development. It is very likely, power security facility would attract industrial development, and thereafter industrialization would take place. It would create tremendous impact on the activities of local people and their livelihoods. The people might change their occupation like agricultural activities and might involve with business or job might be created in industries. So, the more agricultural land might go under industrial activities. Moreover, infrastructural development might induce to diminish the agricultural land.

Soil quality

There will be no impact on soil quality as the proposed project is only repowering of an existing unit and shall be equipped with all kind of waste and waste water management facilities. Accidental falling of solid wastes on the land during transportation to the municipal landfill area may cause damage to soil quality of that point.

7.3.7 Impacts on agricultural resources

Crop damage

As there is no agricultural land within the close vicinity of the project site, hence it will not create any impact on surrounding agriculture. Emission of SPM through chimney will be within the standard of MoEF hence, its deposition would not cause any damage to soil fertility and crop productivity. Only lighting in and around the project area might attract pest. Pest infestation due to lighting might cause crop damage.

7.3.8 Impacts on livestock resources

Drainage of untreated waste water might harm fodder of livestock which would be responsible for poor health of cattle.

7.3.9 Impacts on Fisheries Resources

Fish habitat

No thermal water shall be discharged as the plant adopts close cycle water cooling system. Hence, impacts related to discharge of thermal plume shall not be an issue for this power plant.

The power plant adopts an integrated water and waste water management system including reuse, recycling and treatment of waste water and disposed in an underground pit. No waste and waste water shall be discharged to the nearby river without satisfying MoEF’s standard (ECR 1997). Hence, the discharge of treated waste water (within the limit of ECR 1997 and amendment, 2005) may not result any change in water quality to have impact on fish habitat.

Environmental and Social Impact

178

In a worst case, treated water may only change water quality of water column up to a certain distance from the discharge point but this change may not be significant to have any impact on fishery habitat. Risk of accidental discharge of any processed water, including wash waters, boiler blow down that may cause deterioration of fishery habitat, may be very low for adopting centrally controlled computer based monitoring and controlled system and hazard and risk management plan.

For meeting different make up water, water will be abstracted from the coagulated water of the existing plants while water will be fetched from the Shitalakshya River for once through system for condenser cooling at the rate of 28,160 ton/hr (7.8 m3/s) while the average discharge of the Shitalakshya River is 720m3/s, minimum 330 m3/s in March and maximum 1591 m3/s as per BWDB data. As the water will back to the river again so it will not keep any significant impact on fisheries.

Use of existing water intake structure may not fell further stress on fish migration activities.

Fish species diversity and composition

Power plant operation may not have any direct impact on fish diversity. The minor impacts on fish migration and habitat discussed above sections may not lead to bring any permanent change to fish diversity and composition.

The existing water intake structure is already equipped with appropriate fish screens including travelling screens, fixed bar racks etc. to prevent impingement and entrainment of fish by water intake. Despite, some fish and aquatic species, which cannot swim faster against the intake current, may get impingement and entrainment by the water intake. Fish eggs and larva may get entrainment by the intake water. Fine meshed screen might also be adopted to save fish eggs and larva from getting entrainment by the intake water.

Fish productivity

It is very unlikely that the aforesaid impacts of the plant operation may cause any measurable loss of fish productivity.

7.3.10 Impacts on Ecological Resources/Ecosystem

Vegetation

Operation of the plant would discharge effluent to the Shitalakshya River not exceeding the temperature of at best 30C more than that of ambient temperature as per the World Bank standard. Provided with this temperature, vegetation structure would not change significantly. In addition, abstraction of underground water in emergencies for different cooling systems may be impacted negatively on the aquatic vegetation by reducing water level from a certain depth.

Wildlife Habitat

The proposed power plant will increase noise to its surrounding area. Usually birds and other shy animals (eg: Monitor, Jackal, Jungle Cat etc.) may be frightened and relocate from there due to additional noise than normal condition in pre-project phase. This kind of impact may be noticed for few months or years. Afterwards most of the wild animals will be habituated with in-situ condition. So, the habitat condition will be impacted temporarily or short term

Environmental and Social Impact

179

basis. Excess lighting at the plant site during night would disturb the nocturnal animals. Moreover, there may be a risk of death to avifaunal species while crossing over or nearby the power plant chimney. On the other hand, infrastructural development (Plant platform, township area and other infrastructure sites) for the proposed power plant will provide favorable habitats for rodents (e.g. mice, rats, mongoose, lizards, etc). Moreover, plantation program around the project site in rows is expected to support additional habitat for local avifauna. So, impact on habitat condition will be positive or negative in different measures. Furthermore, disposal of effluents from power plant will deteriorate habitat quality both terrestrial and aquatic adjacent to power plant if not treated properly.

Aquatic fauna

The aquatic fauna in the existing water ways will get contaminated with toxic substances of power plant disposal if not treated properly. The existing invertebrates e.g. zooplanktons and some vertebrates would be contaminated with such toxic elements and finally get break-off community activities as well as trophic level interactions. Furthermore, fetching of huge volume of surface water from river system as make up water for different cooling systems would hamper the macro habitat dwellers.

7.3.11 Impacts on Socio-economic Resources

Industrialization

Proposed power plant may help to provide more electricity facility. After construction of the power plant, the existing industrial entrepreneurs may be influenced to expand industrial capacity by adopting additional electricity facility.

Employment and manpower

At present most of the households and the core part of the manpower are engaged in working in industries and in agricultural farming. Involvement of local people under semi-skilled or skilled categories in during construction period of power plant would reduce the unemployment problem of the study area as well as national level. During operation period skilled labor will be engaged for well operation of the power plant. Once the workers are having capacity of working in the plant would have the opportunity to migrate other countries for the same kind of job to earn more foreign currency.

Health Risk

The different structures of the power plant project may cause environmental hazard which may eventually affect the health profile of this area. Some of the hazards may rise from fugitive dust and NOx dispersion if mitigation measures are not properly implemented. Besides, there are some occupational hazards and health risks for the project workers. The details of the health risk have been discussed in Chapter 10.

Another major health risk involves cooling tower. With world experience, different studies suggest that bacterial contamination of cooling tower may cause outbreak of pneumonia in the surrounding community. Aerosol dispersed from the cooling tower favor growth of bacteria causing pneumonia.

Environmental and Social Impact

180

Poverty

Suppliying of electricity from the proposed power plant as per the Government rules would facilitate the industrialization and easement to irrigation system. More people would get diversified benefits out of such activities. Poverty is therefore would remove to some extent from the affected society.

7.3.12 Cumulative impact

The proposed ear marked site of the Ghorashal Power Plant is at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash Upazila of Narsingdi district. The aerial distance of the Plant site is about 0.25 km from the Palash-Issakhali Feeder Road Type A, about 10.5 km from the district headquarters and about 36 km from Dhaka Zero Point. The passive impact zone has been considered as 10 km radius area from the Stack point. Socio-economic features around the site are given in Figure 1-2 in Chapter 1.

The establishments around the proposed area are stated below (all the distances are calculated as aerial distance from Ghorashal power plant area):

� Pran factory is 1.81 km away on the southwest from the site. � Janata Jute mill is 1.17 km away on the southwest from the site. � Ghorashal 108 MW Rental power plant is 1.16 km away on the southeast from the

site. � Palash Urea Fertilizer factory is 0.86 km away on the north from the site. � Palash Bus Stand and Palash Upazila Heath Complex respectively are 0.93 km and

2.37 km away on the east side of thesite. � Palash Jam-e-Mosque is 1.34 km away on the northeast from the site. � Desh Bandhu Sugar mill is 3.0 km away on the north from the site. and � There are six units of steam turbine gas based power plant along with two rental

plants within the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex.

Objective of the cumulative impact assessment is to identify and focus on the significant collective impacts of the industries exist around the site. It will ensure that these impacts are taken into consideration in the decision-making process. The proposed power plant will exert an additional pressure to the environment of the adjacent area. Such impact will be accounted simultaneously with the impacts caused from other industries in assessing cumulative impacts. Each of the impacts from a single change collectively may create greater consequences to the susceptible receptors. Cumulative impacts occur when the individual effects of many actions combine over time and/or space. They typically have a combined effect on air, water, noise, ecosystem and socio-economy in greater shape than the impact posed by an individual industry/project.

The limitation of assessment of the cumulative impacts are: a) Observing and isolating “cause and effect” relationships are complex; b) impacts may simultaneously compound and offset each other; c) the distribution of “winners and losers” associate with the projects; d) evaluating the impacts and feedback effects like those between ecological change and human/social behaviors requires cross- disciplinary expertise.

At first, identification of the key installation points (KPIs) and sensitive receptors is the prime task in assessing cumulative impacts of the proposed site. There are six units of power plant along with two rental power plants inside the Ghorashal Power Plant Complex, Food

Environmental and Social Impact

181

industries, Fertilizer factory, Jute industries, Sugar mills, commercial areas etc. BPDB has planned to repower this plant along with Ghorashal Unit-4 and Unit-6. The cumulative impacts occur when the incremental impact of the proposed unit project combined with the effects of other past, present and reasonably foreseeable future projects, are cumulatively considered. Secondly, the present status on local air sheds, noise level, water catchment, socioeconomic condition has been assessed precisely. Finally, the predictable impacts by the proposed projects are superimposed with the existing or foreseeable impacts in order to assess the cumulative impacts. Air quality, noise, water quality and quantity, ecology, agriculture and socio-economic status have been assessed in baseline study. Expert judgment and use of scientific models are used to determine the potential impacts. However, the cumulative impacts on different receptors are addressed considerably in the following matrix.

Cumulative impact matrix

Impact Receptor

Air Quality

Water Quality

Noise Level

Ecological Resources

Social status

and Cultural values

Economic Situation

Pran Food Industry

- - - - - - - - - - ++ ++

Janata Jute Mills

- - - - - + +

Ghorashal rental power plant

- - - + +

New 365 MW CCTPP*

- - - - - - + + +

Plash Urea Fertilizer Factories

- - - - - - ++ + +

Deshbandhu Sugar Mills

- - - - - - - - - + +

Repowering of Unit 3,4 & 6 Unit*

- - - - + +

Agrekko & Max power limited

- - - - - + + +

Shitalakshya River

- - - - - - - - -

Settlements around

- - - - - - - - - - - + + + + +

Note: * Proposed industries; All the environmental parameters will be limited within the permissible limit of the national standard

182

183

Chapter 8 Impact Evaluation

Taking into consideration of inbuilt facilities of pollution abatement measures adopted in the plant design, the impacts on the respective resources have been identified and assessed in the previous chapter. In this chapter, the identified impacts have been evaluated based on nature, extent, spatial and temporal nature, likelihood, and reversibility. Evaluations have been made following expert judgment in Delphi approach. Several round table discussion meeting with the team members have been made to finalize the evaluation. A matrix based method has been adopted for this evaluation. Evaluation has been made to indicate the magnitude of each impact. Each impact was evaluated based on a word-scale defined by word scenario instead of numeric scale. The scaling was finalized by structured expert judgment followed by Delphi approach. The word scale and the scenarios are given below:

Scale Word Scenario or Description

Code Meaning Nature of Impact

D Direct Impact Directly related with project activities Id Indirect Impact Resultant of any other impacts S Short Term Impact occurs only for a particular time L Long term No particular time, it may extends project life time Lo Localized Impact is limited within the study area W Widespread Impact spreads outside the study area also R Reversible If the loss can be recoverable through implementing EMP or by naturally Ir Irreversible If the loss cannot be recoverable

Likelihood Fr Frequent Consequence occurs before, during and after the project implementation Lk Likely Conditions may allow the consequence to occur during the project

lifetime O Occasional Exceptional consequences to occur within the project lifetime Sl Seldom Conditions do not seem to occur any consequence except some

extreme cases Rr Rare Reasonable to expect that the consequence will not occur though it has

rare possibility to occur Consequence Defined based on combination of the nature mentioned above

In Insignificant No significant negative impact Mr Minor Localized short term degradation of Environmental quality M Moderate Localized long term/ short term, widespread and reversible loss of

environmental quality Sg Significant Widespread, long term and reversible loss of environmental quality or

Local Long term, irreversible loss of environment Ct Catastrophic Widespread, long term and irreversible loss of environmental quality

This evaluation will help the decision makers to take decision of issuing environmental clearance certificate and to take further policy initiatives. Table 8-1 presents the impact evaluation.

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

184

Tabl

e 8-

1: Im

pact

eva

luat

ion

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t Pr

e-co

nstr

uctio

n ph

ase

(A)

Dec

omm

issi

onin

g Ph

ysic

al R

esou

rces

Dim

inut

ion

of v

isua

l or s

ceni

c be

auty

D

S

Lo

Ir SI

M

r

Gen

erat

ion

of fu

gitiv

e du

st p

artic

les

D

S Lo

R

Lk

M

Em

issi

on o

f gas

eous

pol

luta

nts

D

S Lo

R

O

M

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n D

S

W

R

Fr

Sg

Rel

easi

ng o

f sol

id w

aste

D

S

Lo

R

O

M

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er q

ualit

y D

S

W

R

Lk

Sg

Impa

ct o

n gr

ound

wat

er q

ualit

y Id

L

Lo

Ir SI

M

r H

azar

dous

situ

atio

n by

oil

& ch

emic

al s

pilla

ge

D

S Lo

R

Fr

Sg

Was

te fr

om w

orke

rs c

olon

y D

S

Lo

R

Lk

M

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Incr

ease

traf

fic lo

ads

both

in ro

ads,

railw

ay a

nd ri

ver

trans

port

D

S W

R

O

M

Land

and

Agr

icul

ture

Res

ourc

es

Ther

e is

no

sign

ifica

nt im

pact

on

land

and

agr

icul

ture

reso

urce

s in

this

sta

ge

5 Onl

y po

sitiv

e co

nseq

uenc

es o

f im

pact

s ar

e m

entio

ned

as p

ositi

ve w

ithin

par

enth

esis

and

oth

ers

are

to b

e co

nsid

ered

as

nega

tive

cons

eque

nces

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

185

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t Fi

sher

ies

Ther

e is

no

sign

ifica

nt im

pact

on

fishe

ries

reso

urce

s in

this

sta

ge

Ecos

yste

m

Dam

age

to v

eget

atio

n by

spi

llage

of o

il an

d ch

emic

als

and

dust

D

S

Lo

R

Lk

M

Soci

o-ec

onom

ic C

ondi

tion

Gen

erat

ion

of e

xces

sive

noi

se m

ay c

ause

dis

turb

ance

to

the

loca

l res

iden

ts a

nd la

bore

rs a

nd d

ust m

ay c

ause

re

spira

tory

pro

blem

s Id

S

Lo

R

Lk

M

Site

dev

elop

men

t, m

obili

zatio

n, tr

ansp

orta

tion

of c

onst

ruct

ion

mat

eria

ls

Phys

ical

Res

ourc

es

Gen

erat

ion

of fu

gitiv

e pa

rticu

late

mat

ter

D

S Lo

R

Lk

Sg

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n D

S

Lo

R

O

M

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er q

ualit

y D

S

W

R

Lk

Sg

Was

te w

ater

from

wor

kers

col

ony

D

S L

R

Lk

M

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Incr

ease

traf

fic lo

ads

D

L W

R

Fr

Sg

La

nd a

nd A

gric

ultu

re

No

Impa

cts

Fish

erie

s R

esou

rces

Fi

sh m

igra

tion

may

be

ham

pere

d by

incr

ease

d na

viga

tiona

l act

iviti

es a

nd d

egra

datio

n of

hab

itat q

ualit

y Id

S

Lo

R

Fr

Mr

Ecos

yste

m R

esou

rces

D

amag

e to

exi

stin

g ve

geta

tion

for l

and

deve

lopm

ent

D

L Lo

R

Lk

M

Lo

ss o

f exi

stin

g ve

geta

tion

besi

de th

e co

nnec

ting

road

s D

L

Lo

Ir Fr

M

D

egra

datio

n of

terre

stria

l hab

itat q

ualit

y du

e to

Id

S

Lo

R

fr M

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

186

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t ge

nera

tion

of e

xces

sive

noi

se fr

om la

nd d

evel

opm

ent

mac

hine

ry, g

ener

ator

etc

alo

ng w

ith v

ehic

les

mov

ing

arou

nd

Inhi

bit w

ildlif

e m

ovem

ent

Id

L Lo

R

Lk

M

So

cio-

econ

omic

Env

ironm

ent

Em

ploy

men

t sta

tus

D

S Lo

R

Fr

Sg

C

onst

ruct

ion

(B)

Phys

ical

Res

ourc

es

Dim

inut

ion

of v

isua

l or s

ceni

c be

auty

Id

S

Lo

R

SI

Mr

Gen

erat

ion

of fu

gitiv

e du

st p

artic

le

D

S Lo

R

Lk

M

Em

issi

on o

f gre

enho

use

gase

s Id

L

Lo

R

Rr

Mr

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n D

S

Lo

R

Fr

Sg

Rel

easi

ng o

f sol

id w

aste

D

S

Lo

R

Fr

M

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er a

vaila

bilit

y D

S

Lo

R

Sl

Mr

Impa

ct o

n gr

ound

wat

er q

ualit

y Id

S

Lo

R

Sl

Mr

Haz

ard

from

che

mic

al a

nd o

il sp

illage

D

S

W

R

O

M

Was

te fr

om w

orke

rs c

olon

y D

S

Lo

R

Fr

M

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Incr

ease

traf

fic lo

ads

both

in ro

ads,

railw

ay a

nd ri

ver

trans

port

D

S W

R

Fr

Sg

La

nd a

nd A

gric

ultu

re

Impa

ct o

n so

il qu

ality

due

to d

ispo

sal o

f was

tes

mat

eria

ls a

nd w

aste

s w

ater

. D

S

Lo

R

Sl

Mr

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

187

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t

Ris

k in

incr

ease

d th

e di

seas

e ou

tbre

ak to

the

lives

tock

du

e to

unc

ontro

lled

was

te d

umpi

ng in

the

surro

undi

ng

area

. D

L

Lo

Ir Fr

M

Fi

sher

ies

Res

ourc

es

Impa

ct o

n fi

sh m

igra

tion

due

to o

ver t

raffi

c th

roug

h riv

er

and

degr

ade

wat

er q

ualit

y du

e to

spi

llage

of o

il an

d gr

ease

from

the

ship

, car

goes

, ber

ges

etc.

D

S

Lo

R

Lk

M

Dis

char

ge o

f con

stru

ctio

n m

ater

ials

was

h w

ater

cau

sing

tu

rbid

ity m

ay im

pact

on

phyt

opla

nkto

n an

d zo

opla

nkto

n w

hich

is im

porta

nt a

s op

en w

ater

fish

feed

Id

S

Lo

R

Lk

Mr

Fish

div

ersi

ty m

ay b

e af

fect

ed lo

cally

to s

ome

exte

nt

due

to d

egra

datio

n of

wat

er q

ualit

y an

d re

lativ

ely

less

pr

oduc

tivity

of p

rimar

y pr

oduc

ers

Id

S Lo

R

Lk

M

r Ec

osys

tem

Res

ourc

es

Det

erio

rate

terre

stria

l hab

itat q

ualit

y du

e to

em

issi

on o

f no

ise

from

hum

an a

nd v

ehic

ular

mov

emen

t D

S

Lo

R

Lk

Mr

Inhi

bit w

ildlif

e m

ovem

ent

D

L Lo

R

Lk

M

r So

cio-

econ

omic

Env

ironm

ent

Pos

sibi

lity

of e

mpl

oym

ent o

ppor

tuni

ties

D

S Lo

-

Fr

M (p

ositi

ve)

Occ

upat

iona

l hea

lth h

azar

d D

S

Lo

R

Lk

Mr

Post

-con

stru

ctio

n/O

pera

tion

(C)

Phys

ical

Res

ourc

es

Vis

ual o

r sce

nic

beau

ty

Id

L Lo

Ir

Rr

Mr

Ris

e of

loca

l air

tem

pera

ture

due

to h

eat e

mis

sion

from

ch

imne

y D

S

Lo

R

Sl

Mr

Em

issi

on o

f SP

M (w

ithin

the

limit

of E

CR

199

7 an

d am

endm

ent,

2005

) Id

S

Lo

R

Sl

Mr

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

188

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t

Impa

ct d

ue to

Em

issi

on o

f NO

x (w

ithin

the

limit

of E

CR

19

97)

D

L W

Ir

Lk

M

Em

issi

on o

f CO

2 D

L

W

Ir Fr

M

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n D

L

Lo

R

Sl

M

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Im

pact

on

surfa

ce w

ater

ava

ilabi

lity

D

L Lo

R

Fr

M

Im

pact

on

surfa

ce w

ater

qua

lity

D

S Lo

R

O

M

O

il sp

illage

from

mai

nten

ance

wor

ksho

ps

D

S Lo

R

O

M

r W

asta

ge fr

om th

e re

side

nce

D

S Lo

R

O

M

r D

isch

arge

of t

reat

ed e

fflue

nt to

the

Shita

laks

hya

Riv

er/u

nder

grou

nd p

it fro

m c

entra

l effl

uent

trea

tmen

t pl

ant

D

S Lo

R

Lk

M

r Tr

ansp

orta

tion

Syst

em

Incr

ease

in a

ccid

ent d

ue to

incr

easi

ng v

ehic

les

mov

emen

t D

S

W

Ir O

M

Incr

ease

in T

raffi

c lo

ad o

n ro

ads,

railw

ay a

nd ri

ver

trans

port

D

L W

Ir

O

M

Land

and

Agr

icul

tura

l Res

ourc

es

Cha

nge

of lo

cal a

nd re

gion

al la

nd u

se

In

L Lo

Ir

Fr

Ct

Cro

p da

mag

e m

ay in

crea

se b

y pe

st in

fest

atio

n du

e to

lig

htin

g of

the

crop

ped

area

. In

S

Lo

R

O

Mr

Dra

inag

e w

aste

wat

er m

ay b

e ha

rmfu

l for

live

stoc

k he

alth

. The

fodd

er s

carc

ity m

ay a

ppea

r due

to to

xic

effe

ct o

f dra

inag

e w

aste

wat

er.

In

s Lo

R

Lk

M

Fi

sher

ies

Fetc

hing

of 2

8,16

0 to

ns/h

r sur

face

wat

er fo

r onc

e Id

L

Lo

R

O

Mr

Impa

ct E

valu

atio

n

189

Pote

ntia

l Im

pact

s

Nat

ure

Tem

pora

l na

ture

Sp

atia

l na

ture

R

ever

sibi

lity

Like

lihoo

d

Con

sequ

ence

5

D/Id

S/

L Lo

/W

R/Ir

Fr

/Lk/

O/S

l/Rr

In/M

r/M/S

g/C

t th

roug

h sy

stem

may

not

affe

ct th

e po

nd w

ater

av

aila

bilit

y pe

riod

of th

e fis

h po

nds

of th

e st

udy

area

as

this

wat

er w

ill ba

ck to

the

river

with

littl

e m

ore

Fetc

hing

sur

face

wat

er fr

om th

e S

hita

laks

hya

Riv

er a

t th

e ra

te o

f 28,

160

tons

/hr m

ay a

ffect

the

envi

ronm

enta

l flo

w o

f the

rive

r its

elf f

or th

e su

stai

nabi

lity

of th

e ec

osys

tem

. If w

ater

redu

ced

high

ly fo

r oth

er re

ason

(all

life

stag

es-e

ggs,

larv

ae, j

uven

iles

and

adul

ts) m

ay

beco

me

susc

eptib

le to

be

entra

ined

and

ent

rapp

ed to

th

e w

ater

inta

ke s

uctio

n.

Id

S Lo

R

O

M

Ec

osys

tem

Res

ourc

es

Incr

ease

risk

of w

ildlif

e de

ath

for v

ehic

ular

mov

emen

t on

acc

ess

road

D

S

W

R

Lk

Mr

Shi

fting

of a

vifa

unal

mov

emen

t for

ther

mal

plu

me

D

L Lo

R

Lk

M

r P

ossi

bilit

y of

deg

rada

tion

of ri

ver h

abita

t qua

lity

D

S W

R

Sl

M

r D

egra

de te

rres

trial

hab

itat q

ualit

y du

e to

noi

se

D

L Lo

R

Lk

M

r C

reat

e ne

w v

eget

atio

n an

d fa

vora

ble

habi

tats

for

rode

nts

and

avifa

una

in to

wns

hip

area

Id

L

Lo

- Lk

M

So

cio-

econ

omic

Env

ironm

ent

Indu

stria

lizat

ion

D

L W

R

LK

M

(Pos

itive

) E

mpl

oym

ent o

ppor

tuni

ties

D

S/L

Lo

-- Lk

M

(Pos

itive

) P

over

ty re

duct

ion

Id

L Lo

--

Lk

M (P

ositi

ve)

191

Chapter 9 Mitigation of Impacts

The impacts identified through this study were later evaluated considering their nature, spatial and temporal extent, reversibility and consequences. These analyses identify the scope of adopting mitigation measures or reconciliation of the project design with the objective of preventing environmental pollution in compliance with ECA 1995. Thereafter, all of the identified impacts were further evaluated with and without mitigation measure adoption. Table 9-1 describes mitigation measures required for limiting the negative impacts of the project activities and contingency measures required for reducing risk of accidental hazard and enhancement measures for enhancing positive impacts with the aim of sustainable implementation and operation of the project ensuring environmental and community safety. The consequence analysis with and without consideration of mitigation measures adoption will give an idea of effectiveness of the measure. It will help the decision makers to have clear idea to reconcile project plan and design preventing negative impacts and conserving project benefits.

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

192

Tabl

e 9-

1: M

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Pre-

cons

truc

tion

phas

e (E

xist

ing

Boi

ler D

ecom

mis

sion

ing)

Mea

sure

s fo

r miti

gatin

g im

pact

s on

phy

sica

l res

ourc

es (L

ands

cape

, air,

noi

se e

tc.)

Dim

inut

ion

of

visu

al

or

scen

ic

beau

ty

Mr

� Fe

ncin

g of

pro

ject

are

a an

d us

ing

cano

py fo

r pr

otec

ting

fallin

g ef

fect

s

� E

nsur

e th

e fit

men

t of s

hiel

ds d

esig

ned

to

cont

rol o

f the

ligh

ting

effe

cts

�

No

was

te s

houl

d be

out

war

d fro

m th

e pr

ojec

t ar

ea

� A

fter d

ecom

mis

sion

ing

prep

are

the

land

to

min

imiz

e or

redu

ce th

e ris

k to

hea

lth, s

afet

y of

th

e co

ntam

inat

ed la

nd

Con

tract

or/

BPD

B

In

Gen

erat

ion

of f

ugiti

ve p

artic

ulat

e m

atte

r

M

� P

rote

ctin

g of

the

deco

mm

issi

oned

pla

nt

thro

ugh

perim

eter

shi

eld

and

top

cano

py

area

s up

to th

e ce

rtain

hei

ght

� Po

tent

ially

affe

cted

site

will

be v

acan

t for

an

exte

nded

per

iod

of ti

me.

�

Dus

t sup

pres

sion

tech

niqu

es s

houl

d be

im

plem

ente

d as

usi

ng w

ater

or n

on-to

xic

chem

ical

s

� V

ehic

les

or v

esse

l mov

emen

t sho

uld

be

man

aged

to c

ontro

l dus

t em

issi

ons

� PP

Es li

ke d

usk

mas

k sh

ould

be

use

in th

e

BPD

P/

Con

tract

or/

DoE

In

6 Con

sequ

ence

: In-

Insi

gnifi

cant

, Mr-

Min

or, M

- Mod

erat

e, S

g- S

igni

fican

t, C

t- C

atas

troph

ic

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

193

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

plac

e of

hig

her d

ust

Em

issi

on o

f gas

eous

pol

luta

nts

M

� S

elec

tivel

y re

mov

ing

pote

ntia

l haz

ardo

us a

ir po

lluta

nts,

suc

h as

asb

esto

s, to

xic

chem

ical

s fro

m th

e ex

istin

g bo

iler p

rior t

o de

mol

ition

�

Bur

ning

or i

ncin

erat

ion

of a

ny m

ater

ials

on-

site

will

be p

rohi

bite

d �

Man

agin

g em

issi

ons

from

mob

ile s

ourc

es

� R

egul

ar m

onito

ring

of th

e oc

cupa

tiona

l hea

lth

safe

ty a

nd e

nviro

nmen

tal q

ualit

y as

per

de

com

mis

sion

ing

proc

edur

e

Con

tract

or/

BPD

B

Mr

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n

Sg

� Th

e de

com

mis

sion

ing

proc

ess

mus

t be

limit

with

in o

ccup

atio

nal n

oise

leve

l �

On

site

dec

omm

issi

onin

g ac

tiviti

es s

houl

d be

lim

ited

to 6

:0 a

m to

6:0

pm

exc

ludi

ng

holid

ays

� A

ll eq

uipm

ents

, mac

hine

ry a

nd v

ehic

les

will

be

pro

perly

mai

ntai

ned

to re

duce

noi

se

gene

ratio

n �

Mus

t use

noi

se p

rote

ctin

g ge

ar li

ke e

ar p

lugs

al

l tim

e at

the

high

noi

se a

reas

or r

isky

are

as

� C

ompl

aint

regi

ster

ed s

houl

d be

mai

ntai

ned

and

reco

rds

the

inci

dent

s

Con

tract

or/

BPD

B

Mr

Rel

easi

ng o

f sol

id w

aste

M

� A

sses

sing

the

cont

ents

of h

azar

dous

m

ater

ials

(e.g

. PC

B in

ele

ctro

nic

equi

pmen

ts,

asbe

stos

in b

uild

ings

, met

als

in p

lans

co

mpo

nent

s) fo

r pro

cess

ing

them

prio

r to

dem

oliti

on

� Vi

sual

insp

ectio

n of

the

site

will

be c

arrie

d ou

t

Con

tract

or/

BPD

B

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

194

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

regu

larly

for w

aste

mat

eria

l tha

t has

bee

n di

spos

ed in

appr

opria

tely

. Was

te c

olle

ctio

n w

ill be

mon

itore

d an

d tra

ckin

g do

cum

ente

d re

gula

rly.

� S

egre

gatio

n of

was

te in

to s

epar

ate

stre

ams

for r

ecyc

ling

or d

ispo

sal

� D

omes

tic a

nd c

omm

erci

al w

aste

will

be

perio

dica

lly re

mov

ed fr

om s

ite a

nd

intu

ition

ally

pro

cure

men

t mea

sure

s sh

ould

be

cond

ucte

d by

a li

cens

ed c

ontra

ctor

�

PPEs

like

hel

met

s, p

rote

ctiv

e sh

oos

etc

mus

t be

ens

ured

to th

e la

bors

Mea

sure

s fo

r miti

gatin

g im

pact

s on

wat

er re

sour

ces

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er q

ualit

y

Sg

� N

o w

aste

sho

uld

be m

ixed

with

the

surfa

ce

wat

er o

utsi

de th

e pr

ojec

t are

a �

Sto

rm w

ater

or s

urfa

ce ru

noff

of

deco

mm

issi

onin

g ar

ea s

houl

d be

trea

ted

� R

egul

ar in

spec

tion

of th

e se

wer

age

treat

men

t sy

stem

�

Reg

ular

mon

itorin

g th

e qu

ality

of w

aste

wat

er

to m

eet u

p th

e ac

cept

ance

crit

eria

.

BPD

P/

Con

tract

or/

DoE

M

r

Haz

ardo

us

situ

atio

n by

O

il &

C

hem

ical

spi

llage

Sg

� U

se o

f abs

orbe

nt m

ater

ials

to c

olle

ct s

pilla

ge

oil o

r che

mic

als

� U

se o

f spi

llage

cap

turin

g pl

atfo

rm fo

r dru

m

stor

age

� E

ffect

ive

mai

nten

ance

of a

ll va

lves

and

pip

ing

syst

em to

pre

vent

the

mix

ing

of h

ydro

carb

ons

or c

hem

ical

s w

ith c

lean

sto

rm w

ater

Con

tract

or/

BPD

B

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

195

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� R

euse

, rec

ycle

or s

ell t

he u

nuse

d ch

emic

als

and

oil w

here

pos

sibl

e �

Saf

e an

d se

cure

sto

rage

faci

litie

s sh

ould

be

build

up

to c

olle

ctio

n of

che

mic

als

and

oil

durin

g de

mol

ition

Was

te w

ater

from

wor

kers

col

ony

M

� O

nsite

was

te tr

eatm

ent s

yste

m s

houl

d im

plem

ent

� R

egul

ar tr

aini

ng to

the

wor

kers

and

m

onito

ring

the

tem

pora

ry re

side

nce

�

No

was

te s

houl

d be

dis

pose

d to

out

side

of t

he

proj

ect

BPD

P/

Con

tract

or/

DoE

M

r

Tran

spor

tatio

n S

yste

m

Traf

fic lo

ads

Sg

� D

evel

opin

g or

mai

ntai

ning

road

s to

faci

litat

e tra

nspo

rtatio

n of

dis

man

tled

mac

hine

ries,

an

cilla

ries

and

dem

olis

hed

was

te m

ater

ials

�

Alte

rnat

e aw

ay,

resc

hedu

le o

f the

pro

ject

ve

hicl

es m

ovem

ent a

nd in

crea

se th

e ca

paci

ty

of th

e ve

hicl

es w

ill re

duce

traf

fic lo

ad o

f the

st

udy

area

�

Intro

duce

traf

fic m

anag

emen

t sys

tem

to th

e pr

ojec

t are

a �

Stric

tly m

onito

ring

the

fitne

ss o

f the

veh

icle

s

BPD

P/Lo

cal

Adm

inis

trati

on

M

Ecos

yste

m

Veg

etat

ion

dam

age

M

� D

ecom

mis

sion

ing

of b

oile

r sho

uld

be d

one

in

conf

inem

ent

� S

orbe

nt s

houl

d be

mad

e av

aila

ble

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

/ BP

DB

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

196

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Soci

o-ec

onom

ic C

ondi

tion

Noi

se a

nd d

ust

indu

ced

heal

th

prob

lem

M

� D

ecom

mis

sion

ing

of b

oile

r sho

uld

be d

one

in

conf

inem

ent

� P

rofe

ssio

nals

and

sta

ffs m

ust u

se n

oise

pr

otec

ting

gear

like

ear

plu

gs a

ll tim

e at

the

high

noi

se a

reas

or r

isky

are

as

� M

usk

shou

ld b

e w

orn

for p

rote

ctin

g du

st

inha

latio

n

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

/ BP

DB

M

r

Pre-

cons

truc

tion

phas

e (L

and

Dev

elop

men

t)

Phy

sica

l Res

ourc

es

Gen

erat

ion

of f

ugiti

ve p

artic

ulat

e m

atte

r

Sg

� Fe

ncin

g of

pro

ject

are

a by

dru

m s

heet

or

Tarjj

a �

Sprin

klin

g w

ater

to th

e so

il du

ring

site

de

velo

pmen

t �

Dus

t sup

pres

sion

sys

tem

sho

uld

be

impl

emen

ted

�

Exc

ess

tops

oil i

s to

be

spre

ad e

venl

y ov

er

the

area

in a

man

ner t

hat b

lend

s in

with

the

natu

ral t

opog

raph

y �

Stoc

kpile

s an

d st

orag

e ya

rds

will

be

cove

red

to c

ontro

l dus

t em

issi

on

Con

tract

or

Mr

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n

M

� Th

e la

nd d

evel

opm

ent p

roce

ss m

ust b

e lim

it w

ithin

occ

upat

iona

l noi

se le

vel

� O

n si

te la

nd d

evel

opm

ent a

ctiv

ities

sho

uld

be

limite

d to

6:0

am

to 6

:0 p

m e

xclu

ding

ho

liday

s

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

M

r

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

197

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� In

stal

ling

suita

ble

muf

flers

on

engi

ne e

xhau

sts

and

com

pres

sor c

ompo

nent

s �

Inst

allin

g vi

brat

ion

isol

atio

n fo

r mec

hani

cal

inst

rum

ent

� R

educ

ing

proj

ect t

raffi

c ro

utin

g th

roug

h co

mm

unity

are

a w

here

ver p

ossi

ble

�

Dev

elop

ing

mec

hani

sm to

reco

rd a

nd re

spon

d to

com

plai

nts

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er q

ualit

y

Sg

� A

rrest

all

kind

s of

sol

id p

ollu

tant

s an

d w

aste

m

ater

ials

by

deve

lopi

ng u

nder

grou

nd p

it �

No

was

te s

houl

d be

dis

pose

d to

the

river

/can

als

� Ef

ficie

nt u

se o

f wat

er w

ill re

duce

was

te w

ater

ge

nera

tion

� U

se d

rum

mer

regu

larly

for c

ompa

ctio

n of

soi

l

Con

tract

or

Mr

Was

te w

ater

from

wor

kers

col

ony

M

� O

nsite

was

te tr

eatm

ent s

yste

m s

houl

d im

plem

ent

� R

egul

ar tr

aini

ng to

the

wor

kers

and

m

onito

ring

the

tem

pora

ry re

side

nce

�

No

was

te s

houl

d be

dis

pose

d to

the

river

s/ca

nals

Con

tract

or

Mr

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Incr

ease

traf

fic lo

ads

Sg

� A

ltern

ate

away

, re

sche

dule

of t

he p

roje

ct

vehi

cles

mov

emen

t and

incr

ease

the

capa

city

of

the

vehi

cles

will

redu

ce tr

affic

load

of t

he

stud

y ar

ea

Con

tract

or/

Loca

l A

utho

rity

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

198

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� In

trodu

ce tr

affic

man

agem

ent s

yste

m to

the

proj

ect a

rea

� St

rictly

mon

itorin

g th

e fit

ness

of t

he v

ehic

les

Miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

for p

reve

ntin

g im

pact

s on

Fis

herie

s

Ham

per

fish

mig

ratio

n an

d de

grad

atio

n to

hab

itat q

ualit

y M

r

� B

ilge

wat

er s

houl

d be

con

serv

ed a

nd d

ropp

ed

into

def

ined

pit

outs

ide

the

river

�

Nav

igat

ion

for t

rans

porti

ng p

lant

rela

ted

mat

eria

ls a

nd m

achi

nery

sho

uld

avoi

d br

eedi

ng m

igra

tion

perio

d (J

uly-

Aug

ust)

� A

war

enes

s bu

ildin

g pr

ogra

m s

houl

d un

derta

ke to

mak

e th

e sh

ip c

rew

s m

ore

effie

cien

t in

was

te m

anag

emen

t

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

/ BI

WTA

In

Ecos

yste

m R

esou

rces

Dam

age

to e

xist

ing

vege

tatio

n fo

r la

nd d

evel

opm

ent

M

� La

nd d

evel

opm

ent s

houl

d be

don

e af

ter t

he

final

izat

ion

of th

e de

sign

to o

ptim

ize

the

land

in

turn

to d

amag

e ve

geta

tion

as lo

w a

s po

ssib

le

Con

tract

or/

Loca

l A

utho

rity

Mr

Loss

of e

xist

ing

vege

tatio

n be

side

the

conn

ectin

g ro

ads

M

�

Exi

stin

g gr

ove

shou

ld b

e de

velo

ped

as ro

ad

for c

arry

ing

mat

eria

ls, f

illing

ear

th, e

quip

men

t et

c. o

that

less

veg

etat

ion

need

to b

e cl

eare

d

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

M

r

Deg

rada

tion

of te

rrest

rial h

abita

t qu

ality

due

to g

ener

atio

n of

ex

cess

ive

nois

e fro

m la

nd

deve

lopm

ent m

achi

nery

, ge

nera

tor e

tc a

long

with

veh

icle

s m

ovin

g ar

ound

Mr

� U

se o

f low

noi

se g

ener

atin

g m

achi

nery

and

ve

hicl

e �

Set

ting

up b

illboa

rd a

nd o

ther

kin

ds o

f ca

mpa

ign

mea

ns fo

r abs

tain

ing

driv

ers

from

pl

ayin

g hy

drau

lic h

orn/

high

noi

se p

rodu

cing

ho

rn

BPD

B &

Con

tract

or

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

199

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� In

hibi

t wild

life

mov

emen

t M

�

Fenc

ing

arou

nd th

e pr

opos

ed s

ite s

houl

d be

do

ne a

nd a

ltern

ate

pass

age

for w

ildlif

e m

ovem

ent s

houl

d be

cre

ated

Con

tract

or

and

PD

B

In

Mea

sure

s fo

r com

pens

atin

g so

cioe

cono

mic

impa

cts

Pres

sure

cre

ate

on s

ocio

-cul

tura

l an

d so

cio-

econ

omic

act

iviti

es

Sg

� P

roje

ct s

houl

d of

fer e

mpl

oym

ent o

ppor

tuni

ty

to lo

cal p

eopl

e ba

sed

on th

eir s

kills

BP

DB/

C

ontra

ctor

M

r

Con

stru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Mea

sure

s fo

r miti

gatin

g im

pact

s on

phy

sica

l res

ourc

es (L

ands

cape

, air,

noi

se e

tc.)

Land

scap

e an

d sc

enic

bea

uty

M

� G

ood

hous

ekee

ping

for p

ipe

stoc

king

and

pi

pe li

ne ly

ing

� Fe

ncin

g of

pro

ject

are

a by

dru

m s

heet

or

Tarjj

a �

Spe

cific

tim

e sc

hedu

le s

houl

d be

follo

wed

BPD

P/

Con

tract

M

r

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n

M

� Th

e co

nstru

ctio

n pr

oces

s m

ust b

e lim

it w

ithin

oc

cupa

tiona

l noi

se le

vel

� O

n si

te d

ecom

mis

sion

ing

activ

ities

sho

uld

be

limite

d to

6:0

am

to 6

:0 p

m e

xclu

ding

ho

liday

s �

All

equi

pmen

ts, m

achi

nerie

s an

d ve

hicl

es w

ill be

pro

perly

mai

ntai

ned

to re

duce

noi

se

gene

ratio

n �

Mus

t use

noi

se p

rote

ctin

g ge

ar li

ke e

ar p

lugs

al

l tim

e at

the

high

noi

se a

reas

or r

isky

are

as

� C

ompl

aint

regi

ster

ed s

houl

d be

mai

ntai

ned

and

reco

rds

the

inci

dent

s

BPD

P/Lo

cal

Adm

inis

trati

on/D

oE/

Con

tract

or

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

200

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� R

egul

ar in

spec

tion

and

mai

nten

ance

of t

he

mec

hani

cal e

ngin

es, v

ehic

les

etc.

�

Shu

t dow

n or

thro

ttle

dow

n th

e en

gine

whe

n no

t in

use/

oper

atio

n

Rel

easi

ng o

f sol

id w

aste

M

� O

n si

te w

aste

col

lect

ion,

trea

tmen

t and

m

anag

emen

t sys

tem

sho

uld

be a

dopt

ed

� Ad

equa

te n

umbe

r of ‘

scav

enge

r pro

of’ r

efus

e bi

ns m

ust b

e pr

ovid

ed a

t the

con

stru

ctio

n si

tes

and

at th

e co

nstru

ctio

n ca

mps

. �

Kee

p pr

ovis

ion

of d

iffer

ent c

olor

ed w

aste

bin

fo

r dum

ping

bio

degr

adab

le, r

eusa

ble

and

recy

clab

le w

aste

s �

Con

stru

ctio

n w

aste

s m

ust b

e re

used

or

recy

cled

as

and

whe

re p

ossi

ble

� A

ll w

aste

mus

t be

trans

porte

d in

an

appr

opria

te m

anne

r (e.

g. p

last

ic ru

bbis

h ba

gs).

�

Sto

ck p

iles

of c

onst

ruct

ion

mat

eria

ls s

houl

d be

cov

ered

in o

rder

to p

rote

ct fr

om w

ind

and

wea

ther

ing

actio

n �

The

cont

ract

or w

ill m

aint

ain

‘goo

d ho

usek

eepi

ng’ p

ract

ices

to e

nsur

e th

at a

ll w

ork

site

s an

d co

nstru

ctio

n ca

mp

are

kept

tid

y an

d lit

ter f

ree.

BPD

P/Lo

cal

Adm

inis

trati

on/C

ontra

ctor

Mr

Gen

erat

ion

of

fugi

tive

dust

pa

rticl

e M

� V

eget

atio

n cl

eara

nce

and

base

stri

ppin

g sh

ould

be

min

imiz

ed

� V

ehic

le s

peed

rest

rictio

n sh

ould

be

enfo

rced

to

con

trol d

ust g

ener

atio

n

BPD

B/

Con

tract

or/

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

201

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� E

arth

en ro

ads

and

unde

velo

ped

road

s sh

ould

be

avo

ided

to m

inim

ize

dust

gen

erat

ion

� K

eep

prov

isio

n of

wat

er s

pray

ing

syst

em to

su

ppre

ss fu

gitiv

e du

st

� D

ust p

artic

le g

ener

ated

from

acc

ess

road

s m

ust b

e co

ntro

lled

by s

pray

ing

wat

er d

urin

g dr

y se

ason

�

Sto

ck p

iles

of c

onst

ruct

ion

mat

eria

ls s

houl

d be

cov

ered

in o

rder

to p

rote

ct fr

om w

ind

actio

n �

An

appr

opria

te fr

eebo

ard

shou

ld b

e m

aint

aine

d in

truc

ks h

aulin

g co

nstru

ctio

n m

ater

ials

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Impa

ct

on

surfa

ce

wat

er

avai

labi

li ty

Mr

� U

se o

f sur

face

wat

er a

fter p

rope

r tre

atm

ent

� P

rovi

sion

of s

econ

dary

sou

rces

dur

ing

cons

truct

ion

perio

d �

Per

cuss

ion

has

been

take

n to

pol

lute

the

wat

er

� R

ain

wat

er h

arve

stin

g m

ight

be

inst

alle

d

BPD

P/

Con

stru

ctor

In

Impa

ct o

n su

rface

wat

er q

ualit

y

Mr

� P

rovi

de p

rope

r san

itatio

n an

d w

ater

sup

ply

faci

litie

s to

pro

ject

per

sonn

el in

clud

ing

labo

rs

� E

nsur

e no

was

te d

ispo

sal i

n w

ater

bo

dies

/can

als/

river

�

Was

te d

ispo

sal a

rea

shou

ld b

e at

saf

e di

stan

ce fr

om ri

ver a

nd c

anal

�

Pro

vide

trai

ning

and

aw

aren

ess

prog

ram

to

BPD

P/Lo

cal

Adm

inis

trati

on/D

oE/

Con

tract

or

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

202

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

the

labo

rs

Impa

ct o

n gr

ound

wat

er q

ualit

y

Mr

� Pr

ovis

ion

of ra

in w

ater

har

vest

ing

faci

litie

s fo

r do

mes

tic u

se in

wor

kers

col

ony

� H

arm

ful e

fflue

nts

and

was

tes

leak

age

from

oil

and

chem

ical

tank

or s

tora

ge s

houl

d be

co

ntro

lled

� W

aste

dis

posa

l are

a sh

ould

be

desi

gned

en

surin

g no

leac

hing

from

the

was

te d

ispo

sal

pile

�

Pro

vide

trai

ning

and

aw

aren

ess

prog

ram

to

the

labo

rs a

nd p

rofe

ssio

nals

BPD

P/

/DoE

/ C

onst

ruct

or

In

Oil

and

grea

se

spilla

ge

from

m

aint

enan

ce w

orks

hops

M

� U

se o

f abs

orbe

nt m

ater

ials

to c

olle

ct s

pilla

ge

oil o

r che

mic

als

� E

ffect

ive

mai

nten

ance

of a

ll va

lves

and

pip

ing

syst

em to

pre

vent

the

mix

ing

of h

ydro

carb

ons

or c

hem

ical

s w

ith c

lean

sto

rm w

ater

�

Reu

se, r

ecyc

le o

r sel

l the

unu

sed

chem

ical

s an

d oi

l whe

re p

ossi

ble

� Le

akag

e fro

m o

il an

d ch

emic

al ta

nk o

r st

orag

e sh

ould

be

cont

rolle

d �

Reg

ular

che

ck a

nd m

onito

ring

the

stor

age

and

conv

eyer

line

of o

il re

gula

rly

� A

rran

gem

ents

of g

love

s, h

elm

ets,

sun

glas

ses

and

othe

r too

ls, d

ress

es &

uni

form

s fo

r eac

h w

orke

r so

that

the

wor

kers

can

kee

p th

emse

lves

saf

e fro

m a

ny k

inds

of a

ccid

ent.

�

Ava

ilabi

lity

of d

ispe

rsan

ts s

houl

d be

ens

ured

BPD

P/

Con

stru

ctor

In

Was

te fr

om w

orke

rs c

olon

y M

�

No

was

te s

houl

d be

rele

ased

with

out

BPD

P/

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

203

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

treat

men

t �

Qua

lity

hous

ekee

ping

sho

uld

be m

aint

aine

d by

regu

lar i

nspe

ctio

n an

d ch

ecki

ng

� P

rovi

sion

of s

anita

ry to

ilet,

one

toile

t for

10

pers

ons

� R

ecyc

led

was

te s

houl

d be

dis

pose

d in

a

suita

ble

land

fill

� K

eep

prov

isio

n of

aw

aren

ess

build

ing

mee

ting

and

train

ing

for e

mpl

oyee

s

Con

stru

ctor

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Incr

ease

tra

ffic

load

bo

th

in

road

s,

railw

ays

and

river

tra

nspo

rt

Sg

� Im

prov

emen

t of r

oads

, rai

lway

s an

d riv

erin

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sy

stem

s �

Dev

elop

ing

or m

aint

aini

ng ro

ads

to fa

cilit

ate

trans

porta

tion

syst

em

� A

ltern

ate

way

, re

sche

dule

of t

he p

roje

ct

vehi

cles

mov

emen

t and

incr

ease

the

capa

city

of

the

vehi

cles

will

redu

ce tr

affic

load

of t

he

stud

y ar

ea

� In

trodu

ce tr

affic

man

agem

ent s

yste

m to

the

proj

ect a

rea

� St

rictly

mon

itorin

g th

e fit

ness

of t

he v

ehic

les

� E

very

veh

icle

has

to b

e re

gula

r wat

ch o

ver

the

fitne

ss

BPD

P/

Con

tract

or

In

Miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

for c

ontr

ollin

g im

pact

s on

Lan

d an

d Ag

ricul

ture

Impa

ct

on

soil

qual

ity

due

to

disp

osal

of

was

tes

mat

eria

ls a

nd

Mr

� Th

e co

nstru

ctio

n m

ater

ials

hav

e to

be

colle

cted

, sto

red,

and

dis

pose

d in

an

appr

opria

te m

anne

r EP

C

Con

tract

or/

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

204

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

was

tes

wat

er.

�

BPD

B

Dam

age

to s

urro

undi

ng c

rops

M

r

The

was

tes

mat

eria

ls s

houl

d be

recy

cled

be

fore

rele

ase

on th

e en

viro

nmen

t

Rec

ycle

d w

aste

sho

uld

be d

ispo

sed

in a

su

itabl

e la

ndfil

l

The

pro

ject

are

a sh

ould

be

fenc

ing

by d

rum

sh

eet o

r tar

jja

The

con

stru

ctio

n ac

tiviti

es a

nd s

tock

ing

shou

ld

be li

mite

d w

ithin

the

proj

ect b

ound

ary

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

/ BP

DB

In

Miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

for c

ontr

ollin

g im

pact

s on

Fis

herie

s

Impa

ct o

n fi

sh m

igra

tion

due

to

over

traf

fic th

roug

h riv

er a

nd

degr

ade

wat

er q

ualit

y du

e to

sp

illage

of o

il an

d gr

ease

from

th

e sh

ip, c

argo

es, b

erge

s et

c.

M

� B

ilge

wat

er s

houl

d be

con

serv

ed a

nd d

ropp

ed

into

def

ined

pit

outs

ide

the

river

�

Nav

igat

ion

for t

rans

porti

ng p

lant

rela

ted

mat

eria

ls a

nd m

achi

nery

sho

uld

avoi

d br

eedi

ng m

igra

tion

perio

d (J

uly-

Aug

ust)

� H

ighl

y ef

ficie

nt s

hips

, car

goes

, ber

ges

shou

ld

be u

sed

in tr

ansp

ortin

g m

ater

ials

and

m

achi

nery

EPC

C

ontra

ctor

/ BI

WTA

In

Dis

char

ge o

f con

stru

ctio

n m

ater

ials

was

h w

ater

cau

sing

tu

rbid

ity m

ay im

pact

on

phyt

opla

nkto

n an

d zo

opla

nkto

n w

hich

is s

igni

fican

t as

open

wat

er

fish

feed

Mr

� W

ash

wat

er o

f suc

h co

nstru

ctio

n m

ater

ials

sh

ould

be

disc

harg

ed a

fter t

reat

men

t �

Firs

tly, w

ash

wat

er s

houl

d be

trap

ped

in a

pit

then

rele

ase

into

the

river

with

due

trea

tmen

t

BWD

B/

Con

tract

or

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

205

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Impa

ct o

n fis

h di

vers

ity

Mr

� A

dopt

ion

of a

bove

mea

sure

s fo

r fis

herie

s w

ould

faci

litat

e fis

h bi

odiv

ersi

ty

Con

tract

or/

DoF

In

Miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

for c

onse

rvin

g Ec

osys

tem

Mov

emen

ts a

nd li

ving

of w

ildlif

e w

ill be

ham

pere

d du

e to

m

ovem

ent o

f veh

icle

s, la

bore

rs,

gene

rate

d no

ise

from

co

nstru

ctio

n m

achi

nery

and

lig

htin

g at

con

stru

ctio

n si

te

Mr

� A

void

wild

life

pass

ages

dur

ing

labo

r and

ve

hicl

e m

ovem

ent

� U

se o

f low

noi

se g

ener

atin

g m

achi

nery

and

ve

hicl

e an

d av

oid

hydr

aulic

hor

n/hi

gh n

oise

pr

oduc

ing

horn

�

Put s

witc

h-of

f lig

hts

at n

ight

to e

nsur

e sm

ooth

m

ovem

ent o

f noc

turn

al w

ildlif

e

BPD

B &

Con

tract

or

In

Inte

rrup

t wild

life

mov

emen

t for

bl

ocki

ng w

ildlif

e pa

ssag

es a

t co

nstru

ctio

n si

te

Mr

� Fe

ncin

g ar

ound

the

prop

osed

site

sho

uld

be

done

and

alte

rnat

e pa

ssag

e fo

r wild

life

mov

emen

t sho

uld

be c

reat

ed

Con

tract

or

and

PD

B

In

Mea

sure

s fo

r enh

anci

ng S

ocio

econ

omic

con

ditio

n P

ossi

bilit

y of

em

ploy

men

t op

portu

nitie

s

M (p

ositi

ve)

� Th

e la

bor r

ecru

itmen

t pol

icy

shou

ld b

e fo

rmul

ated

in s

uch

a w

ay th

at th

e lo

cal

labo

rers

can

eas

ily g

et c

hanc

e of

em

ploy

men

t in

the

pow

er p

lant

pro

ject

. LG

Is s

houl

d pr

ovid

e su

ppor

t ski

ll de

velo

pmen

t pro

gram

an

d in

com

e ge

nera

tion

activ

ities

to lo

cal

peop

le.

BPD

B,

Con

tract

or,

LGIs

Sg

(pos

itive

)

Occ

upat

iona

l hea

lth h

azar

d

Mr

� A

rran

gem

ents

of g

love

s, h

elm

ets,

sun

glas

ses

and

othe

r too

ls, d

ress

es &

uni

form

s fo

r eac

h w

orke

r so

that

the

wor

kers

can

kee

p th

emse

lves

saf

e fro

m a

ny k

inds

of a

ccid

ent.

BPD

B/ E

PC

Con

tract

or/

Civ

il S

urge

on

offic

e,

Nar

sing

di

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

206

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Post

-con

stru

ctio

n/O

pera

tion

phas

e

Mea

sure

s fo

r miti

gatin

g im

pact

s on

phy

sica

l res

ourc

es (L

ands

cape

, air,

noi

se e

tc.)

Land

scap

e an

d sc

enic

bea

uty

Mr

� S

ecur

ity li

ghtin

g m

ust b

e pl

aced

suc

h th

at it

is

not a

nui

sanc

e to

resi

dent

s an

d vi

sito

rs to

the

area

. Shi

elds

may

be

requ

ired

to p

reve

nt

light

s fro

m b

eing

vis

ible

from

oth

er p

arts

of

the

prot

ecte

d ar

ea

� E

cosy

stem

app

roac

h sh

ould

be

cons

ider

ed in

la

ndsc

ape

plan

ning

�

Sel

ectio

n of

loca

l spe

cies

in g

reen

belt

deve

lopm

ent

� Be

autif

icat

ion

of th

e pl

ant a

reas

�

Reg

ular

mai

nten

ance

of t

he la

ndsc

ape

and

gree

nbel

t

BPD

P/D

oE

BPD

P/

Loca

l Ad

min

.

BPD

P/ D

oE

BPD

P/D

oE

BPD

P/D

oE

DoE

/BPD

P

In

Ris

e of

loca

l air

tem

pera

ture

due

to

he

at

emis

sion

fro

m

chim

ney/

stac

k

Mr

� S

tack

of 5

0 m

hei

ght m

ight

be

enou

gh fo

r thi

s C

CPP

�

A b

uffe

r zon

e sh

ould

be

crea

ted

with

pl

anta

tion

in ro

ws

betw

een

proj

ect b

ound

ary

and

resi

dent

ial a

rea

� R

egul

ar in

spec

tion

and

mon

itorin

g of

flue

gas

te

mpe

ratu

re

P

rovi

sion

of

cont

rol

of t

otal

pla

nt f

rom

the

co

ntro

l roo

m

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

207

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Pro

visi

on o

f fire

def

ense

and

figh

ting

syst

em

Emis

sion

of

SP

M

(PM

10&

PM

2.5)

(w

ithin

th

e lim

it of

E

CR

20

05)

Mr

� R

egul

ar m

onito

ring

the

air q

ualit

y sa

mpl

e

(PM

10 a

nd P

M2.

5) a

ccor

ding

to th

e m

onito

ring

plan

�

The

plan

t equ

ipm

ent m

ust b

e pe

rform

ance

te

sted

dur

ing

com

mis

sion

ing

phas

e to

ens

ure

that

sta

ndar

d ha

s be

en m

aint

aine

d

� R

egul

ar in

spec

tion

and

mai

nten

ance

of

HR

SG, p

ress

ure

parts

and

oth

er a

ncilla

ries

� S

afet

y an

d em

erge

ncy

plan

for a

ccid

enta

l ha

zard

Reg

ular

mai

nten

ance

and

ove

rhau

ling

as p

er

desi

gn s

peci

ficat

ion

In

Impa

ct d

ue to

Em

issi

on o

f NO

x (w

ithin

the

limit

of E

CR

200

5)

M

� R

egul

ar m

onito

ring

the

leve

l of N

Ox

ac

cord

ing

to th

e m

onito

ring

plan

�

Set

ting

bio-

indi

cato

r for

app

rehe

ndin

g th

e in

crea

se o

f NO

x in

loca

l atm

osph

ere

�

Reg

ular

insp

ectio

n an

d m

aint

enan

ce o

f H

RSG

, pre

ssur

e pa

rts, d

ry lo

w N

Ox

burn

er

and

othe

r anc

illarie

s �

Reg

ular

mai

nten

ance

and

ove

rhau

ling

as p

er

desi

gn s

peci

ficat

ion

In

Em

issi

on o

f CO

, CO

2

M

� R

egul

ar m

onito

ring

the

leve

l of C

O a

ccor

ding

to

the

mon

itorin

g pl

an

� S

ettin

g bi

o-in

dica

tor f

or a

ppre

hend

ing

the

incr

ease

of C

O in

loca

l atm

osph

ere

�

It sh

ould

stri

ctly

mai

ntai

n th

e ai

r-fu

el ra

tio

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

208

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� R

egul

ar in

spec

tion

and

mai

nten

ance

of

HR

SG, p

ress

ure

parts

and

oth

er a

ncilla

ries

� R

egul

ar m

aint

enan

ce a

nd o

verh

aulin

g as

per

de

sign

spe

cific

atio

n �

The

proj

ect s

houl

d ha

ve h

ealth

insu

ranc

e to

th

e pr

ojec

t em

ploy

ees

� G

reen

bel

t dev

elop

men

t in

and

arou

nd th

e pr

ojec

t are

a

Noi

se g

ener

atio

n

M

� Lo

w n

oise

leve

l may

be

ensu

red

usin

g ad

vanc

ed te

chno

logy

of l

ow n

oise

pro

duci

ng

mac

hine

ries

�

Dev

elop

men

t of b

uffe

r zon

e an

d gr

een

belt

� R

egul

ar m

onito

ring

the

nois

e le

vel a

ccor

ding

to

the

mon

itorin

g pl

an

� M

aint

ain

DoE

sta

ndar

d fo

r spe

cific

zon

e an

d pe

riod

of n

oise

leve

l �

Con

stru

ct h

igh

and

thic

k bo

unda

ry w

all t

hat

coul

d ac

t as

nois

e da

mpe

r �

Noi

se in

sula

tion

shou

ld b

e im

plem

ente

d su

rroun

ding

the

turb

ine

and

gene

rato

r cas

ing

� In

trodu

ce a

nd e

nfor

ce v

ehic

le s

peed

lim

it

In

Wat

er R

esou

rces

Sur

face

w

ater

qu

ality

m

ay

be

dete

riora

ted

M

� Af

ter t

reat

men

t effl

uent

s an

d liq

uid

was

te fr

om

pow

er p

lant

will

be re

leas

ed to

ope

n w

ater

sy

stem

or i

nto

the

pit

� D

ispo

sal o

f hot

wat

er fr

om c

oolin

g sy

stem

sh

ould

be

disc

harg

ed in

am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

DoE

/BP

DP

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

209

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

not e

xcee

ding

30 C

as

per t

he W

orld

Ban

k S

tand

ard

� W

aste

trea

tmen

t pla

nt s

houl

d be

con

stru

cted

an

d fu

nctio

ned

in th

e pr

ojec

t site

�

Trai

ning

and

aw

aren

ess

prog

ram

to th

e w

orke

r and

pro

fess

iona

ls

Che

mic

als,

oi

l an

d gr

ease

sp

illage

m

ay

degr

ade

wat

er

qual

ity

Mr

� C

hem

ical

tank

or s

tora

ge s

houl

d be

of l

eak

proo

f �

Dis

pers

ants

sho

uld

read

y fo

r mak

ing

the

oil

and

grea

se p

lum

e in

to s

lick

� R

egul

ar c

heck

and

mon

itorin

g th

e st

orag

e an

d co

nvey

er li

ne o

f oil

regu

larly

DoE

/ BPD

P

� In

Was

tage

from

the

resi

denc

e m

ay

degr

ade

the

envi

ronm

enta

l qu

ality

Mr

� N

o w

aste

sho

uld

be re

leas

ed in

the

open

en

viro

nmen

t with

out t

reat

men

t �

Qua

lity

hous

ekee

ping

sho

uld

be m

aint

aine

d by

regu

lar i

nspe

ctio

n an

d ch

ecki

ng

� R

ecyc

led

was

te s

houl

d be

dis

pose

d in

a

suita

ble

land

fill a

fter b

eing

seg

rega

ted

by th

e ch

arac

teris

tics

of th

e w

aste

mat

eria

ls

� K

eep

prov

isio

n of

aw

aren

ess

build

ing

mee

ting

and

train

ing

for e

mpl

oyee

s

DoE

/ BPD

P

In

Dis

char

ge o

f tre

ated

effl

uent

from

ce

ntra

l ef

fluen

t tre

atm

ent

plan

t m

ay m

aint

ain

the

wat

er q

ualit

y M

r

� R

egul

arly

mon

itorin

g of

the

ETP

inst

rum

ents

�

Mon

itorin

g w

ater

qua

lity

acco

rdin

g to

the

prop

osed

spa

tial l

ocat

ion

and

tem

pora

l bas

is

� C

ompl

ianc

e m

onito

ring

shou

ld b

e im

plem

ente

d �

Ons

ite w

aste

trea

tmen

t and

off-

site

dis

posa

l fa

cilit

ies

shou

ld b

e im

plem

ente

d

� D

oE/

BPD

P

Mr

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

210

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� La

nd fi

ll si

te s

houl

d be

dev

elop

ed m

aint

aini

ng

the

DoE

sta

ndar

d

Tran

spor

tatio

n Sy

stem

Freq

uenc

y of

ac

cide

nt

may

in

crea

se

due

to

incr

ease

of

m

ovem

ent o

f veh

icle

s

M

� M

aint

enan

ce o

f roa

ds fo

r eas

y co

mm

unic

atio

n sy

stem

�

Eve

ry v

ehic

le h

as to

be

regu

larly

che

cked

for

thei

r fitn

ess

� P

rovi

de re

gula

r tra

inin

g to

the

driv

er a

nd

deve

lop

awar

enes

s to

the

com

mun

ity

BPD

P/Lo

cal

Adm

inis

trati

on/D

oE

Mr

Con

trol

ling

impa

cts

on L

and

and

Agric

ultu

re

Soil

ferti

lity/

qual

ity

m

ight

be

re

duce

d du

e to

de

posi

tion

of

solid

and

liqu

id w

aste

M

�

Tem

pora

ry w

aste

dum

ping

faci

litie

s sh

ould

be

cons

truct

ed in

on

site

and

per

man

ent w

aste

du

mpi

ng fa

cilit

ies

shou

ld b

e m

ade

in o

ff si

te

BP

DB

In

Cha

nge

of lo

cal a

nd re

gion

al la

nd

use

patte

rn

due

to

indu

stria

lizat

ion.

M

� Fa

llow

land

s sh

ould

be

sele

cted

for t

he

cons

truct

ion

of n

ew in

dust

ry.

� Th

e ex

istin

g fa

llow

land

s in

the

surro

undi

ng

area

s sh

ould

be

brou

ght u

nder

cro

p cu

ltiva

tion.

�

The

new

ly d

evel

oped

cro

p va

riety

and

new

pr

oduc

tion

tech

nolo

gy s

houl

d be

initi

ated

into

th

e fa

rm le

vel o

f the

stu

dy a

rea.

�

The

crop

ping

inte

nsity

nee

ds to

be

incr

ease

d w

ith h

igh

pote

ntia

l cro

p cu

ltiva

rs to

ove

rcom

e th

e lo

ss o

f cro

p pr

oduc

tion

due

to la

nd lo

ss fo

r co

nstru

ctio

n of

pro

pose

d po

wer

pla

nt a

nd

DAE

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

211

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

indu

stria

lizat

ion.

Cro

p da

mag

e m

ay i

ncre

ase

by

pest

infe

stat

ion

due

to li

ghtin

g of

th

e pl

ant a

rea

Mr

� Pe

st in

fest

atio

n m

ay b

e m

inim

ized

by

Inte

grat

ed P

est M

anag

emen

t (IP

M) t

hrou

gh

“Lig

ht T

rap”

and

Inte

grat

ed C

rop

Man

agem

ent

(ICM

). D

AE

In

Dra

inag

e w

aste

wat

er m

ay h

arm

liv

esto

ck

heal

th

and

toxi

city

ca

uses

of f

odde

r sca

rcity

. M

� W

aste

wat

er s

houl

d be

pro

perly

trea

ted

befo

re d

isch

argi

ng

� Ar

rang

emen

t sho

uld

be m

ade

for i

mpa

rting

tra

inin

g pr

ogra

m a

mon

g fa

rmer

s on

live

stoc

k re

arin

g

DLS

In

Con

trol

ling

impa

cts

on F

ishe

ries

Fe

tchi

ng s

urfa

ce w

ater

from

the

Shi

tala

kshy

a R

iver

at t

he ra

te o

f 28

,160

tons

/hr m

ay a

ffect

the

envi

ronm

enta

l flo

w o

f the

rive

r its

elf f

or th

e su

stai

nabi

lity

of th

e ec

osys

tem

. If w

ater

redu

ced

high

ly fo

r oth

er re

ason

(all

life

stag

es-e

ggs,

larv

ae, j

uven

iles

and

adul

ts) m

ay b

ecom

e su

scep

tible

to b

e en

train

ed a

nd

entra

pped

to th

e w

ater

inta

ke

suct

ion.

Mor

eove

r, du

ring

inta

ke

of w

ater

fish

can

be

entra

pped

.

Mr

� In

acu

te d

ry s

easo

n w

hen

disc

harg

e be

com

e ve

ry lo

w a

nd u

nabl

e to

sup

port

envi

ronm

enta

l flo

w w

ithdr

awal

of

sur

face

wat

er s

houl

d be

st

oppe

d an

d sh

ould

arra

nge

othe

r m

eans

of

wat

er s

ourc

e �

The

wat

er s

uppl

y pi

pelin

e in

take

poi

nt fr

om

the

feed

er c

anal

is a

lread

y pr

ovid

ed w

ith

suffi

cien

t scr

eeni

ng to

filte

r out

larg

er a

quat

ic

orga

nism

s (e

.g.,

fish,

frog

s, a

nd to

ads)

and

fo

reig

n m

atte

r, pr

even

ting

this

mat

eria

l fro

m

bein

g dr

awn

into

the

pum

ps. I

f nee

ds th

is

scre

enin

g sh

ould

be

rem

odel

ed o

r ren

ovat

ed.

� D

rum

scr

eens

nee

d to

be

adop

ted

in o

rder

to

limit

the

entra

inm

ent o

f fis

h in

the

cool

ing

wat

er s

yste

m a

nd in

take

vel

ociti

es s

houl

d be

as

low

as

poss

ible

�

The

wat

er v

eloc

ity in

the

inta

ke c

hann

el

BPD

B/D

oF/

Con

tract

or

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

212

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

shou

ld b

e le

ss th

an 0

.5 m

/s in

nor

mal

co

nditi

ons

� Te

mpo

rary

wat

er re

serv

oir c

an b

e bu

ilt fo

r w

ater

sto

rage

rath

er th

an d

irect

abs

tract

ion

from

rive

r �

Mon

itorin

g sh

ould

con

tinue

to e

nsur

e th

e de

terre

nts

are

wor

king

effe

ctiv

ely

Fetc

hing

of 2

8,16

0 to

ns/h

r su

rface

wat

er fo

r onc

e th

roug

h sy

stem

may

not

affe

ct th

e po

nd

wat

er a

vaila

bilit

y pe

riod

of th

e fis

h po

nds

of th

e st

udy

area

as

this

wat

er w

ill ba

ck to

the

river

M

� U

tiliz

atio

n of

und

ergr

ound

wat

er i

n th

e pl

ant

shou

ld b

e en

sure

d �

Fish

far

mer

s sh

ould

be

sugg

este

d to

dee

pen

thei

r pon

ds a

s su

ch fi

sh c

ultu

re s

uita

ble

wat

er

coul

d be

reta

ined

all

the

year

roun

d �

Ope

ratio

n an

d m

aint

enan

ce o

f po

nd d

ykes

sh

ould

be

on re

gula

r bas

is

� Fi

sh f

arm

ers

shou

ld b

e aw

are

of i

mpr

oved

fis

h cu

ltutu

re

tech

nolo

gy

and

enco

urag

ed

them

to

ad

opt

that

te

chno

logy

in

to

thei

r cu

lture

sys

tem

DoF

M

r

Mea

sure

s fo

r con

trol

ling

impa

cts

on E

cosy

stem

D

eter

iora

te ri

ver h

abita

t qua

lity

due

to in

caut

ious

dis

char

ge w

arm

w

ater

, har

mfu

l effl

uent

s fro

m

pow

er p

lant

. Sg

� Pl

ant’s

hot

wat

er fr

om c

oolin

g to

wer

sho

uld

be

disc

harg

ed in

the

open

wat

er b

ody

in a

mbi

ent

tem

pera

ture

�

Take

nec

essa

ry s

teps

to p

rote

ct re

leas

e of

ha

rmfu

l mat

eria

ls to

wat

erbo

dy

BPD

B

In

Ris

k of

dea

th to

wild

life

due

to

incr

ease

d ve

hicu

lar m

ovem

ent

and

emis

sion

of h

igh

tem

pera

ture

fro

m th

e st

ack

Mr

� C

onst

ruct

ion

of u

nder

pas

s of

the

acce

ss ro

ad

for a

void

ing

the

deat

h of

wild

life

� Th

e he

ight

of s

tack

sho

uld

be 5

0m

BPD

B

In

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

213

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

� Se

t col

ored

mar

ker a

t top

of t

he c

him

ney

� Aw

are

the

vehi

cle

driv

ers

abou

t wild

life

mov

emen

t D

egra

de s

urro

undi

ng te

rrest

rial

habi

tat q

ualit

y du

e to

noi

se fr

om

pow

er p

lant

Mr

� En

sure

sou

nd p

roof

mec

hani

sm o

f the

pow

er

plan

t �

Cre

ate

gree

n be

lt ar

ound

the

pow

er p

lant

us

ing

diffe

rent

bus

hy tr

ees

(Alb

izia

ric

hard

iana

, Aca

cia

mon

ilifor

mis

, Cas

sia

soph

era

etc.

)

BPD

B/FD

/DoE

In

Det

erio

rate

hab

itat q

ualit

y du

e to

di

scha

rgin

g of

har

mfu

l dis

posa

l in

to w

ater

bod

y

M

� S

et u

p ET

P be

fore

goi

ng to

ope

ratio

n of

po

wer

pla

nt a

nd e

nsur

e re

gula

r use

BP

DB

& D

oE

In

Cre

ate

new

veg

etat

ion

and

favo

rabl

e ha

bita

ts fo

r rod

ents

and

av

ifaun

a in

tow

nshi

p ar

ea

M (p

ositi

ve)

� P

lan

wis

e m

onoc

ultu

re p

lant

atio

n sh

ould

be

ensu

red

with

loca

l pla

nt s

peci

es a

t tow

nshi

p ar

ea a

s w

ell a

s pl

ant s

ites

BPD

B/FD

Sg

Mea

sure

s fo

r enh

anci

ng b

ette

r soc

io-e

cono

mic

con

ditio

n E

mpl

oym

ent o

ppor

tuni

ties

M (p

ositi

ve)

� Th

e lo

cal l

abor

ers

shou

ld b

e re

crui

ted

perm

anen

tly a

nd te

mpo

raril

y in

bot

h te

chni

cal

and

non-

tech

nica

l pos

ts. S

ome

post

s sh

ould

be

rese

rved

for t

he lo

cal w

orke

rs o

f ove

r 18

year

s. T

his

recr

uitm

ent m

ay h

elp

to re

duce

th

e po

verty

sta

tus

of th

e w

hole

stu

dy a

rea.

�

At le

ast 1

0% o

f the

jobs

(non

-haz

ardo

us) i

n th

e po

wer

pla

nt s

houl

d be

rese

rved

for

wom

en

BPD

B/

Con

tract

or

Sg

Indu

ced

indu

stria

l dev

elop

men

t, ru

ral a

nd re

gion

al d

evel

opm

ent

M (p

ositi

ve)

� C

once

rned

gov

ernm

ent d

epar

tmen

t lik

e N

arsi

ngdi

Dis

trict

Par

isha

d, P

alas

h U

pazi

la

Men

tione

d G

ovt.

Dep

artm

ent

Sg(p

ositi

ve)

Miti

gatio

n of

Impa

cts

214

Impa

ct

Con

sequ

ence

6

with

no

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Miti

gatio

n/

Enha

ncem

ent/

Com

pens

atio

n/

Con

tinge

ncy

mea

sure

Res

pons

ibl

e Inst

itutio

n (s

)

Con

sequ

ence

w

ith

miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

adop

ted

Paris

had,

LG

ED, R

HD

etc

. sho

uld

guid

e th

e in

duce

d de

velo

pmen

t. Th

e ex

istin

g de

velo

pmen

t pla

ns m

ight

be

impr

oved

in

harm

ony

with

the

proj

ect.

Pov

erty

redu

ctio

n

M (P

ositi

ve)

� In

tegr

ated

pla

nnin

g �

Loca

l peo

ple

shou

ld b

e gi

ven

prio

rity

in

empl

oym

ent o

ppor

tuni

ty

� Ex

tens

ion

of s

ocia

l saf

ety

nets

for a

ffect

ed

peop

le a

nd p

eopl

e un

der e

xpos

ure

of p

lant

in

duce

d ris

ks

� M

onito

ring

NG

O’s

act

iviti

es

DC

offi

ce,

Nar

sing

, U

NO

offi

ce

Pala

sh

Sg (P

ositi

ve)

215

Chapter 10 Hazard and Risk Assessment

10.1 Introduction

This chapter identifies the hazards of the proposed power plant in its different phases of implementation more emphatically in the operation stage. The hazard and associated risk assessment have been carried out considering the occupational hazard and corresponding safety plan. The potential hazards may be associated with or inherent in the design process and to identify possible measures to avoid the hazard along with the safety plan for minimizing the risk. Incorporating these measures and safety plan in design, planning and operational procedure of the proposed power plant the potential hazard points can be eliminated.

10.2 Hazard assessment process

Attempt has been made to identify and evaluate the potential points of the hazards with possible safety plan. The assessment also includes occupational hazard and safety analysis. Steps followed in hazard and risk assessment are mentioned below:

1. Identification of potential hazard points

2. Causes of hazard identification

3. Consequences of exposure

4. Risk management

5. Safety plan

The hazard assessment was carried out based on the experience gained through visiting other gas based thermal power plant, expert opinion and secondary literature. Effort was made to identify the potential hazards possessed by the proposed thermal power plant. Cause and consequence analysis was carried out to identify the root cause and potential consequences. Apart from the hazard assessment, remedial measures for safety were suggested.

10.3 Hazard categorization and potential hazard points

10.3.1 Plant construction and operation

The potential hazards associated with the plant construction and operation stages have been screened and categorized for identifying the root causes and consequences. The potential hazard points are listed in Table 10-1.

216

Table 10-1: Potential hazard points possessed in proposed gas based thermal power plant

Hazard category Hazard points

Mechanical Rotating equipments like turbine, pump, generator etc. and other mechanical equipments

Electrical Generator and its ancillary components

Cable gallery

Power transformer

Switchyard

230 kV switchyard control room

230 kV transmission line

Fire and Explosion HRSG and its pressure parts

Live steam line

Fuel gas system

Lubricating oil system

Toxic/Carcinogenic chemical exposure Chemical storage

Chemical Laboratory

Failure mode hazard Non-functional de-NOx burner

Non-functional demineralized water and waste water treatment plant

Non-functional air circulating system

Non-functional lightning arrestor

Safe working place

10.4 Hazard assessment and consequence analysis

The potential hazards, root causes and the consequences were identified through hazard and risk assessment. The hazards points were identified for pre-construction, construction and post-construction stages. Moreover, specific safety measures were identified for each of the identified hazards. Given the scope of EIA study, the findings of the hazard assessment with suggested safety plans are presented in Table 10-2.

Environmental Management Plan

217

Table 10-2: Hazard assessment for the proposed power plant construction and operation

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures

Pre-construction

Machinery and equipment

Site clearance activities

Accident Lack of awareness, mechanical failure, etc.

Health injury, life loss

Regular inspection and maintenance. Use of PPEs.

Construction

Machinery and equipment

Site clearance activities

Accident Lack of awareness, mechanical failure, etc.

Health injury, life loss

Regular inspection and maintenance. Use of PPEs.

High heights

Construction of building, steel structure and foundation, painting works, drilling work etc.

Falling during works

Lack of awareness, equipment failure etc.

Health injury, life loss

Fall protection, use of PPE, awareness

Motor vehicle

Transportation Noise, accident

Noise from engine running, tire friction, hydraulic horn, mechanical failure, unconsciousness etc.

Health injury, life loss

Traffic safety measures, regular checking, servicing and maintenance of vehicle, awareness, fitness check up

Cutting and welding

For construction purpose

Cutting, burning, electrocution

Electric failure, lack of training, exposure to workers and passerby

Eye injury, health injury

Proper training, PPE, awareness, warning signal for passerby and adoption of welding standard

Environmental Management Plan

218

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures practice

Handling of hazardous chemical

For construction and storage purposes

Accidental release, explosion

Accidental failure, mechanical failure of handling equipment, unconsciousness

Health injury, life loss, loss of environmental quality

Regular maintenance of equipment, careful handling, following safety procedure, labeling of chemical specification and potential hazards, keeping Material Safety Data Sheet

Operation

Turbine and its ancillary components

Converts pressure and temperature of the generated steam into mechanical energy

Mechanical and fire hazard

Mechanical failure

Health injury, loss of life, loss of Environmental quality & damage of equipment

Safe design, regular inspection, continuous monitoring, computerized controlling system and monitoring. Installation of fire defense and fighting systems.

Circulating cooling water pump station

Pump water from river in monsoon and from underground water in dry season to cooling system

Generator Converts mechanical energy into electrical energy

Mechanical, electrical, fire hazard and short circuit, noise

Mechanical and electrical failure

Health injury, loss of life and damage of equipment

As above

Environmental Management Plan

219

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures

Cable gallery

Transmit electricity from generator to unit transformer

Fire in cables galleries, short circuit in control room and switch gears

Fire hazard, mechanical/electrical failure in generator, malfunction of ventilation system

Health injury, loss of life & damage of cables

As above,

Proper ventilation system, insulation of cables with non-inflammable fire resistance sealing materials

Power transformer

High voltage (230kV) power transmission

Fire and explosion

Electric short circuit, lightning, overheating, external fire hazard, etc.

Health injury, loss of life loss of environmental quality & damage of equipment

Maintaining the specific standard for all electric fittings and cables, insulation of covering of electric cable with non-inflammable fire resistance sealing materials.

Installation of fire fighting system including water deluge system. Installation of cooling system.

Switchyard Open air power transmission

Electric fire, electrocution of the workers

External fire, electrical failure, lightning, etc

Health hazard, loss of life. Loss of environmental quality from induced fire hazards including

As mentioned above for power transformer,

Installation of lightening arrestor, keeping safe distance from

Environmental Management Plan

220

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures damage of equipment and accessories.

right of way, fencing, warning signal, fire fighting system and portable fire extinguisher.

230kV Switchyard control room

Controlling and monitoring the power transmitting system

Electric fire in cable gallery and switch

Electrical failure, external fire

As above As mentioned above for power gallery and power transformer

HRSG and pressure parts

Steam generation

Steam line busting

Failure of the water pumps, busting of pressurized pipes, accidental leakage of steam/water and non functional safety and by pass valve

Equipment damage, health injury, life loss

Control system for monitoring, regulate temperature.

Monitoring of safety system. Provision of fire fighting and safety

Compressed air system and pipeline

Provide service and instrument air for pneumatic control system

Bursting Mechanical failure of pipe and safety system

Equipment damage, health injury

Regular maintenance, use of PPE, control system to monitor required pressure at different points

Live steam line

Flows live high pressure steam from HRSG to turbine

Bursting Mechanical component/pipe failure.

Damage to equipment, health injury

Regular monitoring and testing of all pipe lines. Provision of fire fighting and safety.

Environmental Management Plan

221

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures

Water pre-treatment, treatment and waste water treatment plant

Produce clarified, dematerialized water for steam generation and treat effluent water before discharge

Chemical hazard

Chemical spilled and misuse, accidental release

Health injury, Loss of life, degradation of air, water and soil quality

Chemical use safety, Limited entry, use of PPE, available spill kits in case of accident, safety shower, eye wash and first aid facilities

Chemical storage

Use for water treatment in different phases of de-minearalized water, cooling water and potable water.

Toxic accidental release due to multifunction of equipment & callousness of operator.

Chemical spilled and misuse

Damage to equipment, Health injury, Loss of life, degradation of air, water and soil quality

Limited entry in storage, PPE, available spill kits in case of accident, safety shower, eye wash and first aid facilities

Different oil system

Different bearing cooling

Fire, mechanical failure of any equipment or parts, oil spillage

Mechanical failure, Failure of temperature monitoring system

Damage to equipment, health injury, loss of life, degradation of air, water and soil quality

Continuous monitoring, safety bulb, safety measures for fire hazards and oil spillage

NOx burner

Keep Nox low Air pollution and respiratory problem

Heating of burning of nitrogen for prolong period.2

Degradation to air quality as well as surrounding ecosystem

--

Blocked filters

(Particulate filter system)

- Toxic gas release, atmospheric pollution

Generation of coarse size particles

Component failure

Regular maintenance of filters

Air circulating

Use for generate air

Non-functional

Failures of fans, incomplete

Equipment damage and

Regular maintenance

Environmental Management Plan

222

Hazard point Use

Potential hazard Root causes

Consequences

Suggested safety

measures system flow both into

and out of boiler

air circulating system

combustion risk to human health and surrounding environment

and monitoring control system, functioning of FD, ID Fans and vacuum systems.

Non-functional lightning arrestor

To arrest thunder and keep the equipment safe from that

Risk of lightning

Malfunction Equipment damage and electric fire, short circuit

Regular testing and maintenance following the specification provided by the manufacturer

Lack of safe working condition

To maintain accident free working atmosphere.

Risk of major, minor and fatal accident.

Due to unsafe working condition and unawareness of workforce.

Health injury, electrocution, organ loss including death.

Keeping all safety and precaution measure in order, maintaining first aid & well equipped primary health centre and training on awareness.

Earthquake hazard

- Risk to peak ground accelaeration, plant buildings, plant machineries, natural gas pipeline connected to plant, life or health injury.

� Due to construction of building without maintaining Building Code.

� Laying out of gas pipeline without considering the magnitude and intensity of earthquake.

� Damage to building, machineries, gas pipeline etc.

� Death toll, health injury etc.

All constructions like building, water intake, gas pipeline etc. should be constructed following the approved building code.

Environmental Management Plan

223

10.4.1 Occupational hazard assessment

Operation of plant will involve working on high height, near rotary machinery and ancillary parts, high voltage yards, storage, handling and use of hazardous materials like heavy fuel, chemicals etc. Workplace hazard assessment and safety are therefore important for the safety of the employees and the plant as well. Besides, the health status of the employees is also important which may affect the working efficiency. Hazard assessment and job safety analysis are very much essential for ensuring the safe working place for the employees. Therefore, safety measures dealing with these potential hazards are of vital importance. In the scope of EIA study, the occupational hazard assessment has been carried out based on findings of the IEE study and experience of existing only gas based thermal power plant located in Ashuganj. The Table 10-3 presents the potential occupational hazards with safety measures.

Table 10-3: Occupational hazard and safety analysis

Hazard Source Consequences Safety measures

Stuck by

Falling/moving pipe, tools/ debris dropped from elevated location, vehicles, any rotator machinery or parts, turbine and its ancillary

Health injury, loss of life

Fall protection, use of Personal Protection Equipments (PPE)

Fire

Cable gallery, power transformer, generator, turbine and its ancillary components, furnace, switchyard, switchyard control room fuel stockpile

Health injury and loss of life

Adoption of fire safety measure for each of the equipments and machineries for protecting fire hazard,

Use of PPE,

Carefullness and consciousness during working period.

Explosion

Hazardous chemical, power transformer, HRSG and pressure parts, live steam line, fuel stockpile etc.

Health injury and life loss

Safe handling and storage of hazardous chemicals,

Regular inspection and monitoring of pressure parts and units,

Use of PPE

Awareness and training

Falls Fall from elevated areas, high heights etc.

Health injury, loss of life

Fall protection, awareness, use of PPE

Electrocution

Cutting and welding, switchyard, cable gallery etc.

Health injury and loss of life

Use of PPE, Proper training, awareness, keeping safe distance from hazardous points,

Environmental Management Plan

224

Hazard Source Consequences Safety measures maintaining safety of high switchyard, cable gallery, control room

Intoxication/ Toxic exposure

Chemical storage, SOx absorber, blocked filters (Particulate filter system), Non-functional ESP

Health injury, Loss of life

Safe storage of chemicals

Safe working condition,

Use of PPE, Emergency Health Services

Health Lack of safe working condition, employee having contagious disease.

Health injury, Electrocution, organ Disease outburst, loss of health, loss of life.

Keeping all safety and precaution measure in order, maintaining first aid and well equipped primary health centre and training on awareness.

Monthly health inspection, provision of medical leave for labor, awareness.

225

Chapter 11 Environmental Management Plan

11.1 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlines the way as how to implement the mitigation measures identified and discussed in the previous chapter. The main objective of the EMP is to guide the implementing agency- Bangladesh Power Development Board to achieve sustainability of the project ensuring environmental conservation as per national and international standard and practices.

The EMP includes mitigation, enhancement, compensation and contingency measures for each of the three phases of the project- pre-construction, construction and post-construction/operation. The EMP covers plan for the management of air quality, noise, waste, site establishment, water resources, fisheries, ecosystem, agriculture and socio-economy. Scope of those management plans will adopt pollution abatement measures in different phases of the power plant. Important instrument like ETP, water treatment plant and process like green belt development will be guided by relevant management plan. Each plan describes implementation procedure, task to be completed, and responsible person or body. Some of the pollution abatement measures take into account the inbuilt-construction and some of them are external. Inbuilt measures include ETP, WTP, occupational health and safety and regular training and motivations to the employees. External measures include green belt development, air quality monitoring points, water quality monitoring points, acoustic monitoring and regular training and monitoring to the respective management plan. The implementation and monitoring of EMP shall have to be ensured. Therefore, a team of Environmental Specialist and Environmental Auditor has to be engaged with responsibility of strong monitoring during implementation of EMP and their environmental and social consequences.

11.2 EMP during Pre-construction Phase

11.2.1 Skilled Manpower Development Plan

Local people particularly the youths should be given priority in the employment of the proposed project. If the employees are just beginning their career or they need to review basic skills to keep up with new technology and industry practices. The contractor should introduce workforce development training programs to the apprentice about decommissioning, construction and operation process. Training would be subject on site development process, mechanical dismantling, air conditioning and refrigeration, carpentry, masonry, plumbing, and pipe fitting, occupational health and safety measures etc.

This Workforce Development training systems, course work will be available in print, video or via Computer Based Training (CBT and CD) and progress in flexible training environment. As a part of the social responsibility, the project authority and the contractor should build a congenial harmony with the local people for the interest of the project. During pre-construction period of this project, the authority should train them to initiate alternative

Environmental Management Plan

226

employment opportunities, such as, technical and vocational training so that this youth can be engaged in the construction and operation phase of this project.

11.2.2 Existing Boiler Decommissioning plan

The environmental specification are required to be underpinned by a series of Method Statements, within which the contractors and service providers are required to outline how any identified environmental risks will be practically mitigated and managed during the decommissioning period. The method of decommissioning must cover details with regards to:

Evaluation of alternative procedure of decommissioning Materials and equipment to be used Getting the equipment to and from site Process of equipment/materials will be mover while on-site Material storage capacity, security and procedure should be disclosed The containment (or action to be taken if containment is not possible) of leaks or

spills of any liquid or material that may occur Timing, location and activities should be specified Compliance or non-compliance with the specifications

11.2.3 Site development plan

The site is just beside other unit and the land is at the same level of existing power plant. It needs only surface dressing and filling of small pot holes. Filling earth may be available either from the dressing activities or carried on to the site from other places. Light dyke can be built around the site to protect loose soil to move to the river with runoff water.

11.3 EMP during Construction Phase

11.3.1 Management of construction site

The construction yard and the site should be managed in such a way that would cause minimum degradation or damage to the surrounding environment. The contractor must take responsibility for the construction site to confirm contractual aspects and applicable environmental standards. Adequate numbers of bins, sanitary toilets, water supply system, run-on and run-off drains, fire safety and fighting system etc. should be provided in the site. However, good housekeeping is necessary for preventing environmental degradation. All the construction materials and stockpiles should be managed within the project area and provided with rain and wind protection. An Environment Manager should be employed with responsibility of ensuring enforcement of EMP during construction activities.

11.3.2 Management of construction waste

Construction wastes should be managed properly. The rate of waste generation should be reduced adopting efficient technique and limiting waste generating activities. The measures for controlling construction waste may include limiting site clearance activities, planned stocking and gathering of construction materials and equipments, fencing around the construction yard, maintaining existing right of way to carry construction materials, adopting proper sanitation system for employees, banning of waste burning, and quality

Environmental Management Plan

227

housekeeping. A waste dumping place should be provided with efficient waste collection and disposal techniques. No waste should be dumped to the open environment and water system. Appropriate measures provided with run-on and run-off system might be constructed for controlling run-off from construction yard and liquid waste. Initiatives must be taken to reuse and recycle of waste materials. Hazardous material including fuel and other combustible materials shall have to be stored with highest care and safety. Spillage, accidental release must be controlled adopting hazardous material handling guideline.

11.3.3 Air quality management

Construction activities will generate large volume of particulate matter and green house gases. Hence, an efficient air quality management plan has to be adopted. The mitigation plan includes limiting Particulate Matter (PM) generating activities, adopting dust suppression system through grass carpeting in open yard, spreading pebbles and sprinkling of water, limiting vegetation clearance activities, avoiding earthen road for traffic movement, covering of stockpiles, traffic management etc. The detail mitigation measures have been listed in the previous chapter.

11.3.4 Noise management

Noise to be generated from different mechanical equipment and vehicle shall have to be managed to ensure ECR, 1997 defined standard. Adopting the mitigation measures discussed in the previous chapter might reduce the generation of noise.

11.3.5 Water management

For this project underground water will be used as potable water. To control drawdown of ground water level, dependency on the underground water should be minimized. It may be reduced by using surface water and harvesting flood and rainwater. Recycling of the construction waste water management would reduce pressure on the underground water also. Proper training on the issue may be pertained to the construction supervisors.

11.3.6 Priority for affected and local people in project employment

The affected people and locals shall have to be given priority in hiring and employing construction workers, labors, and professionals. Besides, local businessmen should be given priority in hiring supplying agent for food, construction materials, vehicles and other daily supplies.

11.3.7 Occupational health and safety

Use of Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) should be made mandatory for each project personnel, worker and even for the visitor. The safety plan described in relevant chapter based on implementing plan of the project. Necessary training should be provided to project employees. Awareness program should be arranged regularly. Safety talk, safety meeting, safety motto etc. are good techniques of raising awareness.

11.3.8 Labor recruitment plan

The labor recruitment policy should be formulated in such a way that the local laborers can get preference in employment to the power plant project. As these laborers have no previous experience on such type of technical jobs, it is suggested that, the authority can recruit them

Environmental Management Plan

228

in non-technical posts of this project or the authority can facilitate technical trainings for them.

11.3.9 Community liaison

During construction, a close liaison with community and local government institution should be maintained. The local community and local government institution should be made aware of all the construction activities and possible environmental and socio-economic disturbances. A community liaison officer or Health and Safety Manager should be given responsibility of maintaining close communication with community groups, local government institutions and concerned government departments.

11.4 EMP during Operation Phase

11.4.1 Air pollution management

Operation and maintenance of gas turbine, HRSG, and stack has to be carried out regularly as per instruction given in the manufacturer’s maintenance manual. Safety measures shall have to be ensured of all components and accessories for entire life period of the project. Emission level of SO2 (negligible), NOx and PM shall also have to be monitored regularly. The Environment Manager shall be responsible for regular monitoring of emission level, inspection and testing of mitigation measures, environmental efficiency of the plant and regular reporting of the inspection. The monitoring and inspection report shall have to be submitted to DoE for renewing Environmental Clearance Certificate.

11.4.2 Waste water management

The water management plan provided with recycling, reuse and treatment of water designed for the project should be inspected regularly. The treatment plant shall have to be maintained as per manufacturer’s maintenance manual. Effluent quality shall have to be monitored at different stages of discharge and intake. Before discharging the treated effluent from the central monitoring system the effluent standard shall have to be complied with ECR, 1997 defined standard for effluent.

11.4.3 Noise management

All equipments and mechanical parts shall have to be maintained in good working order. Noise level should be monitored at different selected locations within power plant and nearest community. The greenbelt shall be planted with the aim of dampening the noise level. The boundary wall will also dampen the noise level further. If possible, mechanical parts of high noise potential shall be provided with acoustic hood. Noise from other line sources like project vehicle etc. shall be controlled adopting mitigation measures. An Environment Manager shall be given responsibility of monitoring efficiency of the management plan and regular monitoring of noise level.

11.4.4 Solid waste management

Waste to be generated from different point and non-point sources like office, household, workshops, construction yards, etc. shall be efficiently collected, disposed and managed. Waste shall be collected and managed separately as per type. Hazardous waste should be managed separately. Initiatives might be taken for recycling and re-use of waste. On site waste disposal system should be constructed.

Environmental Management Plan

229

11.4.5 Water resources management

Water resources should be conserved and prevented from any pollution and hydrological alteration. The nearby drainage network and nearby river should be kept away from any obstruction and waste dumping. Proper guidelines should be developed for Operation & Maintenance of drains, nearby or internal canals.

11.4.6 Waste water management plan

The waste water management plan provided with recycling, reuse and treatment of water designed for the project should be inspected regularly. Performance of the treatment plants shall have to be monitored and maintained as per manufacturer’s maintenance manual. Effluent quality shall have to be monitored at different stage of discharge and intake. Before discharging the treated effluent from the central monitoring pump the effluent standard shall have to be complied with ECR, 1997 defined standard for effluent.

11.4.7 Rain water harvesting plan

In Township area, each building should be constructed with rain water harvesting system, which will help to harvest the water for different water activities as well as for domestic uses. In addition, water efficient technology should be opted. This process will reduce the pressure of river water.

11.4.8 Housekeeping

Good housekeeping is one of the prime steps of safety. Good housekeeping of mechanical parts, rotator parts, electrical equipments, plant site, green belt, stack etc. will ensure workplace safety and efficient functioning of the system.

11.4.9 Greenbelt development

A green belt shall be developed within the project boundary. This greenbelt will act as a buffer zone for dampening noise and controlling dust particles in connection with power plant. This zone will also act as safeguard from power plant for nearby community and Power Plant Township. Local, water tolerant as well as fruit bearing tree species should be selected for green belt development. Greenbelt also provides shelter and support to the birds, insects and other wildfauna. However, a landscape planning is necessary for obtaining benefit from the green belt. This green belt will increase scenic beauty around the plant area.

11.4.10 Dust suppression system

Dust suppression systems may involve grass carpeting on the open yard, spreading pebbles and sprinkling water for reducing dust effect.

11.4.11 Fisheries management plan

Fisheries management plan has been developed with the aim of avoiding plant induced pollution causing harmful activities to fish and to protect fisheries of the Shitalakshya River and adjoining area beels and floodplains. The EMP includes the followings:

Measures for navigational activities

� Enforcement of ECR 1997 etc.; � Ensure non dumping of ballast water, non spillage of oil, non discharge of waste

water and non dumping of wastes;

Environmental Management Plan

230

� Spot check of shipping and barging activities by relevant agencies; � Awareness growing for fishers community and facilitate the fishers to use nets/boats

provided with signals and marking; and � Reduce speed if net is seen across the navigational route.

Measures for plant operation

� Should follow the EMP for effluent discharge; and � On-site wastewater should be treated to achieve maximum reuse and recycling.

Measures for Water Intake Structure

� The water supply pipeline intake point from the feeder canal should be provided with sufficient screening or already existing ones should be remodeled to filter out larger aquatic organisms (e.g., fish, frogs, and toads) and foreign matter, preventing this material from being drawn into the pumps.

� Drum screens need to be adopted in order to limit the entrainment of fish in the cooling water system and intake velocities should be as low as possible.

� The water velocity in the intake channel should be below 0.5 m/s during normal conditions.

� Temporary water reservoir can be built for water storage rather than direct abstraction from river.

� Monitoring should continue to ensure that the deterrents are working effectively.

Fish Conservation Program

� Rehabilitation of fish habitats by conserving and protecting existing fish nursing ground and by adopting fisheries management measures including fish sanctuary, beel nursery etc. in the nearby potential habitats; and

� Enforcement of fishing ban in the river during breeding/nursing period.

11.4.12 Ecosystem management plan

Ecosystem Management Plan is an integral part of the EMP. Different management plans mentioned in this chapter has been developed with the aim of protecting ecosystem. Implementation of these management plans is essential for safeguarding the ecosystem. The principle should be set that the plant shall be operated ensuring all pollution abatement measures are in order. The following measures should be implemented during different stage of the power plant.

� Limiting vegetation clearance and base stripping within project boundary; � Development of Green Belt:

o Local species should be chosen for green belt development; and o Plantation should be made following the guideline of the Forest

Department. � Other management plan suggested in this chapter should be implemented for

ensuring safeguard of ecosystem o Restrict trapping, killing of migratory and local aquatic birds

� Plant operation: o Plant should be operated ensuring all pollution mitigation and abatement

measures e.g. ash management system, close cycle cooling system,

Environmental Management Plan

231

monitoring system, waste water and effluent treatment plant etc. are in order

o Implement on-site waste and air quality management plan o Regular inspection and maintenance of the equipment following the

manuals of the suppliers o Restrict night lights at places where necessary o Outdoor lights with shade directed downwards o Cut-off time to switch off unnecessary lights at night o Enforce existing law of controlling oil spillage o Awareness building

11.4.13 Employment generation plan

Preference should be given to the local laborers in requirement of permanent and temporary post (both technical and non-technical). This recruitment may help to reduce the poverty status of the whole study area.

11.4.14 Rural electrification plan

Locality of the power plant area may be benefited by allocating certain loads from the national grid if possible. Relevant authority may formulate necessary rural electrification plan in order to satisfy both affected and unaffected people of that region.

11.5 Hazard and Risk Management Plan

Hazard Management Plans are developed to address a range of plausible hazard scenarios and emphasize the tasks required to respond to a physical event. The Hazard Management Plan for the proposed power plant has been developed listing various actions to be performed in a very short period in a predetermined sequence if it is to deal effectively and efficiently, major and minor accidents, and even near misses. The primary objective of the plan is to keep the workplace safe and to achieve zero incidents for health hazard, and to minimize the potentiality of material, machinery/equipment damage, impacts on the environment to minimum.

The plan should include: � Fire safety plan � Explosion safety plan � Electrocution safety plan � Medical emergency plan � Hazardous material management plan

11.5.1 Safety and emergency plan

Safety plan has been developed based on safety measures identified through hazard assessment processes. During hazard assessment occupational hazard, associated risks and safety measures for each potential hazard were identified. Incorporating the identified hazard safety measures, this safety plan has been developed. The safety plan includes fire safety plan, explosion safety plan, electrocution safety plan, medical emergency plan and hazardous material management plan. The detail plan including safety and emergency preparedness are presented in Table 11-1.

Environmental Management Plan

232

Table 11-1: Safety and emergency plan

Hazard Safety plan Responsible

person Emergency plan Responsible

person

Fire

Fire prevention, instruction and training of staff, maintenance of escape route, fire protection systems and equipment, maintenance of fire safety register, provision of information to workers, reporting

Emergency Manager, Fire Officer

Fire alarm system, exit system, fire extinguishing equipment, smoke control equipment, fire and emergency evacuation plans, drills, assistance to the fire brigade

Fire Safety Director

Explosion

Explosion prevention, instruction and training stuff, maintenance of escape route, explosion protection systems and equipment, provision of information to building users, regular inspection and monitoring of pressure parts and units, reporting

Employer, owner, occupier

Explosion and emergency evacuation plans, exiting the building as quickly as possible and move to designated evacuation areas, roadways and walkways should be clear for emergency vehicles and crews

Emergency Personnel

Electrocution

Prevention measures, instruction and training of staff, maintenance of escape routes, proper training, awareness, control room, reporting

Supervisor, Coordinator

Prevention and precaution from electricity and avoid contact with overhead lines

Safety Officer

Medical

Provision of Health service center, provision of on duty trained medical officers specializing in burn injury, orthopedics, electrocution, chemical toxicity or poisoning and shock treatment.

Chief Medical Officer

Rescue action, first aid, ambulance services, transportation facilities

Rescue Officer

Hazardous Material Management

Safe design, regular inspection, continuous monitoring, regular maintenance, reporting

Emergency Manager

Internal alarm, notification, use of personal protective equipment

Hazard responding agencies

Note; Emergency personnel means safety officers, medical officers, fire fighter, rescue offices and other responsible persons.

11.5.2 Emergency response plan

Emergency situation might be initiated by a number of anthropogenic or natural events like accident, explosion, electrocution, earthquake, flood, oil spill, riots, terrorism, illegal

Environmental Management Plan

233

trespassing etc. The following points should be taken into consideration for emergency response plan:

A leading person should be identified and appointed to be responsible for emergencies occurring on the site. He should be guide an emergency response team who are clearly familiar to the employers.

Members of the emergency response team will be recruited from different divisions and level and they should be trained up continually

Regular emergency response mock drill should be arranged under different accidental scenarios

On-site or vulnerable position should be equipped with First Aid kits and safety outlet which every employee mandatory know how to use it.

Members of emergency team of different divisions and level should intrude formally or informally the emergency response plan to his fellow colleagues

Make prior arrangements with the healthy care facilities like safe water, First Aid kits, Ambluances and driver onsite and nurses, doctors and available accommodation in nearest hospitals.

11.5.3 Safety training

In order to reduce the risk of accidents, internal and external threats and natural disaster a safety training program is essential for workers in plant operation. There should be a regular training program on safety for the workers to increase their awareness and also to reduce the risks. Provision of yearly professional training for health and safety would enhance the effectiveness of safety. Safety training should be planned for the local people living around the project area so that they can be aware about the risk possessed by the power plant and can take appropriate preparedness. The suggested training schedule has been shown in Table 11-2.

Table 11-2: Present the training schedule that should be adopted for safety

Target trainee Training schedule

Worker Four training per year

Professional Two training per year

Local people Two training per year

Drivers Four training per year

Safety professional Two training per year

In addition, there could be a discussion and awareness session for increasing awareness on safety in each kind of meeting. The employee should regularly practice toolbox meeting and job safety analysis.

11.5.4 Documenting and reporting

Safety plans are to be implemented by the project proponent and implementation status of such plans should be monitored and documented regularly. Monthly monitoring report should be prepared based on regular inspection and should be submitted to the Managing

Environmental Management Plan

234

Director of the Power Plant. Any kind of incidents or even near misses should be documented and reported to the Managing Director.

11.5.5 Environmental safety management team

There should be a provision of Environmental Safety Management Team with responsibility of implementation, inspection, documentation, and reporting of the safety plans. The team will also be responsible for implementing emergency plans under the Directorate of Environment, Health and Safety. The team should be a combination of multidisciplinary professionals. The team composition could be as follows:

Environmental Quality and Safety Manager (Team Leader)

Emergency Manager

Fire Safety manager

Safety Manager

Chief Security Officer

Security Officer

Chief Medical Officer

Medical Officer

Rescue Officer

11.5.6 Hazardous and toxic material management plant

Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) management must be done in a manner that is conducive to the maintenance of the safety and health of all employees and in accordance with national legislation, regulations and procedures as per ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 and EHS 2007. Environmental Health and Safety Guideline should be followed in management of hazardous and toxic materials7. Proper management of the hazardous materials will minimize the risk of public, environment and financial cost. Therefore, proper planning will be needed to efficient documentation, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of the hazardous materials. The following philosophy should be taken into account for appropriate management of hazardous and toxic management plan:

Categorization of the toxics or hazardous materials depending on the potential impacts

Producing data inventory for each of the hazardous materials throughout the production cycle

Listing of the hazardous or toxic materials with its persistence life

For proper documentation, a comprehensive data sheet/inventory should be developed. Computer based Management Information System (MIS) is the best tool for inventory management

The inventory should contain name and description, classification, threshold, quantity, characteristic, HAZMAT quantity to be used in a month

7 Available at www.equator-principles.com

Environmental Management Plan

235

Appropriate labels must be affixed to containers holding hazardous substances, including those substances that have been decanted from their original container

Safety measurement has to be taken care for storage of the hazardous materials

Appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), engineering controls have to be taken during storage, handling and management of hazardous and toxic materials

Appropriate equipment, safety measures and accidental cases have to be taken at every steps of hazardous materials management for the safety of human health and environment

Try to minimize the hazardous waste generating materials in the production system

Efficient hazardous waste removal plant has to be detailed out considering the toxicity and potentiality of the hazardous materials

Leaching proof canal line and site has to be constructed for hazardous waste transportation

All categories of hazardous waste have a specific waste container and disposed maintaining the regulations

Regular monitoring needs to carry out at every level of storage, handling and management of hazardous and toxic materials

Legislative or regulatory action has to be taken for zero hazardous wastes disposal

Hazardous Material Management Guideline of World Bank Group 8 Section 1.5 of the EHS Guideline of World Bank Group.

11.6 Standard Operational Principle

The power plant shall be operated following the guideline of ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 (and the amendment thereafter in 2005) along with ensuring environmental safety, the standard Operational and Maintenance Philosophy. The Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) including the World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guideline prepared on the basis of Equator Principles9, HSBC “Equator Principles (EPs) - global environment and social guidelines for project finance” should be followed in all aspects of plant operation and maintenance.

11.7 EMP Cost

The project cost is inclusive of cost for implementing Environmental Management Plan and installation of pollution abatement and mitigation measures described in the feasibility study

8 Section 1.5 of the EHS Guideline of World Bank available at http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/47d9ca8048865834b4a6f66a6515bb18/1-5%2BHazardous%2BMaterials%2BManagement.pdf?MOD=AJPERES 9 The Equator Principle (EP) is a credit risk management framework for determining, assessing and managing environmental and social risk.

Environmental Management Plan

236

report. Mitigation measures include both equipment and machinery for pollution abatement, and operational principles/philosophy for limiting pollution causing activities.

In addition, the EIA team also estimated the cost for the suggested EMP that shall also be considered in project cost. The costs for Environmental Management Plan and responsible institute have been estimated as BDT. 6.6 million which has been detailed out in Table 11-3.

Table 11-3: EMP Cost

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) Pre-construction phase (A)

Aavoiding generation of

fugitive particulate matter and gaseous pollutants

� Fencing of project area and using canopy for protecting falling effects

� Dust suppression techniques should be implemented as using water or non-toxic chemicals

� After decommissioning prepare the land to minimize or reduce the risk to health, safety of the contaminated land

� Use of efficient and effective machinery for avoiding generation of fugitive particulate matter and gaseous pollutants

� PPEs like dusk mask should be use in the place of higher dust

� Regular monitoring of the occupational health safety and environmental quality as per decommissioning procedure

� Sprinkling water to the soil during site development

� Dust suppression system should be implemented

� Good housekeeping for pipe stocking and pipe line lying

BPDP/ EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Noise and vibration

� All equipments, machinery and vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce noise generation

� Must use noise protecting gear like ear plugs all time at the high noise areas or risky areas

� Complaint registered should be maintained and records the incidents

� Installing vibration isolation for mechanical instrument

� Installing suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and compressor components

BPDP/ EPC Contractor and monitoring by DoE

Included in project cost

Environmental Management Plan

237

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT)

Releasing of solid waste, hazardous

waste, chemicals and

oil spillages

� Segregation of waste into separate streams for recycling or disposal

� Use of absorbent materials to collect spillage oil or chemicals

� Use of spillage capturing platform for drum storage

� Effective maintenance of all valves and piping system to prevent the mixing of hydrocarbons or chemicals with clean storm water

� Reuse, recycle or sell the unused chemicals and oil where possible

� Safe and secure storage facilities should be build up to collection of chemicals and oil during demolition

� PPEs like helmets, protective shoos etc must be ensured to the labors

� Awareness building programme to the laborers for good management of wastes, chemicals, hazardous materials, etc.

EPC Contractor/ BPDB

0.2

Impact on surface water

quality

� Onsite waste treatment system should implement

� Regular training to the workers and monitoring the temporary residence

� Regular inspection of the sewerage treatment system

� Regular monitoring the quality of waste water to meet up the acceptance criteria.

� Use drummer regularly for compaction of soil

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Traffic loads � Developing or maintaining roads to facilitate transportation of dismantled machinery, ancillaries and demolished waste materials

� Alternate away, reschedule of the project vehicles movement and increase the capacity of the vehicles will reduce traffic load of the study area

� Introduce traffic management system to the project area

� Strictly monitoring the fitness of the vehicles

BPDB/EPC Contractor

0.3

Hamper to fish migration and degradation to habitat quality

� Bilge water should be conserved and dropped into defined pit outside the river

� Navigation for transporting plant

EPC Contractor/ BIWTA

0.2

Environmental Management Plan

238

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) related materials and machinery should avoid breeding migration period (July-August)

� Awareness building program should undertake to make the ship crews more effiecient in waste management

Compensating impacts on ecosystems

� Minimize vegetation loss as much as possible

� Implement strip plantation along the road sides after construction of road

BPDB, DoE Included in project cost

Sub-total (A) 0.7 Construction phase (B)

Noise and vibration

� All equipments, machineries and vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce noise generation

� Must use noise protecting gear like ear plugs all time at the high noise areas or risky areas

� Complaint registered should be maintained and records the incidents

� Regular inspection and maintenance of the mechanical engines, vehicles etc.

� Shut down or throttle down the engine when not in use/operation

EPC Contractor/ BPDC

Included in project cost

Releasing of solid waste,

hazardous and chemicals

� On site waste collection, treatment and management system should be adopted

� Adequate number of ‘scavenger proof’ refuse bins must be provided at the construction sites and at the construction camps.

� Keep provision of different colored waste bin for dumping biodegradable, reusable and recyclable wastes

� Quality housekeeping should be maintained by regular inspection and checking

� Construction wastes must be reused or recycled as and where possible

� All waste must be transported in an appropriate manner (e.g. plastic rubbish bags).

� Stock piles of construction materials should be covered in order to protect from wind and weathering action

EPC Contractor/ BPDC

0.2

Environmental Management Plan

239

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) � Arrangements of gloves, helmets,

sunglasses and other tools, dresses & uniforms for each worker so that the workers can keep themselves safe from any kinds of accident.

� Availability of dispersants should be ensured

� The contractor will maintain ‘good housekeeping’ practices as ensure that all work sites and construction camp are kept tidy and litter free.

� Train up the workers for efficient management of wastes, hazardous materials etc.

Generation of fugitive dust particle

� Vehicle speed restriction should be enforced to control dust generation

� Earthen roads and undeveloped roads should be avoided to minimize dust generation

� Keep provision of water spraying system to suppress fugitive dust

� Dust particle generated from access roads must be controlled by spraying water during dry season

� Stock piles of construction materials should be covered in order to protect from wind action

� An appropriate freeboard should be maintained in trucks hauling construction materials

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Impact on surface water

quality and availability

� Use of surface water after proper treatment

� Provision of secondary sources during construction period

� Provide proper sanitation and water supply facilities to project personnel including labors

� Percussion has been taken to pollute the water

� Rain water harvesting might be installed

� Provide training and awareness program to the labors

EPC Contractor

1.0

Impact on ground water

quality

� Provision of rain water harvesting facilities for domestic use in workers colony

� Harmful effluents and wastes leakage from chemical tank or storage should be controlled

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

and for rainfall

harvest cost is mentioned

Environmental Management Plan

240

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) � Regular check and monitoring the

storage and conveyer line regularly � Waste disposal area should be

designed ensuring no leaching from the waste disposal pile

� Provide training and awareness program to the labors and professionals

just above

Increase traffic load both in

roads, railways and river transport

� Improvement of roads, railways and riverine communication systems

� Developing or maintaining roads to facilitate transportation system

� Alternate away, reschedule of the project vehicles movement and increase the capacity of the vehicles will reduce traffic load of the study area

� Introduce traffic management system to the project area

� Strictly monitoring the fitness of the vehicles

� Every vehicle has to be regular watch over the fitness

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

EMP for preventing impacts on Land and Agriculture

� Efforts have been made to use khas land as well as fallow land to the extent possible to minimize future requirement of lands

� The labor sheds and stockyard should be constructed within the proposed power plant area

BPDB and DC office, Narsingdi and Gazipur

Included in project cost

� Fencing of project area should be made by drum sheet or Tarjja

� Construction materials have to be brought in, stored, and disposed in an appropriate manner;

� Recycled waste should be disposed in a suitable landfill;

� The construction activities and stocking should be limited within the project boundary;

� Pest infestation may be minimized by Integrated Pest Management (IPM) through “Light Trap”.

BPDB/EPC Contractor

Included in project cost and for IPM

cost is 0.5

� Leakage of oil, chemical tank or storage materials should be controlled strictly so that surface water may not be contaminated;

� Wastes or used oil should be stored in a designated area for disposal

BPDB/DAE/ EPC Contractor

Included in the project cost except

training 0.2

Environmental Management Plan

241

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) through authorized vendors;

� Treatment plant should be installed with proper design;

� Provision should be made for properly handle the hazardous materials through imparting training and creation of awareness building programs to the labors and professionals

Controlling impacts on Fisheries

� Dispersants should be stored for controlling accidental oil spillage from maintenance workshop etc.

EPC Contractor

Included in the project

cost Controlling noise generation for protecting wildlife

� Switched off / throttled down all site machineries, vehicles and generators when not in use

� No construction activities should be conducted during night

� Use noise damper on project boundary

� Introduce vehicle speed limit and its monitoring

� Plantation in rows in and around the project boundary with native species of trees

BPDB/EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Conserving Ecosystem

� Implement on-site waste and air quality management plan

BPDB/ Contractor/ EPC Contractor

Mentioned earlier

� Limiting vegetation loss and base stripping within project boundary

As mentioned above and DoE

Included in project cost

� Fencing around the proposed site should be done and alternate passage for wildlife movement should be created

As mentioned above and DoE

0.2

� Restrict night lights at places where necessary

� Keep provision of outdoor lights with shade directed downwards

� Cut-off time to switch off unnecessary lights at night

BPDB/ EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

� For the increasing movement of people and heavy vehicles the road networks should be improved

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Enhancing Socio-economic condition

The laborers recruitment policy should be formulated in such a way that the local laborers can easily get chance of employment in the power plant project.

BPDB, Local Government Institutions, Social

Included in project cost

Environmental Management Plan

242

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) LGIs should provide support skill development program and income generation activities to local people.

Welfare

For the increasing movement of people and heavy vehicles the road networks should be developed

BPDB in association with LGED and RHD

Included in project cost

Controlling negative impacts on society

Manage separate water and sanitation facilities for the construction workers in the project area so that they cannot make any disturbance to the existing facilities of the local people.

BPDB/EPC Contractor/ DPHE

Included in project cost

Arrangements of gloves, helmets, sunglasses and other tools, dresses and uniforms for each worker so that the workers can keep themselves safe from any kinds of accidental events.

BPDB/EPC Contractor/ Civil Surgeon office, Narsingdi

Included in project cost

Sub-total (B) 2.1 Post-Construction ©

Landscape and scenic beauty

� Security lighting must be placed such that it is not a nuisance to residents and visitors to the area. Shields may be required to prevent lights from being visible from other parts of the protected area.

� Ecosystem approach should be considered in landscape planning

� Regular maintenance of the landscape and greenbelt

BPDP/EPC Contractor

0.5

Rise of local air temperature due to heat emission from chimney/stack

� Flue gas of the proposed CCPP will be discharged through the existing stack of ST. So there will not be any new thermal impact on the surroundings.

� A greenbelt in and around the project boundary will take care of the surrounding temperature

� Regular inspection and monitoring of flue gas temperature

BPDB/EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Noise generation

� Maintaining of the buffer zone throughgreen belt in and around the project boundary

� Boundary wall is a form of dampening noise

� Regular monitoring the noise level according to the monitoring plan

� PPEs like ear plugs, hoods use

BPDB/EPC Contractor

0.5

Environmental Management Plan

243

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) during high noise environment

� Sound proof control room � Noise insulation should be

implemented surrounding the turbine, generator casing and other noise generating equipments

� Enforce vehicle speed limit and drivers should be educated to abstain from playing hydraulic structure

Impact due to Emission of NOx and CO (within the limit of ECR 2005)

� On line monitoring of NOx level � Regular inspection and maintenance

of HRSG, pressure parts, dry low NOx burner and other ancillaries

� Air-fuel ratio should strictly maintained

� Safety and emergency plan for accidental hazard

� Regular maintenance and overhauling as per design specification

EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Controlling waste generation and its impacts

� Provision of different waste bin with color code for different waste (recyclable, reusable, biodegradable, flammable, hazardous etc.) in road side, parking places, office, and other official and public places in the plant site

� Provision of waste management department with given responsibility of waste collection, hauling, disposal and overall management and the department may be vested under Environmental Quality and Safety Management wings

� Provision of regular awareness building programs

BPDB/ Contractor

0.5

Surface water quality control

� Effluents and liquid waste from power plant should be released to open water system with due treatment or into the pit

� Regularly monitoring of the ETP instruments

� Disposal of hot water from cooling system should be discharged in ambient temperature not exceeding 30C as per the World Bank Standard

� Waste treatment plant should be constructed and functioned in the

BPDP

Included in project cost and an additional cost for training

0.5

Environmental Management Plan

244

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) project site

� Monitoring water quality according to the proposed spatial location and temporal basis

� Training and awareness program to the worker and professionals

Chemicals, oil spillage and sanitary pollutants manage

� Chemical tank or storage should be of leak proof

� Dispersants should ready for making the oil and grease plume into slick

� Quality housekeeping should be maintained by regular inspection and checking

� Regular check and monitoring the storage and conveyer line of oil regularly

� Keep provision of awareness building meeting and training for employees

BPDP/ EPC Contractor

Included in project cost and an additional cost for training 0.3

Frequency of accident may increase due to increase of movement of vehicles

� Maintenance of roads for easy communication system

� Every vehicle has to be regularly checked for their fitness

� Provide regular training to the driver and develop awareness to the community

Local Administration

Included in project cost and an additional cost for training

0.5 Controlling impacts of drainage congestion

� Internal drainage network must be built for smooth draining out of rainfall runoff

BPDB/ EPC Contractor

Included in project cost

Controlling impacts on Land and agriculture

� Pest infestation can be minimized by Integrated Pest Management (IPM) through “Light Trap”.

� Advanced technique may be initiated for wastes management and reuse.

� Temporary waste dumping facilities on site and permanent waste dumping facilities off site need to be ensured

DAE/BPDB 0.5

Controlling impacts on fisheries

� Existing water supply pipeline intake equipped with band and bar screens to filter out larger aquatic organisms (e.g., fish, frogs and toads) and foreign matter, preventing this material from being drawn into the pumps. So new impact on fisheries is not expected.

� To reduce the temperature of the

BPDB/ Conractor

Included in project cost

Environmental Management Plan

245

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) circulating water coherent to the ambient water temperature or not exceeding 30C it needs to apply two way approach like development of long open channel and mixing river water from other side

� Monitoring should continue to ensure that the deterrents are working effectively

� Enforcement of ECR 1997 etc. Controlling impacts on Ecosystem

� Enforce existing law of controlling oil spillage

� Awareness building to the oil handlers

BPDB/ Contractor

Mentioned earlier

� Restrict night lights in places where necessary

� Outdoor lights with shade directed downwards

� Cut-off time to switch off unnecessary lights at night

BPDB/ Contractor

Included in project cost

EMP for enhancing better socio-economic condition

The local labors should be recruited permanently and temporarily in both technical and non-technical posts. Some posts should be reserved for the local workers. This recruitment may help to reduce the poverty status of the whole study area. At least, 10% of the job should be reserved for women.

BPDB/ EPC Contractor

Already included in construction period

Relevant government department like Narsingdi District Parishad, Palash Upazila Parishad, LGED, RHD etc. should guide the induced development. The existing development plans might be improved in harmony with the project.

Mentioned Govt. Department

No cost required

� Development of electric transmission and distribution line, priority of local and indirectly affected people in providing electricity, priority in providing electricity for irrigation water pump for local people

BPDB, REB, GoB

Included in project cost

� Integrated planning, � Priority of local people in

employment opportunity � Extension of social safety nets for

affected people and people under exposure of plant possessed risk

� Monitoring NGO’s activities

DC office, Narsingdi, UNO office Palash

0.5

Environmental Management Plan

246

EMP for the Impacts

Mitigation/ Enhancement/ Compensation/ Contingency

measure

Responsible Institution

(s) EMP Cost

(Million BDT) Controlling impacts on socio-economy

� Limiting cooling tower drift using eliminator as per world standard

� Use biocides to prevent bacterial contamination

� Maintenance of cooling tower as per Manufacturer guideline

� Strong monitoring of bacterial contamination in cooling tower

� Community health monitoring within 10 km radius of cooling tower

� Establish communication with nearby hospital to keep record of Pneumonia affected patient to monitor outbreak of Pneumonia

BPDB/ Contractor

Included in project cost

Sub-Total (C) 3.8 Grand Total (A + B+ C) 6.6

247

Chapter 12 Environmental Monitoring Plan

12.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Successful implementation of EMP depends on regular monitoring, documentation and reporting. BPDB should have provision of Environmental quality and safety department for monitoring the EMP implementation during construction and operation phase of the project. The environmental monitoring officer should monitor the EMP implementation and submit a quarterly report to the concerned department. Additionally, another yearly monitoring report with quarterly monitoring data should be submitted to the DoE for renewing the Environmental Clearance Certificate. Key components of environmental monitoring plan are described in the following subsections while a framework of the detail montiroing plan has been presented in Table 12-1.

The baseline data of suggested locations for surface and ground water (Figure 12-1 ) and for air and noise (Figure 12-2) for environmental monitoring during construction and operation phase, should be collected and recorded with temporal (time, date, seasons, weather etc.) and spatial references (GPS reference) at pre-construction phase. Hence, the monitoring data would be comparable to baseline data. All data should be submitted to the Department of Environment. The estimated monitoring cost is about BDT 12.5 million.

Table 12-1: Monitoring plan

Indicator Location of data

collection

Frequency of data

collection Institution

(s)

Monitoring Cost

(Million BDT)

Physical Environment Monitoring Plan Construction (A)

Monitoring EMP implementation Mitigation measures

Enhancement measures

Contingency Compensation

Project site Daily monitoring and documenting, and quarterly reporting

BPDB/ Contractor/ EPC Contractor

-

Respiratory Particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10)

Four samples from four edges of the project boundary, one sample from 1 km downwind from the project boundary.

Quarterly BPDB/ Contractor/ EPC Contractor

0.5

Waste generation Construction Domestic

Project area and labor shed

Quarterly BPDB/ Contractor/ EPC Contractor

0.5

Indicator Location of data collection Frequency of data collection

Institution (s)

Monitoring Cost

(Million

Environmental Monitoring Plan

248

Indicator Location of data

collection

Frequency of data

collection Institution

(s)

Monitoring Cost

(Million BDT)

BDT) Implementation of on site waste management plan and noise management plan

Within project area Weekly monitoring and documenting, and quarterly reporting

BPDB/ Contractor/ EPC Contractor

Sub-Total (A) 1.0 Post-construction/Operation (B)

Air quality-concentration of NOx, CO2, PM2.5 and PM10

Stack point At five locations based on DoE :

AQ Site i: 23°58'18.50"N 90°38'27.93"E

AQ Site ii: 23°58'14.86"N 90°38'32.42"E

AQ Site ii: 23°58'13.36"N 90°38'28.29"E

AQ Site iv: 23°58'13.27"N 90°38'21.79"E AQ Site v: 23°58'52.46" N

90°38'7.48"E

Quarterly BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE

2.5

Noise Within the plant, Immediate outside of the project boundary

Locations of noise monitoring sites are:

NQ Site 1: 23°58'44.69"N 90°38'18.32"E NQ Site 2: 23°58'43.16"N 90°38'25.27"E NQ Site 3: 23°58'53.94"N

90°38'23.96"E NQ Site 4: 23°58'52.23"N 90°38'16.93"E NQ Site 5: 23°58'30.93"N 90°38'17.05"E NQ Site 6: 23°58'49.34"N 90°38'39.41"E NQ Site 7: 23°58'30.00"N 90°37'47.80"E NQ Site 8: 23°58'40.80"N 90°37'46.80"E

Quarterly BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE

0.5

Waste generation Plant Domestic

Project area and labor shed

Quarterly BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE

0.5

Environmental Monitoring Plan

249

Indicator Location of data

collection

Frequency of data

collection Institution

(s)

Monitoring Cost

(Million BDT)

Implementation of air quality management plan, noise management plan, waste management plan

Within project area Daily monitoring and quarterly reporting

BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE

1.0

Water Resources Monitoring Plan Internal drainage network

All khals and drainage canal in and around the project area

Twice in a year (wet and dry season)

BPDB/ Contractor/ BWDB

1.0

Surface water quality monitoring (DO, BOD, COD, pH, Total hardness, Nitrate, TDS, TS, Temperature etc.)

1. Effluent discharge point 500 m u/s and d/s from the effluent disposal point

2. The Shitalakshya River All sampls should be collected from four locations. Locations area: SW-i: 23°58'49.53"N 90°37'58.67"E SW-ii: 23°58'46.44"N 90°38'11.10"E SW-iii: 23°58'32.52"N

90°37'49.38"E SW-iv: 23°58'24.17"N

90°37'36.02"E

Quarterly in a year.

BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE

1.5

Ground water table and pollution monitoring (Arsenic, total hardness, heavy metals, TDS etc.)

Two points in the project site: GW-i: N 23°58'35.91" E 90°38'17.35" GW-ii: N 23°58'47.16" E 90°38'18.18"

Twice in a year (wet and dry season)

BPDB/ Contractor/ DoE/DPHE

1.0

Transportation Monitoring Plan Traffic management system

Three points on Parulia Morr (Issakhali)-Ghorashal Zila Road adjacent to the project area

One point in access road

Monthly during post construction/operation period

Roads and Highway, LGED and District auhority

1.0

Physical status of road

Overall study area Twice in a year during operation phase

Roads and Highway and LGED

-

Land and Agriculture Monitoring Plan Sub soil: Soil quality/ fertility/ Nutrient status of soil/

Outside the project Yearly SRDI & BPDB

0.5

Environmental Monitoring Plan

250

Indicator Location of data

collection

Frequency of data

collection Institution

(s)

Monitoring Cost

(Million BDT)

Contamination of heavy metal (Hg, Pb, As)

Fisheries Monitoring Plan Fish biodiversity Selected sites within 10

km radius area of the project: One in 1 km upstream and one in 1 km downstream of the Shitalakshya River one in nearby waterbody

During construction and operation phase

BPDB/DoF 0.5

Ecosystem Monitoring Plan Bird colony, feeding and nesting ground

Within the nearby homestead forest and afforestation area

Quarterly BPDB/DoE

1.0

Limiting of vegetation clearance

Within project area Daily during base stripping activities

BPDB/DoE

Ecosystem health of the surrounding:

Plant health Productivity

of fruiting plants

5 samples from homestead ecosystem (at least 2 at down wind direction) within 5 km radius area 5 Samples from Road side plantation including 2 at downwind direction within 5 km radius area

Quarterly BPDB/DoE

Socio-economic Environment Monitoring Plan Employment opportunity in construction and other activities under the project

Project area During and after construction

BPDB/ Contractor

0.5

Whether people and workers suffer from health risk

Project site and surrounding the area

Quarterly Contractor

Sub-Total (B) 11.5 Grand Total 12.5

12.2 Vibration Monitoring

The vibration measurement is an indication for the condition of the machine. The absolute vibrations of the gas turbine bearing pedestal are monitored with velocity probes. On the generator bearings, the relative shaft vibrations are monitored with eddy current probes.

The signal-conditioning unit of the vibration measurements is integrated into the gas turbine control system. The measured values are visible on the operator station.

Environmental Monitoring Plan

251

The Steam turbine is being provided with a BENTLY NEVADA 3500 vibration measurement acquisition, delivers trip signals to protection controllers and makes available vibration values and thresholds through an Ethernet ModBus link. In general ISO vibration codes are followed by the Gas Turbine and Gas Turbine generator:

GT vibration ISO 10816-4 Evaluation of machine vibration by measurements on non-rotating parts; and

Generator vibration ISO 7919-2 Evaluation of machine vibration by measurements on rotating shafts.

Figure 12-1: Locations of surface and ground water quality monitoring sites

Figure 12-2: Locations of air quality and noise level monitoring sites

Environmental Monitoring Plan

252

12.3 Compliance Monitoring

Compliance monitoring is the prudent element of Environmental Monitoring Plan that ensures effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan, compliance of all project related activities with relevant environmental rules and regulations and safety procedure. Monitoring of the compliance may be carried out by the Environmental Personnel of the Project Management Unit but should be audited yearly by the external auditor. The monitoring activities and results should be well documented and followed by the standard monitoring checklist.

The principlal approach of the step wise monitoring involves:

� Walk-through inspection: quick survey of the activities, operations, equipments, and facilities.

� Through inspection: visual observation activities, operation, equipments and facilities and review of related documents, previous records, reports etc.

� Interview of relevant personnel: interviewing of related employees, key personnels etc.

� Consultation with local people: consultation with local people to understand community perception on the project related activities and to identify social isses related with the project.

The inspection, observation, consultation and reporting should be followed by an organized checklist. The checklist of the monitoring should be developed during preparation of Environmental and Social Action Plan at the stage of detail design of the project.

The target areas of monitoring are:

� Compliance of project related activities with national and international (if required) environmental rules and regulation as described in Chapter 2 during preconstruction, construction and operation phases;

� Compliance of the project related activities with the the suggested EMP during pre-construction, construction and operation phases;

� Compliance of the plant operation (noise, emission, waste disposal, waste water discharge etc.) with relevant national and international (if required) standards;

� Compliance of the Environmental Monitoring Activities with suggested Environmental Monitoring Plan; and

� Record of incidents.

The compliance monitoring report along with the checklist should be indexed and annexed with the monthly and annual monitoring report. It may be required to submit the annual moniroting report to Department of Environment for renewing of the Environmental Clearance Certificate each year.

12.4 Implementation of EMP and Environmental Monitoring Plan

Main purpose of this environmental assessment is to delineate correct measures to enhance the environmental sustainability of the proposed project through providing suggestion on

Environmental Monitoring Plan

253

design consideration, implementation, management and operation as suggested in the EMP. The effective implementation and operation of EMP depends on regular monitoring. The power production company BPDB establishes a directorate headed by a Director, Environment and Safety. The organogram of the proposed monitoring directorate may be as Figure 12-3.

Chief Medical Officer Director,Environmental Health and Safety

Medical Officer

Health Safety Manager

Rescue Officer

Environmental Quality SafetyManager

Environmental Manager

Safety Managers

Fire Safety Managers

Emergency Managers

Chief Security Officer

Security Officers

Figure 12-3: Organogram of proposed environment and safety directorate

The environmental manager will be responsible for monitoring of the implemented EMP. The safety manager will be responsible for occupational health and safety and implementation of hazard management plan while the emergency manager will be responsible for emergency plan implementation. However, this is an indicative organogram; the project authority may change the hiearchy of the team and make necessay addition if required for smooth implementation of the monitoring works.

254

255

Chapter 13 Stakeholder Consultation

13.1 Introduction

The Government of Bangladesh (GoB) has given impetus on involving primary and secondary stakeholders for assessing the environmental and social impacts associated with implementation of the project. In order to gather local knowledge for baseline conditions, understand perceptions of the community regarding impact significance, and propose meaningful mitigation measures, participation of stakeholders is an integral part of the EIA process. During EIA study, an attempt has been made to consult with a full range of stakeholders to obtain their views on project interventions.

Dissemination of the prospect of the project and objectives to the local level stakeholders including land owners, sharecroppers, leaseholders, landless people, local government representatives etc. was made during the EIA study of the project through public consultations.

The present EIA has been conducted after consulting local communities, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and concerned government departments/organizations dealing particularly with related fields, thus ensuring that their views and concerns are taken into account in the study.

This chapter provides detail of the consultations held with the stakeholders at the project site and framework for consultations to be carried out during construction phase. This also includes disclosure requirements for the EIA.

13.2 Objectives of stakeholder consultation

The objectives of the stakeholder consultation meetings were to inform local people about:

� The participation of local communities in the planning and implementation process of the power plant project;

� The concept of the proposed project area and location;

� Major outcomes of the proposed project;

� People’s perception about implementation of the project; and

� Probable suggestions in implementing the project.

13.3 Approaches of public consultation meeting

� Participatory approach was followed for conducting public consultation meetings;

� The consultants used a checklist in conducting the public consultation meetings to maintain uniformity and relevancy in discussion and recording the opinions and views of the participants properly;

Stakeholder Consultation

256

� Socio-economic, agricultural, hydrological, fisheries, and ecological issues were discussed in detail, including potential impacts of the interventions on the environmental and social parameters; and

� The institutional issues were also discussed properly where the participants provided their opinions and suggestions freely.

13.4 Identification of stakeholders

Stakeholders include all those who affect passively and are being affected by policies, decisions or actions within a particular system. Stakeholders can be groups of people, organizations, institutions and sometimes even individuals. Stakeholders can be divided into primary and secondary stakeholder categories.

13.5 Primary stakeholders

Primary stakeholders are people who would be directly benefited or impacted by a certain project intervention. In case of the project, the primary stakeholders include the people living within the project area particularly those who reside within and in the immediate vicinity of the project area. The primary stakeholders of the project include the officials and workers of the power plant, women groups, and caretakers of community properties. Primary stakeholders identified and consulted during the present EIA include communities to be benefitted and/or affected by the project.

13.6 Secondary stakeholders

This category of stakeholder pertains to those who may not be directly affected but have interests that could contribute to the study, play a role in implementation at some stage, or affect decision making on project aspects. In this project NGOs, concerned government departments, and line agencies fall under this category.

Secondary stakeholders for the project include local government institutions (LGIs), Bangladesh Power Development Board, Department of Forest, other government agencies, academicians, NGOs, and general public.

13.7 Approach and methodology of consultation

Participatory approach was followed in conduction of Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) in the project area. In order to conduct the FGD and consultation meetings, checklists were prepared covering the aspects including an overview of the proposed power plant, information on the ongoing EIA process to maintain uniformity and relevancy in discussion and recording the opinions and views of the participants properly, and seeking information on the problems of the area with their potential solutions, the local needs and demands have been discussed by giving equal opportunity to all participants attending in the meeting. During consultation meeting all relevant issues within the water resources, land resources, socio-economic resources, and disaster aspects were discussed in detail.

During the FGDs and consultation meetings, the EIA team displayed maps of the project area, shared the initial concepts on proposed interventions and facilitated the response of

Stakeholder Consultation

257

the participants. The stakeholders of the study area were asked to share their needs, problems, possible sustainable solutions, and their views on the project interventions. The stakeholders’ perceived views on important environmental and social components (IESCs) and project’s impacts on them, along with perceived benefits, risks, threats and demand from the project were identified during discussions. During FGDs Socio-economic, agricultural, hydrological, fisheries, and ecological issues were discussed in detail, including potential impacts of the interventions on the environmental and social parameters and the institutional issues were also discussed properly where the participants provided their opinions and suggestions freely.

13.8 Public consultation meetings/FGDs

13.8.1 Consultation Process

A number of consultation meetings/FGDs were conducted at different locations of the proposed power plant area. The itinerary of the FGDs is presented in Table 13-1 and some photographs of these meetings are given in Photo 13-1.

Table 13-1: Location of stakeholder consultation meetings

Sl. No. District Upazila Union

Meeting venue/Mauzas

Type of consultation

Meeting date Time

1 Narshingdi Palash Palash Inside Ghorashal power plant

FGD 02/07/2013 12:00 pm

2 " " Jinardi Jinardi Bazar " 02/07/2013 03:00 pm

Photo 13-1: Stakeholder consultation in and around the project area

13.8.2 Consultation participants

The main participants of the consultation meetings included public representatives, farmers, traders, fishermen and daily-wage laborers of the project and nearby areas. A total of 23 participants attended these consultations. The participant details are provided in Table 13-2.

Stakeholder Consultation

258

Table 13-2: Participant details Sl. No. Meeting venue

Type of consultation Type of Participants

No. of Participants

1 Inside Ghorashal power plant

FGD Primary stakeholders 8

2 Jinardi Bazar " " 07

Discussion with Chief Engineer and EXEN, Ghorashal Power Plant

Discussion with local people Assistant Manager, Ghorashal Power Plant

Photo 13-2: Consultation with local people regarding Ghorashal gas based CCPP

13.9 Issues discussed

At the outset of the meetings and FGDs, an overview of the proposed project including the ongoing activities of the implementing agencies and the EIA process was shared with the participants. Subsequently, the key environmental, social, and socioeconomic aspects listed below were discussed. The checklist and questionnaire used for the public consultation meetings included the following issues:

� Knowledge of the participants about the project activity and attitude of people towards the proposed project;

� Perception of local people about the potential problems of the power plant project and their suggestions for solving the perceived problems;

� Possibility of land acquisition and resettlement, if any, involved in the construction of power plant;

Stakeholder Consultation

259

� Impact of land acquisition and resettlement on different groups of people including vulnerable ones;

� Impacts (both positive and negative) of the implementation of the power plant project on water, agriculture, fishery, ecology and socio- economic components;

� Suggestion on enhancement (positive impacts) and mitigation (negative impacts) measures;

� Any other issues relevant to the project raised in the public consultation meetings.

13.10 Community concerns and suggested solutions

The outcomes of the FGDs and consultation meetings in terms of concerns and the suggested solutions were noted and organized by themes are presented in the Table 13-3.

Table 13-3: Community concerns and suggested solutions Themes/Topics Concerns/Issues/Problems Suggested

Solution/Remedies Overall The people of the project area were

found to be well aware of the construction of the proposed re-Powering of Ghorashal existing 3rd Unit with Gas based combined cycle capacity of 400 MW ± 5% at Site conditions on turnkey basis at Ghorashal, Narsingdi District, under Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) project. They came to learn about the proposed project from high officials of the BPDB, local representatives, local administration and consultants. The BPDB officials frequently visited the project sites, spoke with local people about the project and paid the worth for land. As the field visit had been done, people in the project were also aware about the sites of the project. However, they are looking forward when the project will start and how much time will be taken for its completion.

The local people desired for quick implementation of this project as they believe that the communication infrastructure and other facilities of the study area will be improved as well in the aftermath.

Issues Feedback of the participants Project implementation

Participants expressed positive attitude to the project implementation and demanded its early implementation in response to uninterrupted electricity to adjacent villages around the plant site.

Employment Local people expect employment opportunities during and after project implementation.

Communication People suggested for the development of road communication network which in a sense would create income generating sources for the villagers.

Establishment of a good Plan

People strongly demanded a plan which will not affect the local development with an excuse of national development.

Stakeholder Consultation

260

13.11 Participants list of FGDs

The name of the participants in different meetings, their ages, occupations and addresses including cell phone number (if any) are stated in Table 13-4.

Table 13-4: List of local people consulted during the field visit

Sl. No. Name Occupation

Address/Mobile Phone Number

1 Mr. Aktarul Islam Chief Engineer, BPDB

-

Mr. Jahirul Islam Executive Engineer, Generator

01748-720214

2 Mr. Kamal Hossain Assistant Chief Engineer

01718-712113

3 Mr. Md. Altaf Hossain Sr. Security officer 01712-856187 4 Mr. Binoy Kumar Assistant Engineer 01913-433343 5 Md. Arshad Service 01729818875 6 Md. Abdur Rahman Agriculture Baghdi 7 Md. Gias Uddin Agriculture Baghdi 8 Md. Haris Uddin Agriculture Baghdi 9 Md. Salam Agriculture Baghdi

10 Md. Muslim Agriculture Baghdi 11 Md. Abul Kalam Business 01716231323 12 Md. Hossain Agriculture Baghdi 13 Md. Babul Business Baghdi 14 Afsar Molla Agriculture Baghdi 15 Prodeep Chandra Das Tailor Baghdi

13.12 Findings

13.12.1 Chief Engineer, Ghorashal Power Plant, Narsingdi

By giving detail description about Ghorashal power plant station he also explained the magnitude of environmental impact of a power station depends on its location with respect to human settlements, meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, water bodies, agricultural and forest-lands, etc.

13.12.2 Executive Engineer, Ghorashal Power Plant, Narsingdi

He provides CEGIS team the detail description of existing and proposed power plant Ghorashal power plant area. He further expressed environmental impact on inhabitants by the construction of repowering of existing 3rd Unit by 400MW±5% power plant.

13.12.3 Interaction with BPDB officials

The field team had an interaction with authority of Ghorashal gas based power station authority in Narsingdi to brief about the purpose of field visit and discussed on the project components and its successful implementation. Additionally, BPDB officials delivered some project related documents to the field team of CEGIS.

Stakeholder Consultation

261

13.12.4 Informal consultation meeting

The findings of the consultation meetings are summarized as below:

� Participants expressed positive attitude to the plant implementation and demanded its rapid implementation in respect of ensuring water supply and electricity to the adjacent villages by the thermal power plant.

� Local people expect that categorical labors will be employed on the basis of skill from the study area during implementation and operation phases.

� People suggested for the development of road communication network which in a sense would create income generating sources for the villagers.

13.13 People’s Perceptions

The people of the project area were found to be well aware of the construction of the proposed repowering gas based CCPP. They came to learn about the proposed project from high officials of the BPDB and local administration. The BPDB officials frequently visited the project sites and spoke with local people about the project. As the field visit had been done, people in the project were also aware about the sites of the project. However, they are looking forward when the project will start and how much time will be taken for its completion.

13.13.1 Feedback of the participants

The local people desired for quick implementation of this project as they believe that the communication infrastructure and other facilities of the study area will be improved as well in the aftermath. They agreed that the project would change the socio-economical condition of the area as well as of the country. On the other hand, people demanded that the authority should consider and give priority the local people in employing in the plant for accomplishing various jobs based on their skills and education qualification.

Suggestions

Local people appealed that employment opportunity should be created in the power plant for both skilled and unskilled people from construction to operation phases.

13.14 Issues discussed, problems and suggested measures

Sl. No. Issues Problems Suggested measures

1

Water Resource

Local people reported that periodically the river water become highly polluted with bad odour. This is because of periodical release of gas from fertilizer factory, wastes from Pran Agro Industry, release of improperly treated effluent from power plant etc.

Treatment of effluent, gas release and release of wastes into the Shitalakshya River should be stopped.

Power plant authority should be abstained from using underground water instead they can conserve water during wet season for dry season use and

Stakeholder Consultation

262

Sl. No. Issues Problems Suggested measures

Sometimes water becomes unusable. Underground water has been drawing down due to over exploitation. Local people gave emphasis on not to use the ground water for the proposed plant.

or technology should be water efficient

2

Agriculture

Crop damage due to heavy rainfall

Cultivation of short duration crops; Re-excavate pond, dighi, khari etc. to retain water; Traditional moisture holding practices (shedding, tillage, breaking top soil); Application of organic manures; Cultivation of drought resistance variety crops; Arrange training program among the farmers to disseminate modern technology on agriculture. Farmers group should have close contact with DAE to adopt various measures on IPM/ICM.

3 Drought is also responsible for crop damage

4 Scarcity of irrigation water in dry season

5 Ground water table lowering day by day

6

Fisheries

Water pollution of the Shitalakshy River from different point and non point sources creates havoc for fisheries

Treatment of effluent, gas release and release of wastes into the Shitalakshya River should be stopped.

7 Periodically the river reach along the Ghorashal Fertilizer factory and its surrounding reach become void of fish

8

Socio-economic

Risk of health hazard of local people due to air pollution and exposure of potential hazard possessed by the proposed power plant.

The implementers should give importance on these matters

The local people demanded for recruitment in power plant project

9 Emission of waste materials from the power plant and it is responsible for water pollution

Stakeholder Consultation

263

Sl. No. Issues Problems Suggested measures

10

Ecology

Aquatic ecosystem is in serious threat of being destroyed by the untreated gaseous emission from fertilizer factory, power plant etc., untreated or improperly treated effluent of different industries and dumping of wastes into the nearby the Shitalakshya River

Treatment of effluent, gas release and release of wastes into the Shitalakshya River should be stopped.

264

265

Chapter 14 Conclusion and Recommendation

14.1 Conclusion

The proposed project is a repowering of existing 210 MW 3rd Unit to 400MW±5% gas based CCPP to be constructed at Ghorashal, Palash under the authorship of the BPDB. The scope of this report is to present the Initial Environment Examination study for the purpose of obtaining Site Clearance Certificate (SSC) from the DoE as mentioned in the Environment Conservation Act, 1995 and is prepared following the procedure prescribed in Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997. The study is carried out following the Environmental Impact Assessment Guideline of DoE and World Bank which include multidisciplinary tools and techniques of Physical, Water resources, Agriculture, Land and soil, Fisheries, Ecology and socio-economic surveys and investigation. The local people participation is ensured through RRA and PRA approach.

The project component includes residential and social facilities, water treatment plant, disposal facilities, and switchyard including substation.

The proposed site for construction of Gas Turbine unit, Heat recovery steam generator unit with their auxiliaries, ancillaries and switchyard is about 17 acres (about 6.88 ha) of BPDB’s fallow land covered with grasses, bushes and hard wood trees on the northern side of the existing 3rd unit within the boundary of the power plant is earmarked by BPDB. In the scope of IEE, potential hazards possessed by the proposed thermal power plant are identified with root causes and possible consequences. The risk of potential hazards includes mechanical, electrical, chemical, fire and explosion, and risk of failure mode. Specific safety measures are also suggested which should be considered during design.

Flat topography with some low lying areas, non-pronounced terrace (Chala) and baids, characterized by riverine flood, exposure to tornadoes, rural setting with dominating boro paddy cultivation, scattered swamp area and migratory routes of major carp and Dolphin are the noteworthy aspects of existing environmental condition of the study area. Improved transportation and road network, vulnerability to flood, and agriculture farming and fishing-the primary occupation are the key socioeconomic characteristics of the study area.

Attempts were made to identify the potential environmental and social impacts with an outline of environmental management plan that have been detailed out in this stage. The significant negative impact may include surface water pollution if due care is not paid in effluent treatment and waster water treatment plant.

Negative impacts during construction phase have been assessed based on the nature of the fuel (natural gas) might include air pollution, water quality deterioration, disruption to water resources, disturbance to fisheries habitat and disturbance to society due to increase of noise level. The construction work will create employment opportunity for the local people. Abstraction of water from the Shitalakshya River might pose threats on environmental flow

Conclusion and Recommendation

266

as well as onthe migration of fishes and dolphin if the suggested re-excavation and corresponding reservoir development measures are not adopted during construction phase. Long term ground level concentration of the NOx and COx might increase during operational phase of the thermal power plant. This may provoke acid rain in extreme cases of gaseous emission if unchecked of gaseous emission which could have deleterious impacts on human being, crops, vegetation, aquatic wildlife and fishes. For mitigating impacts of NOx the turbine will be provided with dry low NOx burner. Normally there is no CO in flue gas. It appears only when there is incomplete combustion which is taken care by the automatic combustion control system. The surface water quality would be changed due to disposal of solid waste and discharge of thermal plume that required adoption of waste management and treatment of thermal plume. The ground water aquifer loss might be aggravating due to excessive mining for which provisions of groundwater recharge are prescribed. The proposed project might have adverse impact on the fish habitat quality indirectly by deteriorating the water quality which could be minimized up to some extent through prescribed mitigation measures. However, proper EMP implementation and public awareness growing and controlling of water pollution may conserve and protect the fishes. The surrounding terrestrial and aquatic ecosystem are exposed to accidental release of chemical, warm water and fire explosion for which the safety measure prescribed in the hazard and risk analysis section are necessary to adopt. Conservation of dolphin is essential to protect the dolphin migratory route along the Shitalakshya River from the potential impact of the proposed thermal power plant. The species composition of the Shitalakshya River might be changed if the effluent is discharged into the river directly without lowering the temperature to ambient level.

In contrary to negative impacts the proposed project is expected to create enormous scopes of economic and social development of the region. The present electricity crisis and rising of electricity demand require installation of new power plant. The proposed thermal power plant will offer large numbers of job opportunity during its life time where the local people will have the priority. The potential benefits of the project will outweigh the negative impact if the prescribed EMP is implemented.

14.2 Recommendations

Following issues are recommended on the basis of EIA study:

Local people should be involved in every stage of the implementation of the power plant;

An integrated drainage network and interception canal should be planned for maintaining the runoff of the rainfall from the hilly area.

Safety measures for potential risk associated with the proposed power plant should be adopted and implemented;

All activities in pre-construction, construction and post-construction stage should be implemented according to the EMP provided;

Strong monitoring activities should be carried out for air emission and effluent discharge so as to ensure whether the effluent is harmful for the environment or within the standard limit as defined in ECR, 1997 (amended in 2005);

Conclusion and Recommendation

267

Killing any kind of wildlife during construction period and operation stage should be banned;

Discharge of untreated effluent in the open environment should be restricted;

Involvement of local people in terms of classified job opportunities should be ensured at each phase of the power plant;

Special care should be taken for wildlife community protection as per EMP;

Establishing Institutional arrangement with proper logistic and training for Environment, Health and Safety in Project Management Unit (PMU) during pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the project.

269

References

Alam M.K.,Hasan A.K.M.S., Khan M.R. and Whitney J.W., 1990. Geological Map of Bangladesh. United States Geological Survey, Geological Survey of Bangladesh, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources, Government of People Republic of Bangladesh

BARC (Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council). 2005. Fertilizer Recommendation Guide Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council, Farmgate, Dhaka.

ASB, 2006. Banglapedia-National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh. Asiatic Society of Bangladesh (ASB). ISBN 984-32-0576-6.

DoE, 1997. EIA Guidelines for Industries, Department of Environment, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Dhaka.

FAO/UNDP, 1988. Land Resources Appraisal of Bangladesh for Agricultural Development (Report-2), “Agro-ecological Regions of Bangladesh”, Prepared by Food and Agricultural Organization( FAO), United Nations.

Johnson S.Y. and Alam A.M.N., 1991. Sedimentation and tectonics of the Sylhet trough, Bangladesh.

PSMP, 2006. Power System Master Plan. Power Division, Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources. Government of People Republic of Bangladesh.

The Bangladesh Wildlife (Preservation) Order 1973 (President’s Order No. 23 of 1973) has been revised and approved by the Cabinet and is currently being vetted for approval by the Parliament. It will be known as the Bangladesh Wildlife Act 2010.

SOLARIS (Soil and Land Resources Information System), 2008. SOLARIS. Model developed by Center for Environmental and Geographic Information Services (CEGIS) for Soil Resource and Development Institute (SRDI)

SRDI (Soil Resources Development Institute), 1988. Guideline for land and soil resources use. Soil Resource and Development Institute, Thana Nidashika, Farmgate , Dhaka.

270

i

Appendix I Approved Terms of Reference for EIA Study

A. Background

With the object of sustainable power generation and reliable electricity supply, Bangladesh Power Development Board has planned to install a Re-Powering of Ghorashal 3rd unit with Gas based combined cycle plant capacity 400MW±10% (configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi

The functional requirements and the pleasing physical appearance of the Plants will also be taken into account. Due care shall be undertaken concerning the environmental impact out of these Plants and sufficient protective measures shall be- incorporated in the design of the Plant for environment protection especially on air pollution, water pollution and noise. The environment protection measures shall be done in accordance with the Environment Protection Guidelines of UNDP, ADB, World Bank and Environmental Protection and Emission Control Standards of Bangladesh. In all instances, the listing of items of the Plant shall be understood as general, and shall include upon completion, even if not specifically mentioned, other necessary components and appurtenances required for proper, continuous and reliable commercial operation of the complete installation, including any and all auxiliary and ancillary systems.

Above mentioned Power Plants shall be of most efficient technologies and minimum pollution level. With the purpose of obtaining Site Clearance and Environmental Clearance Certificates from Department of Environment of Bangladesh it is required to carry out Initial Environmental examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies.

B. Objective

The objectives of this consultancy service are to carry out Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for the Re-Powering of Ghorashal existing 3rd Unit with Gas based combined cycle capacity of 400 MW ± 10% (configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi District. The specific objectives are:

� Conducting Initial Environmental Examination to identify possible Environmental and Socioeconomic Impacts with possible mitigation measures and a tentative Environmental Management Plan;

� Conducting Environmental Impact Assessment with detail environmental and socio-economic baseline survey, prediction and evaluation of possible environmental and socio-economic impacts, and detail Environmental Management Plan;

� Topographical survey of Proposed 02 (Two) power plant projects site; and

Geotechnical Investigation of the proposed sites

Appendix

ii

C. Scope of Services

The scope of works includes mainly execution of IEE, EIA, topographical survey and geotechnical investigation. The scope of the services is detailed below:

C1 Initial Environmental Examination The scope of services under the IEE study is as follows:

1. Selection of the proposed site which involves minimum agricultural land, minimum habitats to be displaced, minimum/avoiding hilly area, use maximum Government land (if available) and develop suitable layouts.

2. Land acquisition plan from Deputy Commissioner's office (if required). 3. Land use/ Land cover including ecologically critical area, national parks, forest,

orchard, cultural heritage site etc., if any, in the site selected for the power plant. 4. Topographical survey of the selected project site. 5. Meteorological data collection of the site from Bangladesh Meteorological

Department (BMD). 6. Hydrological and morphological data collection from BWDB and BIWTA. 7. Agro-ecological zones data collection from AEZ report. 8. Agricultural data collection from BBS and DAE. 9. Collection of data on access to site Bangladesh Railway and Roads and Highway

Department. 10. Soil investigation of the selected site. 11. Seismicity analysis. 12. Sources of water during construction and operation. 13. Effluent disposal point(s). 14. Data on water quality, air quality and noise level. 15. Transportation of machineries and fuel. 16. Collection of Preliminary planning, design and drawing of power plants (Bid

Documents or Feasibility Study). 17. Specific statutory requirements applicable in Bangladesh. 18. Establishment of the environmental and social baseline condition in respect of

water resources, air quality, noise level, land resources including land use/land cover, agriculture, fisheries, ecosystems and socio-economic condition.

19. Public consultation and disclosure 20. Identification of Important Environmental and Social Components (IESC). 21. Assessment of impacts of the proposed power plant on the environmental and

social components. 22. Preliminary Environmental Management Plan (EMP). 23. Risk and hazard analysis. 24. Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

for approval by DOE.

C2. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

The scope of services under the EIA study is as follows: 1. Carry out environmental and social impact assessment identifying the maximum

generation capacity of power plant that will satisfy the applicable environmental requirements, including the laws and bylaws of Bangladesh and World Bank

Appendix

iii

Group's health and safety guidelines. 2. Carry out hydrological investigation. 3. Elaborate project description and design and the activities at pre-construction,

construction and post-construction phases as per the feasibility study report. 4. Establish environmental and social baseline condition in respect of water

resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, ecology and socio-economic condition.

5. Carry out meteorological, noise level and air quality investigations for the proposed power plants and the necessary additional transmission lines.

6. Select environmental and social components likely to be impacts by the proposed power plants.

7. Identify suitable control measures to minimize CO, C02, SO, NO etc. emission from the power plants, if any, that should be required the developer under the request of proposals.

8. Identify exhaust stack requirements (as per DOE rules) applicable to each plant so that concentration of S02 and particulate matter in the surrounding area is uniform and minimum.

9. Thermal plume modeling will be completed considering the proposed power plant including nearby industrial installations (if any).

10. Ability for the developers of the power generation projects to satisfy all national regulatory requirements and international obligations related to health and human safety and the environment in the construction, operation, and maintenance of gas.

11. Ability to dispose efficiently and in a manner that complies with all national regulatory requirements and international obligations related to the ash generation by the power generation facilities (and the development of a recommended plan for doing so).

12. Social/infrastructure facilities to be required. 13. Assess and evaluate the ability of each of the projects (and any expansion

projects at the site) to comply with all health and safety and environmental laws of Bangladesh and the requirements of the World Bank group. Identify any restriction that should reasonably be imposed on the developers of the power generation projects to ensure that expansion projects can be designed, constructed, and operated in compliance with all such laws, regulations and requirements and international obligations.

14. Evaluate the impact on environment in line with Bangladesh and/or World Bank requirement of the power plant’s fuel to ensure that the power generation facilities can be designed, constructed, and operated in compliance with all applicable environmental requirements.

15. Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP), which shall include mitigation measures, enhancement and contingency measures and compensation.

16. As per TOR approved by the DOE, produce an EIA report which shall form the basis of obtaining environmental clearance from the DOE.

17. Carry out the test for suspended particles in air. 18. Study of siltation problem, if any, and migration of soil/sand in the proposed area. 19. Study of the township development of the area

Appendix

iv

C3. Topographical and Engineering Survey 1. Carry out Benchmark pillar from nearest established Benchmark Pillar 2. Establishment of 2 numbers of Benchmark and 4 numbers of Reference Pillars for

each plant. 3. Producing maps of topographical information and features 4. Detail contour survey by taking spot levels at 20 Meter intervals constructing

Bench mark, reference pillars and grid pillars of approved specifications at 100 meter grid points of the area surveyed

C4. Geotechnical Investigation 1. Execution of minimum 10 numbers of exploratory borings depths up to 40 meters,

recording of sub-soil stratification and position of ground water table. 2. Execution of standard penetration test (SPT) at an interval of 1.5 m depth with

collection of disturbed soil samples up to the final depth of exploration of each boring.

3. Carried out laboratory test of required engineering properties of sub soil. D. Responsibilities of consultants The consultant shall carry out the services as detailed in “Scope of Works” and “Job Description of Professionals” in the best interest of the BPDB with the reasonable care, skill and diligence with sound engineering administrative and financial practices and shall be responsible to the executive agency (BPDB) for discharge of responsibilities. E. Responsibilities of client The client, Bangladesh Power Development Board will provide all necessary information on project design, process and data as per requirement of Department of Environment. In addition, the client will facilitate the study with necessary support and references in collecting data from different Government Departments. F. Resources Requirement/Qualification of Professionals

All Experts must have graduate with 10 years job experience in relevant field except Environmental Law Specialist, Junior Environmental Engineer and Field Researcher, whose job experience shall be 3 years. G. Reports/Deliverables The following reports are to be delivered by the consultants to BPDB separately for Re-Powering of Ghorashal 3rd unit with Gas based combined cycle plant capacity 400MW±10% ( configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi” project. The following reports are to be delivered by the consultants to BPDB: A combined Inception Report shall be submitted within 30 (Thirty) days from the date

of signing contract; The Draft Final IEE Report for both plant shall be submitted within 2.5 months

from the date of signing contract;

Appendix

v

The Final IEE Report for both plants shall be submitted within 15 (Fifteen) days after receiving comments on draft final report;

The Draft Final EIA Report for both plants including all works as per TOR shall be submitted within 5.5 months from the date of signing contract;

The Final EIA Report for both plants shall be submitted within 15 days after receiving comments on draft final report.

All report shall be submitted to BPBD in (five) hard copies and soft copy on CD

H. Staffing A multi-disciplinary team of professional, detailed below, should conduct the IEE and the EIA studies.

Srl Discipline Number Total Man-month IEE Study & EIA

Study 1 Environmental Expert/Team Leader 1 2 2 Water Resources Specialist 1 1.54 3 Electrical Engineer 1 1.54 4 Power Plant Expert 1 1.54 5 Morphologist 1 1.54 6 Mechanical Engineer 1 1.54 7 Ecologist 1 1.54 8 Fisheries Specialist 1 1.34 9 Soil and Agriculture Specialist 1 1.54 10 Socio Economist 1 1.54 11 Environmental Law Specialist 1 1.06 12 Geotechnical Engineer 1 2 13 Survey Engineer 1 2 14 RS specialist 1 1.54 15 GIS specialist 1 1.54 16 Auto Cad Specialist 1 1.26 17 Jr. Environmental Specialist 1 1.06 18 Jr. Socio-economist 1 1.54 19 Jr. Electrical Engineer 1 1.06 20 Field Researcher 1 1.5 21 Field Researcher 1 1.5

Total 21 31.72

Tentative Report Format of EIA

The EIA report should be prepared following the Format of DoE where the following items shall have to be included. The IEE report has to be completed following the DoE's guideline.

Appendix

vi

Appendix

vii

Appendix II Matching of EIA Report Terms of Reference (Tor) with DoE

Approved ToR

Approved Terms of Reference (ToR) of DoE for EIA of Re-powering of Ghorashal Existing 3rd Unit with Gas Based Combined Cycle Capacity of 400 MW ± 5%

Memo No: DoE/Clearance/5295/2014/126 Date: 14/05/2014

Sl. No. of DoE’s ToR

Sl. No. in EIA

Report

Headings Page No.

1. Executive Summary xix

2. Chapter 1 Introduction 1

1.1 Background 1

1.7 Brief description 8

1.8 Scope of the EIA study 9

1.9 Study limitations 10

1.10 Methodology 10

1.12 EIA team 14

References 269

3. Chapter 2 Legislative, Regulation and Policy Consideration 19

4a. 3.10 Project activities 56

4a.1 3.10.1 List of main project activities 56

4a.2 3.10.2 Project specification, standard and quantification 57

3.21 Project Design and construction 67

3.21.1 Detail design of the project 67

4b. 3.11 Project schedule (Project implementation schedule) 58

4c. 3.14 Resources and utilities demand 61

4d. Map and Survey Information (as per DoE ToR)

1.1 (Map 1.1)

Location of the proposed site showing location map 4

Appendix- V

Mauza (Cadastral) map showing land plots ( project and adjacent area) and Topo Sheet

xxxix

3.5 (Figure

3.2)

Topographical information with map 51

Appendix

viii

Sl. No. of DoE’s ToR

Sl. No. in EIA

Report

Headings Page No.

5.1.2 Landscape and topography 84

5.1.3

(Map 5.3, 5.4 & 5.5)

Geological map showing geological units, fault zone and other natural features

86-89

5 Chapter 5 Environmental and Social Baseline Condition 79

5.1 5.1 Physical environment 79

5.1.1 Climate and Meteorology 79

5.1.2 Topology (Landscape and topography) 84

5.1.3 Geology (Physiography and Geology) 86

Geomorphology (Separate report submitted under the caption of Sub-soil Investigation Report)

Chapter 4 Land use (Detail Description of Land Cover) 71-75

5.5.3 Soils 119

5.1.1 Meteorology 79

5.2.2 Hydrology (River Hydrology) 101

5.2 Biological environment

5.9.4 Aquatic habitat and life 139

5.8 Fisheries 126

5.9.3 Terrestrial habitats with flora 136

5.9.3 Terrestrial habitats with fauna 138

5.3 Environment quality

5.1.4 Air quality 90

5.2.7 Water quality 109

5.1.5 Noise (Acoustic Environment) 94

5.1.6 Vibration 95

5.5.3 Soil quality 119

5.2.3 Sediment quality 103

6. 5.10 Socio-economic environment (Condition) 141

6.1 5.10.2 Demographic profile and ethnic composition 142

6.2 5.10.3 Settlements and housing 143

6.3 5.3 Traffic and transport (Transportation system) 112

Appendix

ix

Sl. No. of DoE’s ToR

Sl. No. in EIA

Report

Headings Page No.

6.4 Public Utilities

5.11. 2 Water supply (Sources of drinking water) 152

5.11.3 Sanitation 152

5.11.4 Solid waste 153

6.5 Economy and employment

5.10.4 Employment structure (Employment opportunity) 147

5.10.5 Occupational pattern 147

6.6 5.8 Fisheries (Fisheries resources) 126

5.8.5 Fishing activities (Fishing tools) 132

5.8.1 Fishing resources (Fish habitat) 127

5.8.3 Commercial factors ( Fish Production) 130

5.8.4 Commercial important species (Fisheries Diversity - Species composition and biodiversity)

131

5.8.8 Fishing communities (Fishermen status and effort) 132

7. Identification, Prediction and Evaluation of Potential Impacts

147

7.1 Chapter 6 Identification of environmental and social components to be affected (Important Environmental and Social Component)

157

7.2 Chapter 7 Prediction (Environmental and Social Impacts) 163

7.3 Chapter 8 Evaluation (Impact Evaluation) 183

8. Management Plan/Procedures

8.1 Chapter 9 Mitigation of Impacts 191

8.2 Chapter 11 Outline of Environment Management Plan 225

8.3 Chapter 12 Environmental Monitoring Plan 247

9. Chapter 13 Public Consultation (Stakeholder Consultation) 255

10. Chapter 10 Risk assessment, risk management, system of environmental and property damage, damage compensation issues (Hazard and Risk Management)

215

11. Chapter 14 Conclusion and Recommendations 265

Appendix

x

Appendix

xi

Appendix- III Approach and Methodology

Introduction

The EIA of the proposed repowering gas based CCPP to be constructed at Palash Mauza under Ghorashal Municipality of Palash, Narsingdi has been conducted following the EIA Guidelines for Industries, prepared by the DoE in 1997 in accordance with the requirement of the Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 (Amendment, 2005) under the Environment Conservation Act 1995. EIA process involves identification of the key impacts on natural and social environment and detail evaluation of the significant impacts, development of a detail Environmental Management Plan. The EIA includes collection of baseline information, setting of boundaries, impact assessment, suggestion of mitigation measures and alternative sites providing an environmental management plan. Flow diagram of the process followed in conducting the EIA study of the project is presented in Figure 1-4 in Chapter 1.

Preliminary step of an EIA is the collection of primary and secondary data. Reviews of available literature from various sources, informal interviews and site visits are the steps to collect baseline information for the project area. Setting of boundaries is an important step and the elements are used for the scoping are geographical boundary, time horizon for alternative actions, affected groups, etc. The scoping covers all the phases of project implementation.

A range of methods present to conduct impact assessment for EIA study. In this study, Ad-hoc, Checklist and Matrix methods have been used to identify impacts of the proposed Ghorashal repowering gas based CCPP to be constructed at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash Upazila, Narsingdi District. Mitigation measures of the identified significant impacts are suggested and a preliminary Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been proposed for the IEE study. The unresolved critical issues and resolution of issues are discussed in the EMP.

The EIA report of the repowering of existing 3rd Unit gas based CCPP has been prepared based on the findings from the IEE report, field observation and consultation with local people. This study was initiated with collection of environmental and socio-economic data from secondary sources. The primary data and public opinions have been collected from the project site and the study area. However, most of the data, which have been used for outlining baseline condition, have been collected from secondary sources. Remotely sensed satellite images have been procured, processed, ground truthed and interpreted for enrichment of EIA study of gas fired power plant.

The baseline has covered short description of the physical environment, water resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, ecological resources and socio-economic condition including identification of problems in respect of the resources.

Field visits have been carried out in the project site as well as in the total study area. The main objectives of the visit were observation, assessment and professional judgment. These have been conducted to identify the Important Environmental and Social Components (IESCs) through a scoping process including scoping sessions with the stakeholders. The

Appendix

xii

visit has also been aimed for preliminary public disclosures and consultation as suggested in the IEE/EIA guidelines of the DoE.

Important parameters such as soil criteria, surface and ground water quality, noise, air quality etc of the baseline situations have been generated from long term data collected from different organizations like: Soil Resources Development Institute (SRDI), Bangladesh Water Development Board (BWDB), Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority (BIWTA), Department of Fisheries (DoF), Department of Public Health and Engineering (DPHE), Upazila Offices of different agencies, Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD) and Department of Environment (DoE). Most of the social and economic data have been generated from BBS censuses. Moreover, CEGIS has its own database for different resource sectors, which also helped the EIA study.

Data from secondary as well as primary sources on physical environment, water resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, ecological resources and socio-economic condition have been collected for assessing environmental and social impact of the proposed project and establishing an environmental management plan. Resources based parameters or criteria on which data have been defined including the sources of data and the methodology of data collection are presented in the following sections:

Assumptions

The study has been carried out considering some assumptions on project information and design. These are:

Site development will need dressing of the premise and slight filling of the pot holes. Filling earth can be collected from the nearby places by digging or by dredging Shitalakshya River or soil from places outside the project area or from the cutting earth. If dredging needed it will be carried out under separate project which are to be executed by the relevant authority as per the norms of the ECR 1997, and

There are two options for carrying machinery and ancillary equipments to the project site. These are: (i) heavy machineries through waterways along the Shitalakshya River, and (ii) regular entry road to the Ghorashal power plant from the Palash-Issakhali Road to the project site.

Study area boundary

The selected site for the proposed Combined Cycle Power Plant to be constructed is at Palash Mauza, Ghorashal Municipality, Palash Upazila of Narsingdi. The proposed site is about 0.25 km from the Palash-Issakhali Feeder Road Type A and about 10.5 km northwest of Narsingdi district headquarters and about 36 km from Dhaka Zero Point aerially. The study area has been considered for baseline study as 10 km radius area pivoting around middle of the site. The study area boundary is presented in Map 1-3 below. The impact assessment was not limited to the study area only.

Study period

As per the Tor of the study, the study period is six (6) month that includes IEE and EIA.

Physical Environment Assessment

The issues of physical environment have been investigated through professional observation of the multi-disciplinary team members backed up by the feedbacks from the local people during field visits. The base of the physical environmental assessment was secondary data sources, high resolution recent satellite images (Quick Bird-2, Google and

Appendix

xiii

IRS ID Pan) and field observation. Every analysis was made with world standardized tools and the result presented with Geographical Information Services interface.

The geological and seismic issues have been taken care through secondary information and field observations. The general geological features and the seismicity of the project and its surrounding areas were collected from available secondary literature and Geological Survey of Bangladesh. The lithology of the project area was collected from NWRD of WARPO.

Meteorological data such as rainfall, evapo-transpiration, temperature, sunshine hours, humidity, wind speed and wind direction have been collected and analyzed for assessing local climate that are directly related to atmosphere and water resources of the project as well as of the study area. Meteorological data for selected stations have been collected from the National Water Resources Database (NWRD) of WARPO, which contains long series of temporal data showing daily values for meteorological stations maintained by the Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD).

Water quality, and noise level data were measured in field using portable instrument following standard procedure and manual of the instruments.

Topographical survey and development of Digital Elevation Model

A detail topographical survey (25mx25m grid) will be carried out for indentifying land use, area, land type, land elevation, and other topographical features. Topographic information from recent DEM will be used for planning of thermal power project study. In addition, total station survey will be carried out to obtain detail topographical information. Topographical features will be identified and mapped, analyzing latest satellite image of the area and topographical survey. Based on the topographical survey and topographical maps and Geological Survey of Bangladesh, the average land level and levels of specific locations will be generated for further planning purpose. This will be done in the EIA stage.

Soil survey

Soil investigation method was treated as indicative approach toward smooth execution of the work within the time frame and financial involvement. Overall methodology for works was divided into two major phases. First were field works and later on laboratory works. The field works include exploratory boring drilling, standard penetration test and extraction of soil sample. On the other hand, laboratory works include proper evaluation of selected physico-chemical parameters of soil sample of the project site.

Air quality assessment

Air samples for assessing SPM, SOx, NOx, COx concentration have been measured for different location near the Ghorashal power Plant site with the lab and technical facilities of DoE.

Water resources

Most of the water resources data have been collected from secondary sources. The Shitalakshya and other tributaries of the study area have been identified for hydrological and morphological data collection. BWDB defined hydrological stations at Lakhpur and Demra have been selected for historical and current data collection and analysis. Specific fields of interest have been selected for collecting data on special hydrological and morphological events such as drainage congestion, erosion, sedimentation, etc.

Appendix

xiv

Water resources data under four broad heading namely river hydrology, river morphology, ground water hydrology, ground and surface water quality and use have been collected from secondary sources and primary observation using the methodology presented in the following Table.

Table: Data source and methodology for water resources assessment

Parameter Data Sources Methodology River hydrology Dry and wet season water flow in the Shitalakshya

BWDB Mean monthly river discharge for selected river station(s) will be collected from historical data of BWDB at station Demra.

Dry and wet season water level in the Shitalakshya

BWDB Mean monthly water level in Lakhpur station will be collected from BWDB database.

Riverine flooding BWDB/ Field observation

Recurrences of riverine flooding, magnitude and intensity data have been collected from BWDB.

Drainage system CEGIS/field observation

Primary data gathered through image analysis and physical observations have been used.

River morphology Sedimentation CEGIS Data generated through satellite image

analysis and physical observations have also been used.

Erosion CEGIS Historical data have been collected from CEGIS reports and current situation have been defined from image analysis and physical observations.

Navigation BIWTA Depth and length data of navigation route within the study area have been collected from source organization.

Plan form change CEGIS Data have been derived from satellite image analysis.

Ground water hydrology Water table DPHE Data have been collected from source

organization at different locations of the entire study and project area.

Surface and ground water quality and use Surface and ground water quality. (Arsenic concentration)

BWDB, DoE and DPHE

Surface water quality data have been collected from yearly report of DoE, ground water quality from DPHE.

Surface and ground water use

BBS and BWDB and DPHE

Rate of water use in different sectors have been calculated from the data and information of BWDB and BBS

Meteorology BMD Data have been collected from the historical data of Bangladesh Meteorology Department at station Dhaka.

Land resources

Land includes the combination of the geological materials in which particular kinds of soil have been formed and the landscape on which they occur. Data collection on land resources concentrated to soils, agro-ecological regions, land type and land use. Land Resources

Appendix

xv

Appraisal of Bangladesh for Agricultural Development (part-2), “Agro-ecological Regions of Bangladesh” prepared by FAO, United Nations (1988) has been utilized to derive secondary information on Agro-ecological regions. Land use information has been collected from BBS and local DAE offices. High resolution recent satellite imageries of the study area has also been used for the collection of base line data on land use map, as well as related data on agriculture. Land Type has been collected using SOLARIS tool. This tool was developed by CEGIS for SRDI (Soil Resources Development Institute).

Agricultural resources

For the preparation of baseline information on agriculture, various agricultural parameters such as farming practices, existing major cropping patterns, cropped area, yield rate, crop production, crop damage and various inputs used( availability of irrigation water, fertilizers, pesticides, seeds, labour etc) have be collected from primary and secondary sources. The methods applied for the collection of baseline information on agriculture are briefly described below.

Information on existing cropping patterns and cropping intensity, have been collected from secondary sources (Upazila Agriculture Extension offices,) and also from primary sources through field level survey in consultation with concerned farmers through FGD, dealers of fertilizer and pesticides, officials of DAE and BADC etc. The average yield value (ton/ha) of different crops in the study area were calculated based on this information. High resolution recent image was used for the preparation of NCA, The total existing crop production was estimated using the formula: Total crop production = damaged free area × normal yield + damaged area × damaged yield.

Crop damage due to natural calamities (Flash flood, drainage congestion, water logging, and scarcity of irrigation water as well as drought etc.) data were be collected from the field for the last three years in the study areas in consultation with local farmers and officials of the DAE. The crop damage (production loss) was estimated using the formula: Crop production loss = total cropped area ×normal yield-(damaged area ×damaged yield+ damaged free area × normal yield).

Agriculture inputs data (irrigation, fertilizer, pesticides, seeds, labour etc.) were collected from secondary sources (DAE, BADC etc) and in most cases primary data were collected through field level survey in consultation with concerned farmers through FGD and local dealers of fertilizers and pesticides.

Livestock resources

Present statistics of livestock (Cow/Bullock, Buffalo, Goat and Sheep) and poultry (Duck and Chicken) including their numbers and information on grazing land, fodder availability and disease infestation status in the study area were be evaluated at field level survey in consultation with the local people through PRA, RRA and KII. Livestock resources data was also collected from secondary sources from District/ Upazila Livestock offices. Data collection matrix on land, agriculture and livestock resources is presented in following Table.

Table: Data collection matrix on land, agriculture and livestock resources

Type of Resources Parameter

Sources of data collection

Secondary Secondary

Land Resources

Soils Land Resources Appraisal of Bangladesh for Agricultural

-

Appendix

xvi

Type of Resources Parameter

Sources of data collection

Secondary Secondary Development (AEZ reports of FAO/UNDP)

Agro-ecological region

Land Resources Appraisal of Bangladesh for Agricultural Development (AEZ reports of FAO/UNDP)

-

Land Use Local DAE offices and High resolution recent satellite imageries of the study area of Bangladesh have been used.

-

Land Type SOLARIS tool -

Agriculture Resources

Cropping pattern

DAE offices Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Cropped area DAE offices Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Yield rate DAE offices, Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Crop production DAE offices Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Crop damage DAE offices Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Inputs used

i. Fertilizer,

ii. Pesticides,

iii. Seed,

iv. Labour

DAE offices Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Irrigation DAE offices and BADC offices

Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Livestock Resources

Livestock population

Upazila/District Livestock offices

Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Fodder availability

Upazila/District Livestock offices

Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Diseases infestation status

Field level survey through FGD/PRA/ RRA /KII

Fisheries

Appendix

xvii

Fresh water capture fishery is an important sector of the study area and is the driving force of the local and regional economy. This sector received special attention for having interaction with water quality which could be vital factor for fisheries in connection with the construction of the power plant. The study area is exposed to the Shitalakshya River having connectivity floodplain and beels where a large number of resident and migratory fish species breed.

Required checklists were developed considering the gas fired thermal power plant issue prior to data collection. A combination of survey techniques was applied for collecting fisheries data elaborated in the following sections. The sequential interpretations of the data collection approach for fisheries study of the EIA stage were as follows:

Selection of sampling sites

Sampling sites for fish were selected based on two criteria. These are: (i) fish habitat density and (ii) extent of potential impact of the construction of proposed gas fired plant. The following five sampling sites were selected for collection of open water fisheries and aquaculture data:

Table: Sampling sites for assessing fisheries resources

Sl. No. Name of the sites Site fallen under Observed habitat/Others

1 Palash fish market 10 km radius- study area

Fish species diversity, composition, local and imported fish from other areas

2 Ghorashal 10 km radius River, connectivity, floodplain, fish pond

3 Nargana 10 km radius Fishermen household survey (FHS)

4 Chandan 10 km radius FHS, connectivity, beel, floodplain

5 Issakhali 10 km radius FHS, floodplain

Fisheries data were collected from two different sources viz. (i) primary and (ii) secondary. The primary sources include: (a) fishermen community, (b) fisher households, (c) fish farmers, (d) small fish traders, (e) aratdar, and (f) local key informants. The secondary sources area: (a) Upazila Fisheries Office, Palash, Kaliganj, Kapasia, Shibpur and Narsingdi, (c) Department of Fisheries (DoF), and (d) relevant literatures having secondary data.

Primary data collection

Primary data were collected based on capture and culture fisheries. Capture fish habitats of the study area are: river, connectivity/khal, beel, and floodplain, whereas the culture fish habitats include culture and culturable fish ponds. The habitat-based macro level fish data collection methods included Catch Assessment Survey (CAS), Fishing Effort Survey (FES), Fish Market Survey (FMS), Fishermen Household Survey (FHS), Indicator Fish Survey (IFS), Fish Migration Survey (FMnS), Hatchling Migration Survey (HMS), Fish Pond Survey (FPS) etc.

Appendix

xviii

Photo: Fish catch using lift net and caught fishes

Secondary data collection

Secondary data were collected from the Department of Fisheries (DoF), District Fisheries Office (DFO), Upazila Fisheries Office (UFO), and from various literatures/studies.

Data analysis and output

Fish habitat and production assessment

Areas for classified habitats of both capture and culture fisheries were computed based on contemporary imagery analysis, CEGIS database/National Water Resources Database (NWRD), Fisheries Resources Survey System (FRSS) and field survey. Fish yield and production for individual habitats of capture and culture fisheries were estimated using both primary and secondary data.

Habitat quality assessment

Habitat potential and fish species diversity was assessed for the rivers and tributaries to make assumptions on habitat condition after operation stage of the plant.

Threats for fisheries

Attempts were made to identify potential threats for fisheries due to installation of the power plant along with mitigation measures by discussing with fisheries and water resources experts.

Ecosystems

The high resolution satellite images of the study area were studied to identify ecologically significant areas and different wildlife habitats. Based on the information from the aerial maps and available project site map, field survey was undertaken to list the available habitat types along with flora and fauna known to inhabit the area. The surveys included transects within the study area covering all major habitat types. During transect survey other members of the team having expertises on respective fields accompanied the ecologist.

Secondary ecological data of the study area have been explored from different publications and reports like IUCN, Bangladesh National Herbarium, Birdlife International and Wildlife Trust of Bangladesh (WTB).

Appendix

xix

Socio-economic condition

Socio-economic assessment for the EIA of the proposed project has been designed with a view to having an intrinsic notion about the socio-economic condition of the study area from the local people’s perspective and their consultation about this project.

For investigating problems and their solutions the study team focused on describing, understanding and interpreting social phenomena and processes related to the study area. It is normally quite difficult to predict and explain social phenomena very precisely. Therefore, the study team depended on different methodological approaches for capturing, understanding and interpreting the socio-economic information. Both qualitative and quantitative approaches were used for collecting socio-economic information of the study area.

Study area

The study area covers 10 km radius of the project area to explore impact of the project. It, therefore, includes both inside and outside the project area, i.e. the outside impacted area. The study area includes two districts namely Narsingdi and Gazipur and five Upazilas namely Palash, Shibpur and Narsingdi Sadar (Narsingdi) and Kaliganj, Kapasia (Gazipur), 19 unions, one Municipality and 230 Mauzas. Ten percent of the Mauzas were selected for smooth completion of the study within the short duration of the study period. As such five sample villages were selected based on their locations, population density and number of settlements. Out of five villages one which is Palash is located in the project area while the rest are within the 10 km radius area of the plant site.

The necessary information was collected on the basis of every indicator mentioned in the Inception Report.

Technique of data collection

Different techniques were used to gather relevant information on existing socio-economic condition of the study area. Quantitative and qualitative data were collected from secondary and primary sources. Quantitative data were collected through literature review and rapid rural appraisal (RRA), qualitative data through RRA, informal interview and semi-structured public consultation meeting (PCM). Table: Variables and associated data collection techniques

Variables Techniques Tools Demographic information Literature review Check list Quality of life RRA Check list and map Social overhead capital RRA, informal interview Check list and map Safety net & poverty reduction measures

RRA, informal interview Check list and map

People’s perception PCM Check list and map

Sources of data collection

In this EIA study, data were collected from different sources. But all these sources can be grouped into two: Primary and secondary sources.

The data were collected from the 20 Mauzas of Palash, Shibpur, Narsingdi Sadar and Kaliganj Upazilas through RRA, PCM, and informal interviews.

Appendix

xx

Secondary sources

To prepare the baseline situation of the study area, information about some important socio-economic parameters were collected from the reports of Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS).

Time allocation for fieldwork

The time allocated for field data collection was two days. The information was collected from the local people and local government institutes (LGIs). Different professional groups of people like fishermen, teacher, political leader, village police, and health officer participated in the RRA and PCM sessions. RRA and PCM sessions were held in different public gathering places, such as, rural shops, schools, and working places.

Table: Time allocation for field work

Field sites Date Palash 03/08/2013 Nargana 04/08/2013 Baghdi 05/08/2013

Details of the data collection techniques

Rapid rural appraisal

RRA is an approach for shared learning between local people and outsiders to enable development practitioners, government officials and local people to plan together for appropriate intervention. In this study RRA was used to grasp details about the socio-economic situation of the study area. The local people informed the study team about the anticipated problems related to the project. The method was important to know the present situation and identify future impacts (positive and/or negative) of the project on the socio-economic condition of the study area.

Informal interview

Informal interviews do not have any guidelines, questionnaire and check lists. In this study informal interview was characterized by greater flexibility. The main reason for this type of interview was to get people to open up and let them express themselves in their own terms, and at their own pace. Such kind of informal sittings with the informants helped in establishing a kind of intimacy, in turn helped to come to the discussion on the perception and reactions about the project.

Public/stakeholder consultation

Five unstructured and immediate presence basis public consultations were made to know the perceptions and recommendations of local people about the proposed power plant project. In this process, the participants came from different sections and occupations of the society to express their concerns and expectations centering the plant. The main purpose of consultation was to inform them about the proposed project and CEGIS activities in this context. They identified both positive and negative impacts of the project on their existing socio-economic life. It was tried to obtain the people’s perception about the project activities and their suggestion in conducting IEE/EIA.

Appendix

xxi

Data analysis

The study involved many levels of analysis. Some are simple and informal while others required some statistical sophistication. The data collected from RRAs and key informant’s interviews were analyzed through electronic software “Microsoft Office”. The sum and the percentage of total values were used to specify the percentage of households containing different values on different variables. This analysis explains the socio-economic situation of every household out of 100 households. And for report writing the numerical data were processed through Microsoft word software and to prepare baseline database and numerical data calculation Microsoft excel software was used. The Microsoft excel software was also used to convert the data into different charts, e.g. pie chart. The main reason behind this graphical presentation is to capture the whole socio-economic situation at a glance from the graphs.

Selection of IESCs

A scoping process was followed for identifying the Important Environmental and Social Components (IESCs) which are likely to be impacted by the proposed gas based CCPP. This was done in two stages. The individual professional of the IEE team members made a preliminary list of the components pertaining to his/her discipline which could be impacted by the project. The second stage included village scoping sessions where opinion of the stakeholders were obtained on their perception about the environmental and social components which could be impacted by the proposed project. Professional judgment of the EIA team members as well the opinion of the stakeholders obtained in the village scoping sessions were considered in selecting the IESCs.

Impact assessment and evaluation

Assessment and evaluation

Potential impacts of the proposed power plant both on environmental and social components have been identified coarsely in this stage. Impacts having potential to be resulted during pre-construction, construction and post-construction stages were identified separately. All the potential impacts will further be evaluated, and detailed in EIA stage following the ToR approved by the DoE. Both quantitative and qualitative tools will be used to assess the impacts. The impact evaluation has been made following the operational guideline of the World Bank, EIA guideline of the DoE and standard practice of impact evaluation. Each impact will be evaluated by examining the following criteria:

Nature of the impact – direct or indirect

Spatial extent of the impact- local or widespread

Temporal extent – long term or short term

Reversibility

Likelihood, and

Significance

Air pollutant dispersion modeling

Maximum ground level concentration of NOx, SOx and CO2 will be calculated using SCREEN 3.0.0 model. The model is fully approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) for calculation of maximum short-term concentrations of non-reactive pollutants emitted from a single source.

Appendix

xxii

Identification of control measures for minimizing CO2, SO2, NO2, etc emission

The specific measures for controlling CO2, SO2 and NO2 emission have been suggested briefly in the EMP of the IEE stage and will further be detailed out in the EMP of the EIA stage. The measures will be identified based on expert judgment, literature review, consultation with BPDB professionals and DoE Experts.

Environmental management plan

In the IEE stage the EMP has been prepared based on quick and less sampling area visit than actually required for representing all phenomena that may be impacted due to the proposed plant. The brief of water quality management plan, air quality management plan, noise level management plan, land and soil management plan, biodiversity management plan and socio-economic management plan, etc have been discussed in Chapter 7. The EMP has been formulated in such a manner so that the implementing agencies can easily follow it.

Risk and hazard analysis

Hazard and associated risk with the construction and implementation of proposed power plant have been identified using risk matrix. The associated occupational hazard, emission of pollutants (NO2, CO2 and negligible amount of SO2), fire hazards etc. have been identified in this stage and presented in Chapter 10.

Appendix

xxiii

Appendix IV

Schedule 2 to 11 of ECR, 1997 and Amendment 2005

Appendix

xxiv

Appendix

xxv

Appendix

xxvi

Appendix

xxvii

Appendix

xxviii

Appendix

xxix

Appendix

xxx

Appendix

xxxi

Appendix

xxxii

Appendix

xxxiii

Appendix

xxxiv

Appendix

xxxv

Appendix

xxxvi

Appendix

xxxvii

xxxviii

Appendix

xxxix

Appendix V

Mauza map and Topo Sheet of the proposed Ghorashal CCPP project

Location of proposed

repowering of 3rd unit at Ghorashal

Plot No. 152

Appendix

xl

Topo Sheet of the Study Area in 1:50,000 Scale

Project Site

Appendix

xli

Appendix VI

No Objection Certificate for Land

xlii

Appendix

xliii

Appendix VII Study Area Biodiversity

Table: A list of plant species of the study area and their local status

Sl. No.

Bangla Name Scientific Name Habit Importance Local Status

Terrestrial Plants

1 Aam1 Mangifera indica T Fruit and timber VC

2 Kola Musa Spp. H Fruit C

3 Kanthal Artocarpus heterophyllus

T Fruit and timber VC

4 Mahogany Swietenia mahagoni T Timber VC

5 Neem Azadirachta indica T Timber and medicine

C

6 Bel Aegle marmelos Fruit and fuel wood C

7 Lebu Citrus Sp. T Fruit C

8 Sharifa Anona squamosa T Fruit C

9 Pepey Carica papaya T Fruit C

10 Sal Shorea robusta T Timber C

11 Sisu Dalbargia sisoo T Timber C

12 Akashmoni Acacia auriculiformis T Timber VC

13 Eucalyptus Eucalyptus Sp. T Timber C

14 Shiris Albizia procera T Timber C

15 Khejur Phoneix sylvestirs T Fruit and fuel wood C

16 Shyama Gash Echinochloa colonum H Fodder VC

17 Katanotey Amaranthus spinosus H Vegetable and medicine

C

18 Lojjabati Mimosa pudica H Medicine C

19 Durba Gash Cynodon dactylon H Fodder and medicine

C

20 Dhutura Detura metel H Medicine C

21 Bashak Adhatoda vasica H Medicine C

22 Begun Solanum melongena H Vegetable C

23 Kochu Colocasia esculenta H Vegetable C

24 Halud Curcuma longa H Spice C

25 Shialmutra Vernonia patula H Fodder C

Appendix

xliv

Sl. No.

Bangla Name Scientific Name Habit Importance Local Status

26 Shyama Ghash

Echinochloa colonum H Weed C

27 Bhat Clerodendrum viscosum

H Weed VC

28 Dhol Kolmi Ipomoea carnea H Fuel wood VC

Aquatic Plants

29 Kachuripana Eicchornia crassipes H Fodder and compost

VC

30 Keshordam Ludwigia repens V Fodder UC

31 Shapla Nymphaea Sp. H Vegetable C

32 Kutipana Azolla pinnata H Fodder and compost

C

33 Sada Shapla Nymphaea nouchali H Vegetable C

34 Khudipana Lemna Sp. H Fodder and compost

UC

________________________ Note: T= tree, H= herb, V=vine; VC= very common, C= common, UC= uncommon

Table: A list of fauna of the study area along with IUCN-Bangladesh threatened category and local status

Sl. No. Bangla Name English Name Scientific Name

IUCN-Bangladesh Threatened Category

Local Status

Amphibians

1 Kuno Bang Common Toad Bufo melanostictus - C

2 Belun Bang Painted Balloon Frog Kaloula taprobanica - Rare

3 Chhoto Gachh Beng

Annadale Tree Frog Chiromantis simus - C

4 Kola Bang Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus

- VC

5 Chhoto Laubichi Beng

Ornate Narrow- mouthed Frog

Microhyla ornata - C

6 Chhoto Gahchh Bang

Annadale Tree Frog Chiromantis simus - UC

Reptiles

7 Roktochosa Common Garden lizard

Calotes versicolor - C

Appendix

xlv

Sl. No. Bangla Name English Name Scientific Name

IUCN-Bangladesh Threatened Category

Local Status

8 Takkhak House Gecko Gekko gecko VU UC

9 Gui Shap Bengal Monitor 5 Varanus bengalensis - Rare

10 Chiti Tiktiki Spotted House Lizard Hemidactylus brookii

11 Shila Kachchhap

Three Keeled Tortoise

Melanochelys tricarinata

EN UC

12 Maitta Shap Striped Keelback Amphiesma stolata - C

13 Painna Shap Water Snake Enhydris enhydris - FC

Birds

14 Pati Kak House Crow Corvus splendens C

15 Danr Kak Large-billed Crow Corvus macrorhynchos

C

16 Gobrey Shalik Pied Myna Sturnus contra - VC

17 Kalo Fingey Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus - VC

18 Tuntuni Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius - C

19 Shonkho Cheel Brahminy Kite Haliastur indus - C

20 Ghughu Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis - VC

21 Bon Morog Red Jungle fowl Gallus gallus - C

22 Halde Pakhi Black-hooded Oriole Oriolus xanthornus - C

23 Batabi Kathkurali

Fulvous breasted Woodpecker

Dendrocopos macei - C

24 Blyther Nolfutki Blyth’s Reed Warbler Acrocephalus dumetorum

- CW

25 Tila Munia Scaly breasted Munia Lonchura puntulata - C

26 Dhani Tulika Paddy-field Pipit Anthus rufulus - C

27 Pati Botera Common Quail Coturnix coturnix ReW

28 Shet-Ankhi Oriental White-eye Zosterops palpebrosus - C

29 Dholagola Machhranga

White breasted Kingfisher

Halcyon smyrnensis - C

30 Pati Lalpa Common Redshank Tringa totanus - CW

31 Chhoto Caha Little Stint Calidris minuta - CW

32 Dahuk White-breasted Waterhen

Amaurornis phoenicurus

- C

Mammals

33 Banor Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatta EN C

Appendix

xlvi

Sl. No. Bangla Name English Name Scientific Name

IUCN-Bangladesh Threatened Category

Local Status

34 Maya Harin Barking Deer Muntiacus muntjak CR UC

35 Bonbiral Jungle Cat Felis chaus EN FC

36 Khek Shial Bengal Fox Vulpes bengalensis VU FC

37 Nengti Indur House Mouse Mus musculus - C

38 Bonno Shukor Wild Boar Sus scrofa - FC

39 Metho Nengti Indur

Field Rat Mus booduga - VC

40 Boro Beji Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii VU C

41 Badami Kathbirali

Irrwardy Squirrel Collasciurus pygerythrus

- FC

42 Chika/Sucha Grey musk Shrew Suncus murinus - C

43 Boro Badur Indian Flying Fox Pteropus giganteus - C

________________________________________

Note: VC= very common, C= common, UC=uncommon, FC= fairly common; CR= critically endangered, VU=vulnerable, EN= endangered, DD= data deficient

Appendix

xlvii

Appendix VIII Questionnaires and Checklists

Checklist for Water Resources Information Collection

A. Administrative Information

Name of Area: Hydrological Zone Power plant name: District (s): Upazila (s): Union (s): Mauza (s):

B. Project Description, Physical Resources and Water Resources System (BPDB)

General Information a. Type of project: b. Area of scheme (Ha): c. Objectives of the scheme:

d. New problems (if any) created by the project activities: e. Year of Starting: f. Year of completion: g. Proposed plant comonents h. Name of surrounding industries i. Name of the projects hydro-morphologically dependent on the polder

j. Water requirement, sources and management

k. Cumulative hydraulic and morphological impacts as anticipated by local people

l. Fuel type, sources and amount m. Drainage system n. Water resources system o. Erosion and accretion p. Flooding level Flood/Inundation Condition

Area (%) Reasons of Flooding Onset:

F0 (< 30 cm) F1 (30-90 cm) Peak: F2 (90 – 180 cm) F3 (180 – 360 cm) Recession: F4 (> 360 cm)

Appendix

xlviii

Flood/Inundation Condition

Area (%) Reasons of Flooding

q. Discharge pattern r. Topography s. Gound water resources t. Water Quality (Peoples perception) Ground water (Presence of pollutant) Arsenic (Yes/No) Location: Iron (Yes/No) Location: Surface water River/Khal name Quality of water

(Good/Bad/Avg.) Type of Pollutant Sources of pollutant

Checklist for Land Resources, Agriculture and Livesock Information Collection

Land Resources:

1. Land degradation

Factors Year from starting LD Result of LD Soil erosion Sand carpeting Salinisation Acidification Nutrient deficiency Farming practices Water logging Others

Agriculture Resources: (For small project information collection from filed. For large project both primary and secondary information collection from field and DAE office)

2. Cropping Pattern by land type

Land Type Kharif-I

(March-June) Kharif-II

(July-October) Rabi

(Nov-February) % of area

3. Crop calendar

Crop name

Seedling Transplanting/Sowing Harvesting Start End Start End Start End

Appendix

xlix

4. Crop yield

*Damage area and yield loss calculation: Last 3 years average value

5. Crop damage

Name of hazard Ranked Timing Causes Flood Drought Pest infestation* Others: *List name of pest and pesticide by crop

6. Fertilizer and pesticide application

Crop Name

Seed (Kg/ha)

Fertilizer (Kg/ha) Pesticide

Urea TSP MP Other No of Appli.

Liq. (ml/ha)

Gran. (Kg/ha

7. Irrigation, Land preparation and Labour

Livestock Resources: Primary and Secondary Information collection from field and DLS offices

8. Livestock and poultry production

Name of Livestock/poultry

% of HH having Livestock/Poultry

No. of Livestock/poultry per HH

Cow/Bullock Buffalo Goat Sheep Duck Chicken

Crop Name Damage free Yield

(ton/ha) Damage area (%) Damage Yield

(ton/ha)

Crop Name

Irrigation Land preparation Labour

Mode % of Area

Charge (Tk/ha)

Power (%of Area)

Animal (% of Area) Tk/ha Nos./ha

Tk/ labour

Appendix

l

9. Feed and Fodder

Name of Livestock/poultry

Feed/Fodder Scarcity (Timing) Causes Remarks

Cow/Bullock Buffalo Goat Sheep Duck Chicken

10. Diseases

Name of Livestock/poultry

Name of Disease Disease (Timing) Causes Remarks

Cow/Bullock Buffalo Goat Sheep Duck Chicken Note: Support Services-

App

endi

x

li

Fish

erie

s D

ata

Col

lect

ion

Che

cklis

t Vi

ll:

Mau

za:

U

nion

:

Upa

zila

:

Dis

tric

t:

D

ivis

ion:

Bac

kgro

und

Wat

er b

odie

s: N

ame:

Alp

habe

tic,

Are

a: in

Ha/

% o

f ar

ea/A

na,

Leng

th:

in k

m,

Dep

th/In

unda

tion

dept

h: in

Met

er,

Floo

d D

urat

ion:

in M

onth

s,

Pro

duct

ion:

MT

Prob

lem

/Iss

ue

Fish

ing

Effo

rt

Hab

itat T

ype

Wat

er

Qua

lity

Avg

. Pr

oduc

tion

Prod

uct

ion

Tren

d (+

/-)

and

Rea

son

List

of

G

ear

s

%

of

ge ar s

List

of

Hab

itat

Nam

e

Pres

ent

Past

(15-

20 y

rs b

ack)

Area

Length

Width

Depth Dura tion

Area

Length

Width

Depth

Dura tion

Cap

ture

Fi

sher

ies:

1.

2.

3.

Cul

ture

Fi

sher

ies:

4.

5.

6.

Indi

scrim

inat

e Fi

shin

g Ac

tiviti

es:

7.

a. T

otal

N

o. o

f fis

her

HH

s:

b. %

/No.

of

C

FHH

s:

c.

%/N

o.

of

SFH

HS:

d.

No.

of

Day

s sp

end

annu

ally

in

fish

ing

by

Riv

er

Beel

(L

ease

d/no

n le

ased

)

Khal

App

endi

x

lii

8.

9.

CFH

Hs:

S

FHH

s:

e.

Hrs

/Day

sp

end

in

fishi

ng b

y C

FHH

s:

SFH

Hs:

Floo

dpl

ain

Swam

p Fore

st

Fish

po

nd

Baor

O

ther

Fish

Mig

ratio

n Fi

sh B

iodi

vers

ity

Sp

ecie

s Li

st

Spec

ies

Com

posi

tion

R iv e r

K ha l

Be el

Pon

d O

ther

G

roup

R

ive

r Kh al

Be el

Po nd

Prev

ious

M

igra

tion

Sta

tus

Fi

sh d

iver

sity

sta

tus

(Poo

r/Mod

erat

e/R

ich)

/%

Maj

or

carp

E

xotic

ca

rp

O

ther

ca

rp

C

atfis

h

Snak

ehea

d

Pre

sent

O

bsta

cle

to

fish

mig

ratio

n:

1.

2.

3.

Rea

sons

of

incr

ease

or

decr

ease

1.

2.

3.

Li

ve fi

sh

O

ther

fish

Praw

n

Hils

a

Im

porta

nt

App

endi

x

liii

bree

ding

, fe

edin

g an

d ov

er

win

terin

g gr

ound

4.

5.

R

ui

C

atla

Hor

izon

tal

M

igra

tion pa

ttern

Spec

ies

: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Seas

on

(Mon

ths)

: R

oute

s:

Sign

ifica

nt a

reas

1.

2.

3.

M

rigel

Koi

S

arpu

nti

La

rge

praw

n

Sm

all

Ppr

awn

Verti

cal

Mig

ratio

n Patte

rn

Spec

ies

: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Seas

on

(Mon

ths)

: H

abita

ts:

S

peci

es o

f C

onse

rvat

ion

Sign

ifica

nce

Rar

e:

Si

lver

ca

rp

C

arpu

Gra

ss

carp

Te

ngra

U

nava

ilab

le:

C

hapi

la

O

ther

s

Pos

t Har

vest

Act

iviti

es

Fish

erm

en L

ifest

yle

Fish

edi

ble

qual

ity:

S

ocio

-eco

nom

ic S

tatu

s of

su

bsis

tenc

e le

vel

fishe

rmen

:

Sou

rce

of p

ollu

tion

in e

ach

habi

tat:

S

ocio

-eco

nom

ic S

tatu

s of

C

omm

erci

al fi

sher

men

:

Seas

onal

vul

nera

bilit

y:

O

ther

con

flict

(with

m

uscl

e m

en/ a

gric

ultu

re/

othe

r sec

tor/l

aws)

:

App

endi

x

liv

Ice

fact

ory

(Num

ber,

loca

tion

and

nam

e):

Fi

sher

men

com

mun

ity

stru

ctur

e (T

radi

tiona

l/Cas

te/R

elig

ion)

Land

ing

cent

er, w

hole

sal

e m

arke

t, ot

her d

istri

ct

mar

kets

, etc

.:

Tr

aditi

onal

fish

erm

en

vuln

erab

ility

(Occ

upat

ion

chan

ge/o

ther

s):

Sto

rage

faci

lity

(num

ber,

loca

tion

and

nam

e):

Ex

istin

g Fi

sher

ies

Man

agem

ent

Fish

mar

ket (

Num

ber,

loca

tion

and

nam

e):

Fi

sher

men

Com

mun

ity

Bas

ed O

rgan

izat

ions

(F

CBO

s):

Mar

ketin

g pr

oble

ms:

WM

Os

activ

ity:

Fish

dis

ease

s (N

ame,

Hos

t sp

ecie

s, S

easo

n, S

yndr

ome,

R

easo

n, e

tc.):

Fi

shin

g rig

ht o

n ex

istin

g fis

h ha

bita

ts

(Dep

rived

/Ltd

. acc

ess/

Full

acce

ss):

Oth

er b

ackw

ard

and

forw

ard

linka

ges

(Num

ber,

loca

tion

and

nam

e):

Le

asin

g sy

stem

:

Tran

spor

t fac

ility

(Mod

e of

fis

h tra

nspo

rtatio

n, c

ost,

othe

r inv

olve

men

ts)

En

forc

emen

t of f

ishe

ries

regu

latio

n (W

eak/

stro

ng):

Dry

fish

indu

strie

s (N

umbe

r, lo

catio

n an

d na

me)

:

Dep

artm

ent o

f Fis

herie

s (D

oF) a

ctiv

ity:

Oth

ers

info

rmat

ion:

N

GO

s ac

tiviti

es:

M

ajor

issu

es c

once

rnin

g po

wer

pla

nt e

fflue

nts

Appendix

lv

Checklist for Ecological Information Collection

(1) Basic Information

Date Prepared by

Proposed plant site District/s Upazila/s Location of the FGD

(2) Habitat Information/Ecosystem Types (Please put tick where is applicable)

Agriculture land Forest patches including social forestry

Settlement/Homesteads Canal and ponds Orchard Grasslands Fallow Reserve forest Ridges Others

(3) Terrestrial Vegetation Checklist (List of Major Plant Species)

Species Name Status Utilization Homestead Vegetation Mangrove Vegetation Status: 1= Very common, 2=Common, 3= Rare, 4= Very Rare Utilization 1=food; 2=timber; 3=fuel; 4=medicinal; 5=fiber/thatching; 6=others

(4) Terrestrial Wildlife Check List

Species Name Habitat Status Migration Status Mammals Amphibians Reptiles Birds Habitat: 1= Homestead forest, 2= Floodplains, 3= Wetlands, 4= River, 5= Pond, 6=Forest Status: 1= Very common, 2=Common, 3= Rare, 4= Very Rare Migration Status: 1= Local, 2= Local Migratory, 3= Migratory

(5) Aquatic Wildlife Checklist

Species Name Habitat Status Migration Status Mammals Amphibians

Appendix

lvi

Reptiles Birds Habitat: 1= Homestead forest, 2= Floodplains, 3= Wetlands, 4= River, 5= Pond, 6=Forest Status: 1= Very common, 2=Common, 3= Rare, 4= Very Rare Migration Status: 1= Local, 2= Local Migratory, 3= Migratory

(6) Foreshore vegetation/Mangrove vegetation

Name of the forest patches location (s) Species Name Abundance Utilization

Abundance1= High,2=Moderate,3=Low Utilization 1=food; 2=timber; 3=fuel; 4=medicinal; 5=fiber/thatching; 6=others

(7) Major Wetland information

Name of wetland Type of Wetland

Area in Acre

Connectivity Impor tance Khal River

Type 1= Beels, 2= Rivers, 3= Open water wetlands, 4= Floodplains, 5= Closed water wetlands, 6= Ponds, 7= Baors (oxbow lake). 1=Fish; 2= migratory bird; 3= other wildlife; 4=aquatic flora

(8) Wetland vegetation Checklist

Species Name Habit Status Utilization Habit 1=Submerged, 2=Free floating, 3=Rooted floating, 4=Sedges, 5=Marginal Status 1= High, 2= Moderate, 3= Low Utilization 1=food; 2=timber; 3=fuel; 4=medicinal; 5=fiber/thatching; 6=others

(9) Forest Information (Surrounding/nearer the power plant)

Forest Name with Range/Beet office Type Location Area in

Acre Major Plant Species

Type 1=Swamp Forest, 2=Reserve Forest, 3=Vested Forest, 4=Reed forest, 5=Other (specify)

Appendix

lvii

(10) Anticipated Impacts due to proposed interventions on particular Ecosystems (Impact from changed land use, noise, human presence etc.)

Name of Intervention Impacts

Embankment Re-sectioning

Breach Closing Construction of Water control Structures

(11) Comments (If any):

RRA/FGD Data Collection Format for Socio-economic Survey Date of Survey:.................................. Name of Power Plant:

1. Place of Interview:

Name of

Mauza(s)....................................................................................................................................

...

Union(s)/Ward(s)........................................................................................................................

...............

Municipality(s).ifany ............. Upazila(s)/Thana(s)............................................................................. District(s)/......................................

2. Demographic information:

2.1 Total Households, Population (male, female, rural and urban) in Project area

Total Households

Population

Male Female Total

Source: BBS

2.2 Age distribution

Age range

0-4 Years 5-9

Years 10-14 Years

15-17Years

18-34 Years 35-59 Years 60+Years

M F M F M F M F M F M F M F Source: BBS

Appendix

lviii

2.3 Literacy rate

% of Literacy (Over 7 years)

Total Male Female

2.4 Occupation and employment

Main occupation by population % of population Not working Looking for work Household work Agriculture Industry Water, Electricity & Gas Construction Transport Hotel & Restaurant Business Service Others…..

Main occupation by households: Main occupation by households % of households Agriculture/Forestry/Livestock Fishery Agriculture Laborer Non-agriculture Laborer Handloom Industry Business Hawker Construction Transport Religious Service Rent Remittance Others…..

2.5 Labor availability and wage

a. Labor (Male) for farming (High/Medium/Low), Av. Wage/Day (Tk.) Max:............Min: ...........

b. Labor (M) for non-farming (High/ Medium/ Low), Av. Wage/Day (Tk.) Max:...........Min: ..............

c. Labor (Female) for farming (High/Medium/Low), Av. Wage/Day (Tk.) Max:............Min: ............

d. Labor (F) for non-farming (High/ Medium/ Low), Av. Wage/Day (Tk.) Max:.......Min:..

Appendix

lix

2.6 Migration (seasonal/permanent)

a. Seasonal out migration from study area (% per year with location):

b. Seasonal in migration to study area (% per year with location):

c. Permanent out migration from study area (Number per 1/2 years with location):

d. Permanent in migration to study area (Number per 1/2 years with location):

2.7 Annual Expenditure and Income by range

a. Expenditure Expenditure group (in taka) Percentage of households <=12,000 12,000-24,000 24,000-60,000 60,000-1,08,000 1,08,000-2,40,000 >=2,40,000

Sources: RRA

b. Income Expenditure group (in taka) Percentage of households <=12,000 12,000-24,000 24,000-60,000 60,000-1,08,000 1,08,000-2,40,000 >=2,40,000

Sources: RRA 2.8 Self assessed poverty for year round Sl. No. Poverty status Percentage of households 1 Deficit 2 Balance/Breakeven 3 Surplus

Housing (photographs) Sl. No. Housing status % of hhs having

1 Jhupri 2 Kutcha 3 Semi Pucka 4 Pucca

2.10 Drinking water (photographs) Sl. No. Drinking water sources Percentage of households use 1 Tap 2 Tube well 3 Well 4 Pond 5 Other.........................

Appendix

lx

2.11 Sanitation (photographs) Sl. No. Toilet types Percentage of households under each type 1 Water Sealed 2 Ring Slub 3 Kacha 4 No facilities

2.12 Diseases in polder area

a. Diseases in area Sl. No.

Disease Ranking by incidence

Sl. No.

Disease Ranking by incidence

1 Influenza/ Common fever

9 Chicken pox

2 Cough/cold 10 Skin disease 3 Diarrhoea 11 Diabetes 4 Dysentery 12 Hypertension 5 Hepatitis 13 Asthma 6 Malaria 14 T B 7 Dengue fever 15 Gastric 8 Typhoid 16 Arsenicosis Sources: RRA

b. Health facilities in study area (photographs) Sl. No. Type of facility Number of facilities with name 1 Number of District level Hospitals 2 Number of Upazila Health Complex 3 Union Health Center 4 Private Health Clinic/ Hospitals

Sources: RRA

b.1 Status of peripheral health facilities used by the study area people:

_________________________________________________________________________________

c. Source of treatment facilities in study area Sl. No. Source of treatment facilities % of hhs received 1 Trained Physician 2 Paramedic/ Diploma Physician 3 Quack Doctor and Informal Treatments 4 No treatment facilities at all

Sources: RRA

2.13 Electricity

a. Percentage of household having electricity facility: .........................................BBS b. Percentage of household having electricity facility: .........................................(During

Survey)

Appendix

lxi

3. Social overhead capital (photographs)

3.1 Existing road networks in study area and it's level of benefit

a. National Road (km.) ......................(GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

b. Regional Road (km.) ..................... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

c. Local Road Pucca (km.) ...................... .... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

d. Local Road Kancha (km.) ...................... .... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

3.1.1 Status of peripheral road networks (with name) used by the study area people:

3.2 Existing railway network in study area and it's level of benefit

a. Railway (km.) ...................... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

3.2.1 Status of peripheral railway service used by the study area people:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.3 Existing waterways in study area and it's level of benefit

a. National Route (km.) ...................... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

b. Local Route (km.) ...................... .... (GIS) Beneficial: Highly /Moderately / Poorly

3.3.1 Status of peripheral water ways (with name) used by the study area people:

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.4 Status of the navigation route by season

a. National Route: Served Seasonally/Through out the year

b. Local Route: Served Seasonally/ Through out the year

3.5 Major waterways handicapped

a. by structures.................................... location

b. by siltation................................. location

3.6 Nos. of major ghats/ports and name:

3.7 Academic Institution (school, colleges) (photographs) Sl. No. Type of facility Nos. of

Institution Type of facility Nos. of

Institution 1 Primary School Ebtedayee Madrasha 2 High School Dakhil Madrasha 3 College Alim/ Fazil Madrasha

Sources: RRA

Appendix

lxii

3.6.1 Status of peripheral academic institutions (with name) used by people of the study area:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.8 Markets and GC (photographs) Sl. No.

Type of facility Nos. of markets Comments with name

1 Major markets 2 Minor markets 3 Growth Centers

3.8.1 Status of peripheral markets used by people of the study area:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4. Land holding categories

4.1 Percentage of HH who have owned agricultural land: ......................(BBS)

4.2 Percentage of households with different land ownership category in the area: Land ownership classes Percentage of household Land less/ No land (0 decimal) Land less (up to 49 decimal)

Marginal (50-100 decimal)

Small (101-249 decimal)

Medium (250-749 decimal)

Large (750 + decimal)

Sources: RRA

5. Conflict between different land owner group and professional group Reasons of Conflicts

Present status of problem Solution they want with location

Water control infrastructures

Land elevation

Cross-interest

Appendix

lxiii

6. Disaster related information: (photographs)

6.1 Type of major disaster and damage occurred in the area after completion of the Project

Sl. No.

Major Disaster

Severely affected year

% of area affected

% of hhs affected

% of crop damage

Major crop damaged

1 Flood

2 Drought

3 Tidal flood

4 Storm

5 Cyclone

6 Hail storm

7 Salinity intrusion

8 Water logging

9 Erosion

Sources: RRA

7. Safety Nets and Poverty Reduction Measures in the area:

7.1 Name and activity of GO/ NGOs working in this area

Name Activity (Credit, Education, Health, Forestry, Fishery, Livestock Rearing, Women Empowerment, Human Rights, VGF, Boyosko bhata, etc.)

% of HHs coverage

8. Information on Water Management Organizations (WMOs) (photographs of office building, committee members, resolution etc)

8.1 Do you know about the CEIP project? Y/N 8.2 Existence of WMOs: Yes/No

8.2.1 If WMO exists: Sl Issue/Question Response/Suggestion a) Year of formation

(date if possible)

b) Registered by

Appendix

lxiv

Sl Issue/Question Response/Suggestion whom?

c) Number of members (male-female)

Male Female Comments

Farmer

Trader Labor Landless Fisher Service holder Others d) No. of villages

covered

e) Existence of fund f) AGM g) Election h) EC meetings i)

Present water resources management activities

8.2.2 Name of EC members with address/phone number: Sl. No. Name Address Phone Number 1 2 3 4

8.2.3 If WMO does not exist, please state the reasons for ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Are people willing to form WMO? Y/N

(If yes, give demonstrative proof of their capacity if any)

8.3 Is WMO willing to take up management responsibilities? Y/N

8.4.1 If yes, please give some idea about what to do on management

9. Some other Issues

9.1 Any land acquisition to be needed for the rehabilitation of the polder ? Yes/No

9.1.1 If yes, size of the area? _________________________________(acre)

9.1.2 If yes, are they willing to provide land for acquisition? Yes/No

9.2 Any replacement of people to be needed for the rehabilitation of the scheme? Yes/No

Appendix

lxv

9.2.1 If yes, how many? ____________________________ (number of household)

9.3 Have any cultural heritage /archeological sites in the polder? Yes/No a. Give some description

9.4 Have any vulnerable communities (e.g. landless, fishermen, boatmen, destitute women without food and/or shelter) in the scheme area? Yes/No

a. Give some description

9.5 Have any common property resources (e.g. irrigation systems, fishing grounds (wetlands), pastures, forests, graveyard, cremation ground, mosque, temple, etc.) in the scheme area? Yes/No

a. Give some description

10. Comments of Facilitator:

Name of the RRA/FGD Participants: Name Age Occupation Address/Phone No.

Appendix

lxvi

Appendix

lxvii

Appendix IX Photo Album

Catch assessment survey in riverine habitats

Field team conducting transect through the project area

Appendix

lxviii

Village road communication system Dhaka-Sylhet Highway

Fallow land in the study area Sowing T. Aman Seedling

a. Topography survey b. Connectivity

c. Marsh land d. Beel habitat

Different open water fish habitats

Appendix

lxix

Different habitats of culture fishery

Fish species composition of catches

Appendix

lxx

Fishing tools of the study area

Sources of drinking water Condition of sanitation facility of the study

area

Project area of Ghorashal 365 MW Gas based Combined Cycle Power Plant

Appendix

lxxi

Appendix X Terms of Reference of BPDB for EIA Study

I. Background

With the object of sustainable power generation and reliable electricity supply, Bangladesh Power Development Board has planned to install a Re-Powering of Ghorashal 3rd unit with Gas based combined cycle plant capacity 400MW±10% (configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi

The functional requirements and the pleasing physical appearance of the Plants will also be taken into account. Due care shall be undertaken concerning the environmental impact out of these Plants and sufficient protective measures shall be- incorporated in the design of the Plant for environment protection especially on air pollution, water pollution and noise. The environment protection measures shall be done in accordance with the Environment Protection Guidelines of UNDP, ADB, World Bank and Environmental Protection and Emission Control Standards of Bangladesh. In all instances, the listing of items of the Plant shall be understood as general, and shall include upon completion, even if not specifically mentioned, other necessary components and appurtenances required for proper, continuous and reliable commercial operation of the complete installation, including any and all auxiliary and ancillary systems.

Above mentioned Power Plants shall be of most efficient technologies and minimum pollution level. With the purpose of obtaining Site Clearance and Environmental Clearance Certificates from Department of Environment of Bangladesh it is required to carry out Initial Environmental examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies.

J. Objective

The objectives of this consultancy service are to carry out Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for the Re-Powering of Ghorashal existing 3rd Unit with Gas based combined cycle capacity of 400 MW ± 10% (configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi District. The specific objectives are:

� Conducting Initial Environmental Examination to identify possible Environmental and Socioeconomic Impacts with possible mitigation measures and a tentative Environmental Management Plan;

� Conducting Environmental Impact Assessment with detail environmental and socio-economic baseline survey, prediction and evaluation of possible environmental and socio-economic impacts, and detail Environmental Management Plan;

� Topographical survey of Proposed 02 (Two) power plant projects site; and

Geotechnical Investigation of the proposed sites

K. Scope of Services

Appendix

lxxii

The scope of works includes mainly execution of IEE, EIA, topographical survey and geotechnical investigation. The scope of the services is detailed below:

C1 Initial Environmental Examination The scope of services under the IEE study is as follows:

25. Selection of the proposed site which involves minimum agricultural land, minimum habitats to be displaced, minimum/avoiding hilly area, use maximum Government land (if available) and develop suitable layouts.

26. Land acquisition plan from Deputy Commissioner's office (if required). 27. Land use/ Land cover including ecologically critical area, national parks, forest,

orchard, cultural heritage site etc., if any, in the site selected for the power plant. 28. Topographical survey of the selected project site. 29. Meteorological data collection of the site from Bangladesh Meteorological

Department (BMD). 30. Hydrological and morphological data collection from BWDB and BIWTA. 31. Agro-ecological zones data collection from AEZ report. 32. Agricultural data collection from BBS and DAE. 33. Collection of data on access to site Bangladesh Railway and Roads and Highway

Department. 34. Soil investigation of the selected site. 35. Seismicity analysis. 36. Sources of water during construction and operation. 37. Effluent disposal point(s). 38. Data on water quality, air quality and noise level. 39. Transportation of machineries and fuel. 40. Collection of Preliminary planning, design and drawing of power plants (Bid

Documents or Feasibility Study). 41. Specific statutory requirements applicable in Bangladesh. 42. Establishment of the environmental and social baseline condition in respect of

water resources, air quality, noise level, land resources including land use/land cover, agriculture, fisheries, ecosystems and socio-economic condition.

43. Public consultation and disclosure 44. Identification of Important Environmental and Social Components (IESC). 45. Assessment of impacts of the proposed power plant on the environmental and

social components. 46. Preliminary Environmental Management Plan (EMP). 47. Risk and hazard analysis. 48. Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

for approval by DOE.

C2. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

The scope of services under the EIA study is as follows: 20. Carry out environmental and social impact assessment identifying the maximum

generation capacity of power plant that will satisfy the applicable environmental requirements, including the laws and bylaws of Bangladesh and World Bank Group's health and safety guidelines.

Appendix

lxxiii

21. Carry out hydrological investigation. 22. Elaborate project description and design and the activities at pre-construction,

construction and post-construction phases as per the feasibility study report. 23. Establish environmental and social baseline condition in respect of water

resources, land resources, agriculture, fisheries, ecology and socio-economic condition.

24. Carry out meteorological, noise level and air quality investigations for the proposed power plants and the necessary additional transmission lines.

25. Select environmental and social components likely to be impacts by the proposed power plants.

26. Identify suitable control measures to minimize CO, C02, SO, NO etc. emission from the power plants, if any, that should be required the developer under the request of proposals.

27. Identify exhaust stack requirements (as per DOE rules) applicable to each plant so that concentration of S02 and particulate matter in the surrounding area is uniform and minimum.

28. Thermal plume modeling will be completed considering the proposed power plant including nearby industrial installations (if any).

29. Ability for the developers of the power generation projects to satisfy all national regulatory requirements and international obligations related to health and human safety and the environment in the construction, operation, and maintenance of imported HFO projects of the anticipated size at the identified sites.

30. Ability to dispose efficiently and in a manner that complies with all national regulatory requirements and international obligations related to the ash generation by the power generation facilities (and the development of a recommended plan for doing so).

31. Social/infrastructure facilities to be required. 32. Assess and evaluate the ability of each of the projects (and any expansion

projects at the site) to comply with all health and safety and environmental laws of Bangladesh and the requirements of the World Bank group. Identify any restriction that should reasonably be imposed on the developers of the power generation projects to ensure that expansion projects can be designed, constructed, and operated in compliance with all such laws, regulations and requirements and international obligations.

33. Evaluate the impact on environment in line with Bangladesh and/or World Bank requirement of the power plant’s fuel to ensure that the power generation facilities can be designed, constructed, and operated in compliance with all applicable environmental requirements.

34. Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP), which shall include mitigation measures, enhancement and contingency measures and compensation.

35. As per TOR approved by the DOE, produce an EIA report which shall form the basis of obtaining environmental clearance from the DOE.

36. Carry out the test for suspended particles in air. 37. Study of siltation problem, if any, and migration of soil/sand in the proposed area. 38. Study of the township development of the area

Appendix

lxxiv

C3. Topographical and Engineering Survey 5. Carry out Benchmark pillar from nearest established Benchmark Pillar 6. Establishment of 2 numbers of Benchmark and 4 numbers of Reference Pillars for

each plant. 7. Producing maps of topographical information and features 8. Detail contour survey by taking spot levels at 20 Meter intervals constructing

Bench mark, reference pillars and grid pillars of approved specifications at 100 meter grid points of the area surveyed

C4. Geotechnical Investigation 4. Execution of minimum 10 numbers of exploratory borings depths up to 40 meters,

recording of sub-soil stratification and position of ground water table. 5. Execution of standard penetration test (SPT) at an interval of 1.5 m depth with

collection of disturbed soil samples up to the final depth of exploration of each boring.

6. Carried out laboratory test of required engineering properties of sub soil. L. Responsibilities of consultants The consultant shall carry out the services as detailed in “Scope of Works” and “Job Description of Professionals” in the best interest of the BPDB with the reasonable care, skill and diligence with sound engineering administrative and financial practices and shall be responsible to the executive agency (BPDB) for discharge of responsibilities. M. Responsibilities of client The client, Bangladesh Power Development Board will provide all necessary information on project design, process and data as per requirement of Department of Environment. In addition, the client will facilitate the study with necessary support and references in collecting data from different Government Departments. N. Resources Requirement/Qualification of Professionals

All Experts must have graduate with 10 years job experience in relevant field except Environmental Law Specialist, Junior Environmental Engineer and Field Researcher, whose job experience shall be 3 years. O. Reports/Deliverables The following reports are to be delivered by the consultants to BPDB separately for Re-Powering of Ghorashal 3rd unit with Gas based combined cycle plant capacity 400MW±10% ( configuration 1:1:1) at Palash, Narsingdi” project. The following reports are to be delivered by the consultants to BPDB: A combined Inception Report shall be submitted within 30 (Thirty) days from the date

of signing contract; The Draft Final IEE Report for both plant shall be submitted within 2.5 months

from the date of signing contract;

Appendix

lxxv

The Final IEE Report for both plants shall be submitted within 15 (Fifteen) days after receiving comments on draft final report;

The Draft Final EIA Report for both plants including all works as per TOR shall be submitted within 5.5 months from the date of signing contract;

The Final EIA Report for both plants shall be submitted within 15 days after receiving comments on draft final report.

All report shall be submitted to BPBD in (five) hard copies and soft copy on CD

Tentative Report Format of EIA

The EIA report should be prepared following the Format of DoE where the fol lowing items shall have to be included. The IEE report has to be completed following the DoE's guideline.

Tentative TOR that shall be followed in formatting the EIA Report

I. Tentative Report Format of EIA

The EIA report shall be prepared following the format of DoE where the following items shall be included. The IEE report also shall be completed following the DoE’s guideline. Tentative TOR that shall be followed in formatting the EIA report is:

1. The TOR of the EIA shall incorporate the following components/items :

I. Executive Summary

II. Introduction II.1. Background II.2. Purpose of the Study II.3. Need of the Project II.4. Importance of the Project II.5. Scope of EIA Study II.6. EIA Team

III. Legal and Legislative Framework, Regulations and Policy Considerations

(Including inter alia Environment Policy, National Energy Policy, Industry Policy, National Forest Policy, National Water Policy, Coastal Zone Management Policy, National Land use Policy, National Agriculture Policy, Fisheries policy, National gas/HFO policy, etc.)

IV. Project Data Sheet IV.1. Project Proponent IV.2. Project location and area IV.3. Nature and Size of the Project IV.4. Project Concept IV.5. Project Components IV.6. Project Activities IV.7. Project schedule IV.8. Resources and utilities demand IV.9. Sources of Primary Fuels (Quality and Country of Origin) IV.10. Transportation of primary Fuel

V. Process Description V.1. Project Site

Appendix

lxxvi

V.2. Project Layout V.3. Land Requirement V.4. Fuel Requirement V.5. Water Requirement V.6. Technology Selection and Process Description V.7. Description of Major Systems V.8. Material Balance V.9 Pollution Mitigation Measures (Units & Devices)

VI. Analysis of Suitability for Different Alternatives (this analysis shall be performed, among other approaches, in a GIS based Spatial Decision Support System (SDSS) presenting the suitability of different options for both the interventions)

VII. Detail description of the land cover/land use (with all the existing resource classes along with area coverage’s shall be shown in the respective maps derived from updated image of proper spatial and spectral resolution. Basic information (name of satellite, date and time of acquisition with atmospheric condition, spatial resolution, color composite etc.) of the image data to be used for making landuse/ land cover maps shall be mentioned).

VIII. Description of Environment VIII.1 Study Area (10 Km. radius), Period, Component and methodology

(Seasonal Variation should be covered) VIII.2 Water availability VIII.3 Hydrogeology VIII.4 Meteorology VIII.5 Ambient Air Quality VIII.6 Ambient Noise Quality VIII.7 Surface & Ground Water Quality VIII8 Aquatic Monitoring VIII.9 Soil Quality and Agriculture Resources VIII.10 Fisheries Resources VIII.11 Ecology (Flora and Fauna) VIII.11.1 Forests VIII.11.2 Flora VIII.11.3 Fauna VIII.12 Demography Profile and Occupational Pattern VIII.13 Land use and Cropping Pattern VIII.14 Socio-economic Scenario VIII.15 Distance to urban and rural communities (proximity to sensitive

receptors) VIII.17 Transmission capacity/options for linking to grid VIII.18 Distance to existing infrastructure such as roads, etc. VIII.19 Current and surrounding land use and associated communities

IX. Environmental Impacts IX.1 Identification of Impact IX.2 Sustainability of Quality of fuel and Continuity of Supply

IX.3 Construction Stage Impact IX.3.1 Impact on Landform IX.3.2 Impact on Natural Resources IX.3.3 Impact on Eco-systems IX.3.4 Impact on Ambient Air

Appendix

lxxvii

IX.3.5 Impact on Ambient Noise IX.3.6 Impact on Water Bodies IX.3.7 Impact on Soil and Agriculture IX.3.8 Impact on Fisheries IX.3.9 Impact on Ecology (Flora and Fauna) IX.3.10 Impact on Workers Health, Sanitation and Safety IX.3.11 Impact on Key Point Installations & others IX.3.12 Solid Waste Disposal IX.3.13 Social Impact due to industrial set up. IX.3.14 Impact due to transportation of fuel.

IX.4 Operation Stage Impact

IX.4.1 Impact on Natural Resource

IX.4.2 Impact on eco-systems

IX.4.3 Impact due to collection of Resources from Local Sources within the Country (if any)

IX.4.4 Impact on Ambient Air

IX.4.5 Impact on Ambient Noise

IX.4.6 Impact on Water Bodies (both surface & ground)

IX.4.7 Solid Waste Disposal

IX.4.8 Soil and Agriculture

IX.4.9 Impact on Ground Water

IX.4.10 Impact on Fisheries

IX.4.11 Ecology (Flora and Fauna)

IX.4.12 Impact on Occupational Health

IX.4.13 Impact on Public Health and Safety

IX.4.14 Impact on Traffic Movement

IX.4.15 Social Impact

IX.4.16 Impact on Tourism

IX.4.17 Impact due to transportation of primary fuels

X. Evaluation of Impacts

The impacts should be evaluated in terms of their local, regional and national importance. The impact should be assessed in terms of the magnitude, significance, frequency of the occurrence, duration and probability. The confidence level in the prediction must be stated. The judgment of significance of impacts can be based on one or more of the following, depending on the environmental factor being evaluated. These are:

i. Comparison with laws, regulation or accepted national or international standards

ii. Reference to pre-set criteria such as conservation or protected status of a site, feature or species

iii. Consistency with pre-set policy objectives iv. Consultation and acceptability with the relevant decision makers, civil

society, local community or the public.

Appendix

lxxviii

XI. Mitigation of Impacts

Mitigation measures which may be of the following categories and coverage’s: i. Changing project layout, transport routes, disposal routes or locations,

timing or engineering design ii. Introducing pollution controls, waste treatment, phased implementation

and construction, engineering measures, monitoring, landscaping, social services or public education;

iii. Rehabilitation, compensation to restore, relocate or provision of concession for damage

XII. Environmental Management Plan XII.1 EMP during Construction Phase

XII.1.1 Site Preparation XII.1.2 Infrastructure Services XII.1.3 Construction Equipment XII.1.4 Safety Measures

XII.2 EMP during Operation Phase XII.2.1 Air Pollution Management

XII.2.1.1 transportation and handling fuel XII.2.2 Waste Water Management XII.2.3 Noise Management XII.2.4 Solid Waste Management XII.2.5 House Keeping XII.2.6 Safety and Occupational Health

XII.3 Greenbelt Development XII.4 Rain Water Harvesting Plan XII.5 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan XII.6 Thermal pollution management XII.7 Budget for EMP XII.8 Contingency Plans

The project authority shall:

a) Provide a conceptual contingency plan that considers environmental effects associated with operational upset conditions such as serious malfunctions or accidents;

b) Describe the flexibility built into the plant design and layout to accommodate future modifications required by any change in emission standards, limits and guidelines.

XIII. Risk Assessment XIII.1 Consequence Analysis XIII.2 Emergency Response Plan XIII.3 Risk Mitigation Measures

XIV. Environment Monitoring Plan

XIV.1 Monitoring Plan XIV.1.1 Stack Emission Monitoring

XIV.1.2 Ambient Air Monitoring

XIV.1.3 Meteorological Monitoring

Appendix

lxxix

XIV.1.4 Equipment and Ambient Noise

XIV.1.5 Surface Water & Waste Water Monitoring

XIV.1.5 Ground Water Monitoring

XIV.1.6 Solid & Hazardous Waste Monitoring

XIV.1.7 Flora and Fauna Monitoring

XIV.1.8 Workers Health and Safety Monitoring

XIV.1.9 Community Health Monitoring

XIV.2 Action during Abnormal Operating conditions

XIV.3 Budgets for Monitoring

XIV.4 Reporting

Appendix

lxxx

Appendix

lxxxi

Appendix XI Catalogues of Major Equipments from Manufacturer

Contents: Catalogues of major equipments from manufacturers like Gas Turbine, HRSG, Generator, Steam Turbine, Cooling Tower, Main Transformer and Gas Compressor Gas Turbine

Thermal Block

24

Typical only

Sl. No. Description 1 Turbine bearing housing with journal bearing assembly 2 Exhaust housing 3 Low pressure turbine (LP turbine) 4 Turbine vane carrier 5 Turbine housing 6 Sequential environmental vortex (SEV) combustor 7 Rotor cover 8 SEV fuel lance 9 High pressure turbine (HP turbine)

10 Environmental (EV) combustor 11 EV burner with fuel lance 12 Compressor vane carrier 13 Compressor housing 14 Compressor blading 15 Variable inlet guide vanes

Appendix

lxxxii

Sl. No. Description 16/17 Compressor bearing housing with journal and thrust bearing assembly

18 Compressor intake housing 19 Compressor support 20 Rotor 21 Foundation 22 Casing mantling air system (CMAS) 23 Turbine support 24 Air intake manifold

Every component of the GT26 is the result of time-tested design principles, thorough validation and manufacturing processes conforming to the highest standards.

Gas turbine thermal block components

Maintenance-free welded rotor

Alstom’s welded rotor was first introduced in 1929 for steam turbines and has been operating successfully in both Alstom gas and steam turbines. The rotor is welded from forged discs that ensure high rotor stiffness with two-bearing support. The welded rotor design eliminates maintenance work such as restacking and disk replacement or factory rotor overhaul and thus eliminates the need for a so-called “major overhaul” of the GT.

Highly-efficient compressor

The development of the GT26 compressor is the result of an evolutionary process with a gradual increase in the pressure ratio to over 30 bar.

The GT26 employs controlled diffusion airfoil (CDA) blading, where each compressor stage is individually optimised according to specific requirements and boundary layer conditions. This leads to high overall compressor efficiency while retaining a high surge margin. In addition, four rows of variable guide vanes are used to optimise the operation concept at every load.

Appendix

lxxxiii

Sequential combustion

Two fully annular combustion chambers distribute the circumferential temperature evenly. This simple design does not require cross-firing tubes or transition pieces.

EV (EnVironmental) burner technology, operating successfully for several millions of hours throughout the Alstom gas turbine fleet, gives long burner life, no maintenance between hot gas path inspections and low emissions. The EV burner gives the benefit of dry low NOx combustion for operation with different natural gases, with the option to run with liquid fuel as an alternative.

EV combustor

The EV combustor has an annular burner arrangement. The GT26 is fitted with 24 retractable EV burners. Each operates over the whole load range. Compared to other combustor arrangements, the annular combustor distributes the hot gas, circumferentially, at a much more uniform temperature.

Radial temperature uniformity is accomplished by pre-mixing virtually all incoming compressor air with the fuel in the EV burner, and by the absence of film cooling in the convection-cooled combustor walls. This produces a single, uniform flame ring in the free space of the EV combustion zone. A key benefit is that the flame has no contact with the walls of the burner. These design features distinguish the EV combustor significantly from other combustion systems.

EV = EnVironmental

Annular EV combustor Annular SEV

combustor

SEV fuel lance

EV burners and lances

Compressor HP turbine

LP turbine

Appendix

lxxxiv

SEV combustor

In the annular SEV combustor, the combustion process is repeated as in the EV: vortex generation, fuel injection, pre-mixing and flame stabilisation in a vortex. The SEV combustor consists of 24 burners distributed in a ring, followed by an annular combustion zone surrounded by convection-cooled walls. Exhaust gas from the high-pressure turbine enters the SEV combustor through the diffuser area. Combustion temperature uniformity in the SEV, as in the EV, is achieved by the uniform premixing of fuel with air in a vertical flow with high mixing intensity. Each SEV burner contains four delta-shaped vortex generators on each burner wall in order to form four pairs of vortices in the combustion air.

Fuel is then injected through an air-cooled fuel lance, distributing with four jets into the vortex pairs such that it forms a perfect fuel/air mixture prior to combustion. The fuel jet is surrounded by cool carrier-air that delays spontaneous ignition until the fuel air mixture has reached the combustion zone.

There, the mixture ignites spontaneously and, as in the EV, combustion occurs in a single, stable flame ring, operating across its entire load range.

Neither the EV nor SEV combustor contains any moving parts. No so-called “Combustor Inspection” is needed – neither for the EV nor SEV combustor. This mechanical simplicity determines the high reliability and availability of the GT26 design.

Turbine

The sequential combustion concept results in a gas turbine exhibiting extremely high power density resulting in the smaller blade dimensions of the GT26 machines.

The five rows of turbine blades (1 stage in the high pressure turbine, 4 stages in the low pressure turbine) are anchored in fir tree slots. Air from the compressor cools the high-pressure turbine stage and the first three low-pressure turbine stages utilizing a combination of film and convection cooling techniques.

Axial exhaust system

The exhaust diffuser directs the exhaust gases into the exhaust duct. It also recovers pressure energy from the kinetic energy of the exhaust stream, therefore improving the efficiency of the gas turbine.

Combustion System

EV burner

For enabling lowest NOx emissions from the EV burner and to maximize operational reliability, the GT26 is equipped with an internally staged premix burner concept. The injection of fuel gas is divided between the burner air slots and the centre of the burner cone. Both stages are in operation over the entire operation range, from ignition to base load.

Appendix

lxxxv

SEV burner

In the SEV burner, where the incoming hot gas has considerably lower oxygen content than normal air, less oxygen is available for NOx formation. Furthermore, because the SEV air is at a temperature considerably higher than conventional combustion air, it requires less heating to reach flame temperature. Both of these NOx mitigation phenomena are known from other combustion technologies that employ exhaust gas recirculation. Although a large amount of the total fuel is burnt in the SEV combustor, the very low NOx formation means that emissions remain similar across the SEV combustor. The combination of the two combustion systems – EV and SEV– result in low NOx emissions without additional water injection or Selective Catalytic Reactors (SCR), and low CO emissions.

Steam Turbine

Alstom is the world’s leading supplier of steam turbine retrofits, having supplied (some currently being designed and manufactured) more than 970 retrofit steam turbine cylinders. Our experience of retrofitting equipment supplied originally by Alstom or by other manufacturers is second to none. We have successfully retrofitted more turbine cylinders originally supplied by other manufacturers than all of the other manufacturers combined.

Appendix

lxxxvi

Our success is built upon a strategy of detailed understanding of the existing equipment and its current operation together with designed-in flexibility. This eliminates potential problems of fit, and ensures timely and trouble free installation.

Fig.1 Sectional arrangement

Alstom has operated a dedicated steam turbine retrofit business since 1992 which currently operates out of European centres in Mannheim (Germany), Elblag (Poland) and Rugby (UK), and out of Delhi (India). The retrofit design and project management personnel to be used on the proposed project will be selected from this highly experienced team of people. Manufacture of retrofit steam turbine equipment is sourced from Alstom’s international factory network. All of these centres are highly experienced in the manufacture of retrofit products with an excellent track record for quality control and on-time delivery. Alstom’s proposal for the turbine modules upgrade builds upon this experience and combines our proven high technology retrofit solutions with our long experience of carrying out retrofit projects.

Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG)

A triple pressure reheat horizontal natural circulation heat recovery steam generators for indoor installation are proposed to generate the steam for the steam turbine set, utilizing the waste heat from the gas turbine (GT) exhaust.

HRSG Cycling Capabilities

Horizontal HRSGs have become the technology of choice and the dominant configuration worldwide for large HRSGs in the past ten years. In order to fully support the increased requirements related to cycling operation of combined cycle power plants the following design key features were implemented:

Single-row harps with good weld accessibility

Stepped component thickness

Enhanced drain systems

Top supported/suspended pressure part arrangement (design since 1995, first unit in commercial operation since 1998)

Appendix

lxxxvii

These measures improve the thermal response of the HRSG as well as they eliminate the need for hold points specifically to accommodate the HRSG during the gas turbine loading ramps.

The HRSG has one common blow down tank: for the continuous and for the intermittent blow down.

The tank is located within a pit in order to allow rapid gravity drainage. Blow down pumps discharge the drain water to the waste water system.

Figure: Single row harps

Appendix

lxxxviii

Figure: Enhanced drain system

Natural Circulation

The natural circulation HRSG has proven its durability and reliability in hundreds of industrial and utility applications. The fundamental principle of the difference in density of hot and cold water is used to ensure an adequate water supply to the evaporator tubes and prevention of DNB (Departure from Nucleate Boiling). Proof of this conservative design is that natural circulation HRSGs can operate with circulation ratios of over 10:1.

Alstom’s design is further enhanced by incorporating only single rows of tubes per header, thereby eliminating the potential for reverse circulation in the downstream, cooler tubes of multiple-tube row header designs.

In the ALSTOM natural circulation HRSG, feed water flows through the economiser tubes and then mixes in the steam drum water space with water coming up from the evaporator circuits. The denser, colder drum water enters the downcomers and is evenly distributed to the evaporator circuits. On being exposed to heat in the evaporation circuit, the water rapidly reaches the boiling point where steam is generated thus reducing it’s density and promoting rapid and vigorous circulation.

The steam and water mixture leaving the evaporator circuits enters the steam drum through riser tubes. There it is collected in a compartment formed by baffles, separating in a first step the steam from the water in the drum. Leaving the top of this compartment, the steam travels through a combined mesh pad / plate pack type water separator. These dryers remove the remaining entrained water. From the dry boxes the steam exits the drum and enters the superheater.

The HRSG heat transfer tubing is made by spiral winding fin attached to the walls of bare tubing by a low penetration, high frequency resistance welding process. This attachment weld is designed to provide a metal joint, which improves heat transfer between the fin and the tube. The very low penetration of the attachment weld minimizes any effects on the physical or chemical characteristics of the tube and/or fin.

The heat transfer tubing is of the serrated finned tube design.

Appendix

lxxxix

Heat Transfer Tubing and Fins

HRSG Components / Equipment

Steam Drums

The large steam drums ensure steam purity and reduce the potential for water surges normally encountered during cold starts. All pressure parts are fully drainable and ventable.

Construction The drum shall be of fusion welded construction, fabricated from carbon steel plate and equipped with two manway openings, one at each end of the drum.

Downcomers Two dedicated external downcomers are used for proper circulation in the evaporative steam generating sections.

Blowdown Motorised continuous and motorised intermittent blowdown valves and associated pipework are provided to control boiler water solids concentrations and to help control drum level during transient conditions.

Safety Valves Each drum is fitted with two safety valves. The safety valves discharge via a common silencer for noise attenuation to atmosphere.

Internals The steam drum will include steam driers with a combined mesh pad / plate pack type water separator.

Connections Connections are provided on the steam drums for steam outlet, feed inlet, riser and downcomer, safety valves, continuous blowdown, pressure measurement, water columns, chemical feed and nitrogen blanketing.

Appendix

xc

Drum arrangement

HP drum

IP and LP drum: all grey parts are shop-assembled

Desuperheater

Spray-type desuperheaters exit stages are used to control steam temperatures. Each desuperheater is located such at either ground level or adjacent to platforms for easy maintenance and inspection access. The desuperheater system includes the necessary control valve, piping and isolation valves as illustrated below.

C.B.D. Piping

C.F. Piping

Feed Nozzle

Steam Separator

C.L. Drum

Riser Nozzles

Outlet Nozzle

HHWL

NWL

Appendix

xci

Ductwork

The ductwork includes:

HRSG inlet duct from the outlet flange of the gas turbine

Interconnecting sections between all modules.

The inlet ductwork and interconnecting sections between the modules (filler panels) will be fabricated as shop assembled panels consisting of carbon steel outer casing, insulation and internal liner.

The chosen compact inlet duct design (see figures on next page) implicates the following benefits:

Improved layout and access for pipe racks and other equipment above the inlet duct having a reduced footprint at the same time

Reduced flow turbulence and duct vibration resulting in an optimised exhaust gas pressure drop

Proven homogeneous flow distribution to the finned tubes that is equivalent or even superior to inclined angle ducts (validated by CFD as well as by operating data).

Optimised constructability due to reduced number of pieces delivered to job site, modular at-grade assembly and reduced number of column foundations / anchor bolts

Figures: Compact inlet duct

Appendix

xcii

The ductwork from the inlet duct through the last heat transfer module will be of an internally insulated cold casing design. The ductwork will be properly stiffened, reinforced and complete with necessary doors and expansion joints.

Construction of Ductwork (Casing, Insulation and Liners) Insulation consists of first grade insulating materials as required for low casing temperature, safe and efficient operation and minimum maintenance. The floors of modules and filler panels will be sloped and provided with drains and ceramic insulation suitable for water washing.

Figures: Inlet Duct Ductwork / Insulation (top) - HRSG Ductwork / Insulation (bottom)

Appendix

xciii

Shoulder studs will be welded to the inside of the outer casing. Insulating blanket will be impaled on the shoulder studs. An oversize washer will be placed over the insulation and stopped from compressing the insulation by the shoulder of the stud. The liner plate will be installed with studs protruding through oversize holes in the liner. On the gas side, the liner will be secured with an oversize washer welded to the stud. This construction permits the liner plate to expand with respect to the outer casing.

Structural Steel

The proposed equipment will include the following structural steel:

Platform supporting steel.

Miscellaneous framing and equipment support steel integral with the unit.

Base plates.

Exhaust Stack

A carbon steel stack will be furnished. Access to the stack is provided by a walkway from the upper HRSG platform area. A maintenance platform is also supplied at the stack damper location. Expanded metal stand-offs will be provided along platforms and ladders for personnel protection.

An internal sloped floor and drainage connection with isolating valve are provided at the stack base. Access to the inside of the stack and the transition piece/rear of last pressure part module is via an access door located at the base of the stack.

Gas Booster Compressors

Compressors are integrally geared radial compressors; gears are designed as single helical spur type with horizontally split gearbox.

Casing: The casings of centrifugal compressors are designed and constructed to considerations of fluid flow and mechanical strength

Appendix

xciv

Suction Casing: The suction casings consist of suction cover with a pot-type suction nozzle and diffuser. The suction cover is fastened to the spiral casing.

All parts of the compressor casing are sealed by means of O-rings. Suction casing and diffuser form one screw-connected assembly unit.

Impeller: Impellers are cast or milled from high-quality materials. Radial impellers are manufactured with different angles of the blades and equipped either with or without shroud depending on aerodynamic requirements.

Each impeller is dynamically balanced at low speed in two planes. Compensation of weight is effected at the balancing planes provided on the impeller.

Shaft seal Shaft seals are employed to seal the space between impeller rear and the gearbox, i.e. to minimize leakages. In this compressor a combination of labyrinth seal, floating carbon ring seal and dry-face mechanical seal is employed as shaft seal.

The dry-face mechanical gas seal consists of a stationary, but axially movable spring-loaded carbon ring and a rotating mating ring. This seal works like a gas-lubricated axial bearing. Spiral grooves in the rotating ring pump gas between the sliding surfaces which results in gas pressure building up. This, in turn, leads to the formation of a very narrow gap between the sliding rings. There are two floating carbon rings at the gear side of the dry-face mechanical gas seal.

Inlet Guide vane

Guide vane position is read at a scale, the range of which is delimited by limit switches. By means of the inlet guide vanes, gas flow is deflected indirection of rotation upstream of the impeller, thereby reducing the amount of volumetric flow.

Gear

A single helical spur gear is used to transfer power and reach operating speed. The gear consists of an oil-tight casing, horizontally split, in which the driving shaft with tooth and the pinion shafts are arranged. The compressor impellers are arranged in an overhung position on the pinion shafts. Power is transferred from the wheel shaft via the wheel toothing onto the three pinion shafts and from there to the impellers. The compressor casing is fastened on the gear. Inspection and maintenance work on the gear is feasible without dismantling compressor parts, as the gear cover can be lifted separately.

Step-up Transformer for Gas Turbine (GT-GSUT)

Design Basis

The GT GSUT shall be a three (3) phase transformer. The MVA power rating of the transformer will be optimized to match the generator megawatt output with gas turbines at continuous nominal rating at design ambient temperature, generator operating at rated power factor, rated frequency and minimum rated voltage, with auxiliaries load deducted. The transformer temperature rise will not exceed limits given in IEC 60076-1 and IEC 60076-7 transformer loading guide, based on its ratings. The generator transformers shall be sized to carry the turbine-generator output over the entire range of site ambient temperature variation as per the loading guideline defined in IEC 60076.

The transformer will be capable of withstanding without damage for two seconds a metallic three-phase short-circuit external to the transformer.

Appendix

xcv

The transformer shall be operated with the HV neutral directly/solidly earthed. The HV winding insulation will be of non - uniform type.

For better stability the transformer shall be anchored on the foundation and jacking pads shall be provided for elevating the transformer during erection/removal. For removal of transformer crane shall be used and transformer yard layout will allow the crane to access the transformer in its position with minimum disturbance to the peripheral equipment.

Main Features

Oil immersed, three phase, two winding power transformer

PCB-free transformer oil

ODAF cooling

Air-cell type conservator with dehydrating breather

HV oil air bushings for HV overhead line connection

HV neutral bushing with solid connection to ground

Description

The generator main transformer is used to step-up the generated voltage to the customer’s grid voltage level.

The transformer is installed outdoor in close proximity to the station service transformer in the transformer yard. The secondary side high current bushings are connected to the isolated phase bus duct.

The transformer is provided with an oil- Directed air-forced (ODAF) cooling system.

The oil conservator is of air-cell type equipped with dehydrating breather.

The transformer core is manufactured from high grade cold rolled grain-oriented core steel. The windings are wound with high-conductive copper conductors and designed for the necessary lightning impulse withstand and short-circuit withstand capability.

Safety and Monitoring Equipment

The generator protection system monitors the electrical operating status of the main transformer continuously.

In addition the transformer is equipped with control devices as follows:

Buchholz-Relay

Oil temperature indicator

Winding temperature indicator

Pressure relief device

Oil level indicator

Auxiliary power supply to fans.

Step-up Transformer for Steam Turbine

Step-up Transformer for Steam Turbine

Under Repowering, existing Steam Turbine Transformer is foreseen to be used.

Appendix

xcvi

Auxiliary Cooling Tower

Description

Auxiliary Cooling tower shall be mechanical induced draft counter flow inline type with PVC film fill.

The cooling tower provided shall form a part of the open re-circulating type auxiliary cooling water system. It shall be designed to cool the hot circulating water return from the auxiliary cooling water heat exchanger.

The cooling tower shall be of FRP construction and shall consist of identical cells arranged in one row.

Each cooling tower cell shall be complete with fan, gearbox, drive shaft, motor PVC fill, PVC drift eliminators and hot water distribution system comprising hot water distribution duct and PVC distribution piping.

The instrumentation provided shall include oil level switch for gear reducer, vibration switch. The cells shall be partitioned on the air-side and can be isolated on the water side through isolation valve for maintenance purposes. Each cell shall be provided with an access hatch at fan deck, and a vertical interior ladder, to permit entry and allow access through the eliminator to the distribution system.

The cooling water system blow-down shall be taken from a suitable point on the ACW pump discharge line.

The cooling tower shall be designed for continuous operation to cool not less than the design flow of water through the design cooling range against the design ambient wet bulb temperature.

The control and operation of the Aux cooling tower fans shall be from the DCS.

Appendix

xcvii

Appendix XII Machine Specification

Gas Turbine

General Information � Model Number GT26 � Manufacturer of gas turbine, Country � Min. heat value of gas required, KJ/Nm3

� ALSTOM, Switzerland/Germany � As per fuel specification

� Number, type and arrangement combustion chambers, fuel nozzles, flame detectors, etc

Annular

� Number of compressor stages 22 � Number of power turbine stages 1 + 4 (HP+LP) � Number and type of bearings During design stage � Type of GT control system � Compressor cleaning method On line & Offline washing � With integration (Totalizer flow meter) � Description of cooling system OTC

Steam Turbine

The existing Steam turbine is being retrofitted as detailed below to make it suitable for a combined cycle application with the steam parameters as generated by the HRSG as a basis.

HP Turbine

The main components of turbine HP part cover outer casing, valve block bolted to outer casing, bladed inner casing and bladed turbine rotor.

The live steam is admitted to the live steam stop valve chest at left side of the turbine, viewing from the front bearing pedestal towards generator. The live steam valve assembly is connected from bottom to the live steam pipe and on right side to outer casing flange. Within the valve block assembly; there is one stop valve and one control valve along with actuators. The steam control valve is located horizontally on the outer casing upper half and the valve diffuser serve as steam ducts between outer and inner casings. This arrangement is designed to minimise valve pressure drop and to provide ease of installation and maintenance access. The stop valve is equipped with inlet strainers.

The leakage flow rate of steam flowing through valve spindle is minimised due to application of special construction thermo elastic seals.

Steam is directed to the reaction type design blades via 360° scroll inlet chamber.

The proper pressure and temperature difference distribution to both inner and outer casings ensures optimal wall thickness from the foundry technology and stresses point of view as well as proper flange configuration on outer casing. Both casings have straight cylindrical shape. Flange warming is not required.

Appendix

xcviii

The upper and lower part of outer casing are joined together by hydraulically tightened joint plane bolts. This design provides consistent and safe bolt stretch, and is designed to be easily removed in comparison to heated type bolts, reducing maintenance duration.

The inner casing left and right halves are held together by shrink rings. The shrink ring design, exclusive to Alstom, means that there is no horizontal (or vertical) joint bolting between the top and bottom halves, except around the steam inlet area. This provides a design that is concentric, minimising thermal stress and distortion during starts and stops. Shrink ring design is compact design and does not have bulky flanges. Thus newly supplied turbine modules do not require flange heating system and hence it is not present in the retrofit modules.

The live steam pipe should not be cleaned via the valve housings. The special acid-cleaning and blowing-out inserts must be used for the valve housings during live steam pipe cleaning and blowing.

IP Turbine

The concept behind the IP retrofit is the replacement of the complete IP module including the reheat steam admission system, with new one equipped with blading system of reaction type and spiral steam inlet. The new IP casing is of double-shell design. It consists of outer and inner casings and blade carriers. Distribution of temperature and pressure difference in double-shell casing is beneficial for optimisation of wall thickness, stress level and flange geometry. The new module is designed to be fitted into the existing turbine foundation without significant modifications.

The outer casing is divided horizontally and vertically (between cast and welded parts). The inner casing and blade carriers are divided horizontally and connected together at the flanges by hydraulically pre-tensioned bolts. The steam inlet area of the inner casing, is positioned by means of centring keys located in the upper and lower halves of outer casing. In the steam exhaust area, the casing is fixed by means of centring bolt. Blade carriers are hung on sliding keys by horizontal joint plane.

The rotor design is of welded type and the coupling discs are integral to the rotor. Holes for balancing weights are located on the rotor "barrel" fronts, which makes it possible to perform trim balancing on site without opening the casing.

End glands function is to prevent steam leakage to atmosphere. Thrust force from blading is balanced by dummy piston with the first chamber connected to inner casing exhaust and the second chamber connected to IP exhaust. End glands and dummy piston seals are divided into segments of labyrinth type seals with flexible radial position. This flexibility is intended to reduce the consequences of rubbing. All elements of IP turbine are designed and arranged to accommodate free thermal expansion under changing operational conditions.

Inspection of first, last and extraction or third steam admission area stages can be performed by means of endoscope without opening the turbine casing.

LP Turbine

The proposed retrofit solution consists of a new LP welded rotor with reaction blading.

The LP retrofit will comprise of the following scope:

� A LP rotor is consisting of welded forged elements. The rotor end coupling discs are integral to the end forgings. This rotor has lower stresses than the existing one. Also,

Appendix

xcix

the high moment of inertia of this design stabilises the speed control in case of rapid change as well as rapid fluctuation of grid frequency;

� Two flows of four stages of LP blading equipped with highly efficient state of art reaction type profiles. Rotor blades of the two inlet stages are solid piece milled with shrouds which are pre-tensioned to ensure proper vibration characteristics. The rotor blades of the last but no one stage are precisely forged together with shroud. The last stage rotor blades have been designed with so called snubber. LSB are protected against erosion by hardening of the leading edge and shot peening;

� The new LP exhaust hood spray cooling system is proposed. This system protects the exhaust of LP part against overheating by heat produced due to ventilation losses. It operation conditions when occurs excessive LP exhaust hood temperature;

� I & C equipment proposed in scope of LP modernisation is destined to perform the following functions;

� Protection of turbine exhaust against overheating;

� Protection of turbine exhaust against sudden pressure rise;

� The existing LP casing requires some modification to accommodate the new LP rotor and steam path. The aims of proposed changes are:

o Removal of Baumann stages;

o Improvement of flow properties at exhaust area, to reduce pressure losses Gas Turbine Generator � Manufacturer ALSTOM � Type TOPAIR 50WY23Z-124 � KVA rating / power factor 0.8 375000 � Rated voltage between lines, KV 20 � Connection of armature winding star � Rated Current, A 10825 � Rated frequency, Hz 50 � Efficiency

at pf 0.8, % 98.81% at pf 1.0, % 99.03%

� Stator overloading, % later � Critical speed, rpm later � Max. torque when the stator is short-circuited 13139 kNm (2-phase) � Generator Characteristics

Instantaneous Max. short-circuit current

at nominal voltage, Apeak later sub-transient reactance, Xd” pu 0.173 p.u. (unsat) transient reactance, Xd’ pu 0.226 p.u. (unsat) synchronous reactance, Xd pu 2.200 p.u. (unsat) negative sequence reactance, pu 0.174 p.u. (unsat) zero sequence reactance, pu 0.079 p.u. (unsat) field time Constant, Td’0 sec 9.94 s Transient time Constant, Td’ sec 1.02 s

Appendix

c

initial time Constant, Td” sec 0.018 s � Moment of inertia J GD2 of rotor, Kg-m2 9594 (generator only) � percent rise on voltage when full load is rejected and operating

at pf 0.8 , % 34.5% pf 1.0 , % 26.5%

� Telephone influence factor Balanced less equal 40.0 p.u. Residual less equal 30.0 p.u.

� Class of winding insulation

Armature winding design: F / operation: B Field winding design: F / operation: B

� Type of cooling air-cooled � Short circuit ratio, sat 0.488 p.u. � Generator rated excitation requirements for operation at rated kVA

Excitation voltage 440 V Excitation current 1635 A

� Generator calculated losses at 100% Base rating Total generator iron loss, kW 537 Generator stator I2 R loss, kW 397 Generator rotor I2 R loss, kW 688 Generator stray load loss, kW 397 Generator windage loss, kW 1343 Total generator loss, kW 3623

� Generator cooling system TEWAC

� Generator weights

Weight of rotor, kg ca. 63000 Weight of complete stator, kg ca. 278000

� Two pole turbo generator � Equipped with a wedge based damper winding � Closed-circuit cooling with air/water heat exchangers � Static excitation � MICADUR® insulation system patented by ALSTOM (vacuum pressure insulation,

VPI) � Design in accordance with the latest IEC / IEEE recommendations � Class F insulation for stator and rotor / class B utilisation

Steam Turbine Generator

The existing Hydrogen Cooled Steam turbine Generator will be refurbished. The aim of generator refurbishment, with existing parameters as mentioned below, is the extension of lifetime of generator components, improving their availability with better utilization of the generator itself, particularly focused on factors which may have influence on environment. New modern materials of high reliability with the possibility of recycling and also with low ageing level during operation will be used. It allows to increase operational reliability and to limit scope of overhauls of modernized parts to a minimum.

Appendix

ci

Type TΓB-200 MT3 Power 247MVA Active power 210MW Power factor 0.85 Speed of rotation 3000 r.p.m Frequency 50 Hz No of phases 3 Phase connection Y star Efficiency 98.45 % Stator voltage 15.75 kV Stator Current 9060 A Rotor Current(estimated 1950 A Excitation voltage 430 V Hydrogen pressure 3 Kg/cm2 H2 purity 98% Static over load 1.71 Short ckt ratio 0.52 Cooling Medium of Core Hydrogen Cooling Medium of Stator Winding Water

Heat Recovery Steam Generator

The presented details of the following HRSG description are preliminary and therefore subject to modification at the detailed engineering stage.

HP IP LP

Type of HRSG Triple pressure horizontal natural circulation heat recovery steam generator

Performance provided below are Maximum Continuous Rating at Hot Gas Input from Gas Turbine

Base rating, kg/hr 348,984 394,344 29,160

Super heater exit pressure, bar 155.5 33.4 5.9

Super heater exit temperature, 0C 566.8 566.0 286.6

Pinch point temperature, 0C 5.1 5.8 9.5

Gas Turbine Exhaust Temperature 0C 630.4

Exhaust gas temperature at HRSG outlet, 0C

91

Appendix

cii

Appendix

ciii

Appendix XIII ETP, Lube Oil and Oil Separator

Design and Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Capacity, Design and Area of Land for ETP Establishment

The layout and area of ETP will depend upon selection of the final vendors by the Consortium and will be developed during detailed engineering.

1. Oily Wastewater System

The oily wastewater from GT power generation area will collected and sent to adjacent existing oily water treatment facility. As the steam turbine is being retrofitted, the existing system for oily wastewater from steam turbine area will be used. The oily wastewater will be collected and treated by existing oil water separator and no new equipment is built, thereby saving in the project cost.

2. Sanitary Sewage Water System The function of the sanitary sewage water system is to collect the sanitary sewage disposed by indoor sanitary utensils of all buildings in the power plant. , Septic tanks, will be provided in the Site.

3. Industrial waste water treatment system

Irregular waste water

Irregular waste water includes boiler chemical washing water are discharged to the existing effluent pond for further treatment. After PH adjustment, the treated water is discharged into river.

4. Effluent of boiler make-up treatment system Effluent of boiler make-up treatment system includes backwashing water of multi-media filter, concentrate of 1st RO and regeneration waste water. The backwashing water of multi-media filter and regeneration waste water are discharged to neutralisation pits for treatment, after treated, they are discharged to the central monitoring tank; while the concentrate of 1st RO discharged to the central monitoring tank directly. When water in the central monitoring tank is qualified, it is discharged to the existing effluent pond. Capacity of industrial waste water is 50t/h, 2 neutralisation pits of 100m3, major equipments of industrial waste water includes a central monitoring tank and relevant waste water pumps.

Appendix

civ

Lube Oil System (typical) of Gas Turbine and Gas Turbine Generator

1

2

3 4

5 6 7

8 9

10

11

Pos. Description

1 Auxiliary module including enclosure and ventilation system

2 Lube oil storage tank

3 Main lube oil pumps 1 and 2

4 Emergency lube oil pump

5 Lube oil filters

6 Jacking oil pump

7 Oil vapour fan with air filter (2nd fan optional)

8 Power oil pump (2nd pump optional)

9 Rotor barring pump including hand pump

10 Lube oil cooler (2nd cooler optional)

Appendix

cv

Lube Oil Accumulator The lube oil and emergency oil system supplies the necessary lube oil and hydraulic oil for the gas turbine and generator during all operating conditions. The oil for all systems of the gas turbine and generator is contained in a common lube oil tank in the auxiliary module. The tank is during normal operation under sufficient negative pressure to prevent leakage or loss of lube oil from the bearings. This is established with a lube oil vapour fan with safe power supply via DC/AC converter.

Oil is provided for lubricating the bearings, as operating medium for valve actuators, as operating and control medium for control valves, for the electro-hydraulic safety system, for lifting the rotor train shafts and for operating the rotor barring device.

The lube oil system provides the rotor train bearings with filtered and cooled lubrica-ting oil during normal operation. The lube oil is supplied by two AC-driven main lube oil pumps, which are speed controlled via frequency converters.

The emergency oil system supplies the necessary lube oil to the rotor train bearings during loss of the main lube oil supply system. An AC-driven pump, which is powered by batteries and via DC/AC converter, supplies emergency lube oil.

Both the lube oil and the emergency oil systems also supply hydraulic oil for the jacking oil system and power oil system.

The jacking oil to the gas turbine and gas turbine generator is provided by AC-driven pump, which is power supplied from the essential system board. The system is an auxiliary system, which ensures sufficient lubrication of the bearings at low rotor speeds (during start-up and shut-down of the gas turbine and during rotor barring operation): The system jacks up the shafts within the bearing clearances in order to establish a lubricating film for hydrostatic lubrication.

The auxiliary module is fully enclosed and ventilated. The lube oil Tank volume: 34.9 m3 approx and the first filling oil volume: 29.2 m3.

Steam Turbine Oil Systems

Existing lube oil system would be replaced with new skid mounted lube oil system.

During normal operation, the lube oil is supplied by a gear type main oil pump, which is driven via a gear train from the turbine rotor. It is located in the front bearing pedestal.

This self-priming pump takes the oil from the oil tank. Before being pumped to the bearings, the oil passes through the oil coolers. Valve on the oil and water-side allow the coolers to be changed over without interrupting the oil flow. By regulating the oil flow through the coolers, the required bearing inlet oil temperature is maintained. Downstream of the coolers, two 100% capacity oil filters fitted in parallel are installed. A constant pressure valve controls the oil pressure upstream of the bearings.

During start-up, shut down and turning gear operation, an auxiliary centrifugal pump driven by an AC. motor supplies oil. This pump will automatically be started when the oil pressure drops below 60% of its design value or the turbine speed is below 90% of rated speed. If the normal oil supply fails, an emergency centrifugal oil pump driven by a DC motor, which has sufficient supply capacity to permit safe shut down of the turbine generator unit, is automatically switched on.

Appendix

cvi

Even if the auxiliary and emergency oil pumps should fail simultaneously, the danger of bearing damage due to lack of oil is extremely low, since the main oil pump which works in accordance with the positive displacement principle will continue to supply oil virtually until the rotor comes to rest.

The oil vapour exhauster maintains a partial vacuum in the oil tank, the oil drain pipes and bearing pedestals. This not only effectively eliminates the oil vapour from the tank, but also prevents oil from leaking past the bearing pedestal oil baffles.

Description of Lube oil (existing) Equipment:

Oil Tank Turbine oil tank or main tank 28 m3

Turbine oil tank including cooler and pipe line 32 m3

Feed water pump oil tank(each 4 m3

Top up oil tank 2 m3

Damper tank 2 m3

Reserve oil tank/Dirty oil tank 1.5 m3

Oil Water separator

The new transformer (i.e for the Gas Turbine) pit will be connected to existist Oil Water Separator (OWS). No new OWS has been foreseen.